diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'perl-install/share/po')
-rw-r--r-- | perl-install/share/po/help-de.pot | 1287 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | perl-install/share/po/help-es.pot | 1356 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | perl-install/share/po/help-fr.pot | 1347 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | perl-install/share/po/help-it.pot | 2469 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | perl-install/share/po/help-ru.pot | 1366 | ||||
-rwxr-xr-x | perl-install/share/po/help_xml2pm.pl | 84 |
6 files changed, 3953 insertions, 3956 deletions
diff --git a/perl-install/share/po/help-de.pot b/perl-install/share/po/help-de.pot index db8788e68..8c34af679 100644 --- a/perl-install/share/po/help-de.pot +++ b/perl-install/share/po/help-de.pot @@ -1,3 +1,6 @@ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -18,51 +21,49 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Depending on your hard drive configuration, several options are available:\n" "\n" -" * \"Use free space\": this option will perform an automatic partitioning\n" -"of your blank drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further\n" -"prompts.\n" -"\n" -" * \"Use existing partition\": the wizard has detected one or more existing\n" -"Linux partitions on your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this\n" -"option. You will then be asked to choose the mount points associated with\n" -"each of the partitions. The legacy mount points are selected by default,\n" -"and for the most part it's a good idea to keep them.\n" -"\n" -" * \"Use the free space on the Windows partition\": if Microsoft Windows is\n" -"installed on your hard drive and takes all the space available on it, you\n" -"have to create free space for Linux data. To do so, you can delete your\n" -"Microsoft Windows partition and data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution)\n" -"or resize your Microsoft Windows FAT partition. Resizing can be performed\n" -"without the loss of any data, provided you previously defragment the\n" -"Windows partition and that it uses the FAT format. Backing up your data is\n" -"strongly recommended.. Using this option is recommended if you want to use\n" -"both Mandrake Linux and Microsoft Windows on the same computer.\n" +" * \"%s\": this option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" +"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": the wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" +"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" +"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" +"a good idea to keep them.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": if Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" +"Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and data\n" +"(see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows FAT\n" +"partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any data, provided\n" +"you have previously defragmented the Windows partition and that it uses the\n" +"FAT format. Backing up your data is strongly recommended.. Using this\n" +"option is recommended if you want to use both Mandrake Linux and Microsoft\n" +"Windows on the same computer.\n" "\n" " Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n" "procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n" "then when you started. You will have less free space under Microsoft\n" "Windows to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" -" * \"Erase entire disk\": if you want to delete all data and all partitions\n" -"present on your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandrake Linux\n" -"system, choose this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to\n" -"undo your choice after you confirm.\n" +" * \"%s\": if you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" +"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandrake Linux system,\n" +"choose this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo your\n" +"choice after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"Remove Windows\": this will simply erase everything on the drive and\n" -"begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch. All data on your disk\n" -"will be lost.\n" +" * \"%s\": this will simply erase everything on the drive and begin fresh,\n" +"partitioning everything from scratch. All data on your disk will be lost.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"Custom disk partitioning\": choose this option if you want to manually\n" -"partition your hard drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous\n" -"choice and you can very easily lose all your data. That's why this option\n" -"is really only recommended if you have done something like this before and\n" -"have some experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake\n" -"utility, refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions '' section in the\n" -"``Starter Guide''." +" * \"%s\": choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n" +"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n" +"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n" +"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n" +"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n" +"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions '' section in the ``Starter\n" +"Guide''." msgstr "" "Sie müssen nun entscheiden, wo auf Ihrer/n Festplatte(n) Ihr Mandrake Linux\n" "System installiert werden soll. Sofern alles leer ist bzw. ein\n" @@ -80,51 +81,48 @@ msgstr "" "Abhängig vom aktuellen Zustand Ihrer Platte(n) haben Sie verschiedene\n" "Alternativen:\n" "\n" -" * „Freien Platz verwenden“: Dies führt einfach dazu, dass Ihre leere(n)\n" -"Festplatte(n) automatisch partitioniert werden; Sie müssen sich also um\n" -"nichts weiter kümmern.(*)\n" -"\n" -" * „Verwende existierende“: Der Assistent hat eine oder mehrere\n" -"existierende Linux Partitionen auf Ihrer Platte gefunden. Wählen Sie diese\n" -"Schaltfläche, falls Sie sie behalten wollen. Sie werden dann gebeten, die\n" -"Einhängpunkte der Partitionen anzugeben. Als Vorgabe erhalten Sie die\n" -"Einhängpunkte der gefundenen Distribution, normalerweise ist es nicht nötig\n" -"diese zu ändern.\n" -"\n" -" * „Freien Platz der Windows Partition verwenden“: Falls der gesamte\n" -"Plattenplatz aktuell für Microsoft Windows(TM) verschwendet ist, müssen Sie\n" -"für GNU/Linux Platz schaffen. Um dies zu erreichen, können Sie entweder\n" -"Ihre Microsoft Windows(TM) Partition(en) samt Daten löschen (siehe\n" -"„Komplette Platte löschen“) oder Ihre Windows Partition verkleinern.\n" -"Letzteres geht ohne Datenverlust. Sie sollten diese Variante wählen, falls\n" -"Sie beide Betriebssysteme (Windows und Mandrake Linux) nebeneinander nutzen\n" -"wollen.\n" +" * „%s“: Dies führt einfach dazu, dass Ihre leere(n) Festplatte(n)\n" +"automatisch partitioniert werden; Sie müssen sich also um nichts weiter\n" +"kümmern.(*)\n" +"\n" +" * „%s“: Der Assistent hat eine oder mehrere existierende Linux Partitionen\n" +"auf Ihrer Platte gefunden. Wählen Sie diese Schaltfläche, falls Sie sie\n" +"behalten wollen. Sie werden dann gebeten, die Einhängpunkte der Partitionen\n" +"anzugeben. Als Vorgabe erhalten Sie die Einhängpunkte der gefundenen\n" +"Distribution, normalerweise ist es nicht nötig diese zu ändern.\n" +"\n" +" * „%s“: Falls der gesamte Plattenplatz aktuell für Microsoft Windows(TM)\n" +"verschwendet ist, müssen Sie für GNU/Linux Platz schaffen. Um dies zu\n" +"erreichen, können Sie entweder Ihre Microsoft Windows(TM) Partition(en)\n" +"samt Daten löschen (siehe „Komplette Platte löschen“) oder Ihre Windows\n" +"Partition verkleinern. Letzteres geht ohne Datenverlust. Sie sollten diese\n" +"Variante wählen, falls Sie beide Betriebssysteme (Windows und Mandrake\n" +"Linux) nebeneinander nutzen wollen.\n" "\n" " Bevor Sie sich für diese Variante entscheiden, sei hier noch einmal\n" "betont, dass das bedeutet, Sie haben weniger Platz für Windows als\n" "momentan.\n" "\n" -" * „Komplette Platte löschen“: Falls Sie alle Daten Ihrer Platte verlieren,\n" -"und sie durch Ihr neues Mandrake Linux System ersetzen wollen, wählen Sie\n" -"diese Schaltfläche. Beachten Sie, dass dieser Schritt nicht rückgängig\n" -"gemacht werden kann.\n" +" * „%s“: Falls Sie alle Daten Ihrer Platte verlieren, und sie durch Ihr\n" +"neues Mandrake Linux System ersetzen wollen, wählen Sie diese Schaltfläche.\n" +"Beachten Sie, dass dieser Schritt nicht rückgängig gemacht werden kann.\n" "\n" " !! Wenn Sie diese Variante wählen, werden alle Ihre Daten auf der Platte\n" "gelöscht! !!\n" "\n" -" * „Windows(TM) löschen“: Bei dieser Variante werden alle Windows\n" -"Partitionen gelöscht und die Platte(n) komplett neu partitioniert.\n" +" * „%s“: Bei dieser Variante werden alle Windows Partitionen gelöscht und\n" +"die Platte(n) komplett neu partitioniert.\n" "\n" " !! Wenn Sie diese Variante wählen, werden alle Ihre Daten auf der Platte\n" "gelöscht! !!\n" "\n" -" * „Benutzerdefinierte Partitionierung“: Wenn Sie Ihre Festplatte selber\n" -"von Hand partitionieren wollen, dann können Sie diese Option wählen. Seien\n" -"Sie bitte sehr sorgfältig, wenn Sie diese Lösung wählen, da Sie zwar alle\n" -"möglichen Einstellungen vornehmen, aber gleichzeitig auch sehr leicht Daten\n" -"verlieren können. Diese Option ist nur geeignet, wenn Sie wissen, was Sie\n" -"tun. Um zu erfahren, wie Sie DiskDrake verwenden können, lesen Sie bitte\n" -"das Kapitel „Ihre Partitionen verwalten“ im „Starter Handbuch“\n" +" * „%s“: Wenn Sie Ihre Festplatte selber von Hand partitionieren wollen,\n" +"dann können Sie diese Option wählen. Seien Sie bitte sehr sorgfältig, wenn\n" +"Sie diese Lösung wählen, da Sie zwar alle möglichen Einstellungen\n" +"vornehmen, aber gleichzeitig auch sehr leicht Daten verlieren können. Diese\n" +"Option ist nur geeignet, wenn Sie wissen, was Sie tun. Um zu erfahren, wie\n" +"Sie DiskDrake verwenden können, lesen Sie bitte das Kapitel „Ihre\n" +"Partitionen verwalten“ im „Starter Handbuch“\n" "\n" "(*) In Deutschland ist es quasi unmöglich, Komplettrechner mit leeren\n" "Festplatten zu erhalten, da laut Gesetz nur Rechner mit BS verkauft werden\n" @@ -139,9 +137,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Resolution\n" "\n" -" You can choose here resolutions and color depth between those available\n" -"for your hardware. Choose the one that best suit your needs (you will be\n" -"able to change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n" +" Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n" +"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n" +"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n" "configuration is shown in the monitor." msgstr "" "Auflösung\n" @@ -154,43 +152,42 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system, meaning each user can have their own\n" +"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system, meaning each user may have their own\n" "preferences, their own files and so on. You can read the ``Starter Guide''\n" -"to learn more about multi-user systems. But unlike \"root\", which is the\n" +"to learn more about multi-user systems. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n" "system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be\n" "authorized to change anything except their own files and their own\n" -"configuration, protecting the system from unintentional or malicious\n" -"changes that impact the system as a whole. You will have to create at least\n" -"one regular user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use\n" -"for routine, day-to-day use. Although it is very easy to log in as \"root\"\n" -"to do anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A mistake\n" -"could mean that your system would not work any more. If you make a serious\n" -"mistake as a regular user, the worst that will happen is that you will lose\n" -"some information, but not affect the entire system.\n" +"configurations, protecting the system from unintentional or malicious\n" +"changes that impact on the system as a whole. You will have to create at\n" +"least one regular user for yourself -- this is the account which you should\n" +"use for routine, day-to-day use. Although it is very easy to log in as\n" +"\"root\" to do anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A\n" +"very simple mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If\n" +"you make a serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that will happen is\n" +"that you will lose some information, but not affect the entire system.\n" "\n" "The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n" "-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n" -"you typed in and copy it to the \"User name\" field, which is the name this\n" -"user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override the\n" -"default and change the username. The next step is to enter a password. From\n" -"a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is not\n" -"as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that is no reason to neglect it by\n" -"making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones at\n" -"risk.\n" -"\n" -"Once you click on \"Accept user\", you can add other users. Add a user for\n" -"each one of your friends: your father or your sister, for example. Click\n" -"\"Next ->\" when you have finished adding users.\n" -"\n" -"Clicking the \"Advanced\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\"\n" -"for that user (bash by default).\n" -"\n" -"When you are finished adding all users, you will be asked to choose a user\n" +"you typed in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" field, which is the name\n" +"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n" +"the default and change the username. The next step is to enter a password.\n" +"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n" +"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that is no reason to neglect\n" +"it by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the\n" +"ones at risk.\n" +"\n" +"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n" +"of your friends: your father or your sister, for example. Click \"%s\" when\n" +"you have finished adding users.\n" +"\n" +"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n" +"that user (bash by default).\n" +"\n" +"When you have finished adding users, you will be asked to choose a user\n" "that can automatically log into the system when the computer boots up. If\n" "you are interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n" -"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click \"Next\n" -"->\". If you are not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"Do you want\n" -"to use this feature?\" box." +"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click \"%s\".\n" +"If you are not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box." msgstr "" "GNU/Linux ist ein Mehrbenutzer-System, das bedeutet konkret jedes\n" "Benutzerkennzeichen hat eigene Präferenzen (Grafische Umgebung,\n" @@ -210,29 +207,27 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Zuerst geben Sie bitte einen normalen Namen an. Das muss nicht\n" "notwendigerweise Ihr richtiger Name sein. „DrakX“ wird das erste Wort, das\n" -"Sie eingegeben haben, in das Feld „Benutzerkennzeichen“ eintragen. Dies ist\n" -"der Name, den Sie zum Anmelden für dieses Kennzeichen benötigen. Natürlich\n" -"können Sie ihn hier nach Belieben verändern. Dann geben Sie Ihrem Konto ein\n" -"Passwort. Für ein Benutzerkennzeichen ist dieses zwar nicht von so\n" -"herausragender Bedeutung wie das für »root«, doch Sie sollten trotzdem\n" -"etwas Sorgfalt walten lassen. Immerhin sind es Ihre Daten ...\n" +"Sie eingegeben haben, in das Feld „%s“ eintragen. Dies ist der Name, den\n" +"Sie zum Anmelden für dieses Kennzeichen benötigen. Natürlich können Sie ihn\n" +"hier nach Belieben verändern. Dann geben Sie Ihrem Konto ein Passwort. Für\n" +"ein Benutzerkennzeichen ist dieses zwar nicht von so herausragender\n" +"Bedeutung wie das für »root«, doch Sie sollten trotzdem etwas Sorgfalt\n" +"walten lassen. Immerhin sind es Ihre Daten ...\n" "\n" -"Klicken Sie auf „Benutzer akzeptieren“, um das Kennzeichen zu erstellen.\n" -"Anschließend können Sie direkt weitere Benutzer hinzufügen. Wenn Sie alle\n" -"Kennzeichen erstellt haben, klicken Sie auf „Weiter ->“.\n" +"Klicken Sie auf „%s“, um das Kennzeichen zu erstellen. Anschließend können\n" +"Sie direkt weitere Benutzer hinzufügen. Wenn Sie alle Kennzeichen erstellt\n" +"haben, klicken Sie auf „%s“.\n" "\n" -"Durch Anwahl der Schaltfläche „Fortgeschritten“ haben Sie auch die\n" -"Möglichkeit, die Standard-Shell dieses Benutzers ändern (normalerweise ist\n" -"dies die „Bash“).\n" +"Durch Anwahl der Schaltfläche „%s“ haben Sie auch die Möglichkeit, die\n" +"Standard-Shell dieses Benutzers ändern (normalerweise ist dies die „Bash“).\n" "\n" "Wenn Sie alle Kennzeichen erstellt haben, die Sie nutzen wollen, wird Ihnen\n" "die Möglichkeit eröffnet, ein Kennzeichen automatisch beim\n" "Betriebssystemstart angemeldet zu bekommen. Falls Sie sich für diese\n" "Funktionalität entscheiden (und wenig Wert auf Sicherheit legen) wählen Sie\n" "einfach die gewünschte Arbeitsumgebung und das Kennzeichen aus. Bestätigen\n" -"Sie Ihre Auswahl durch betätigen der Schaltfläche „Weiter ->“. Andernfalls\n" -"löschen Sie einfach die Markierung des Punktes „Möchten Sie diese\n" -"Möglichkeit nutzen?“." +"Sie Ihre Auswahl durch betätigen der Schaltfläche „%s“. Andernfalls löschen\n" +"Sie einfach die Markierung des Punktes „%s“." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -256,8 +251,8 @@ msgid "" "choose between CD, OF boot, MacOS or Linux;\n" "\n" " * Kernel Boot Timeout: this timeout is similar to the LILO boot delay.\n" -"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second before your\n" -"default kernel description is selected;\n" +"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second increments\n" +"before your default kernel description is selected;\n" "\n" " * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``C'' for CD\n" "at the first boot prompt.\n" @@ -277,30 +272,27 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Die Hauptparameter von yaboot sind:\n" "\n" -" * „Init Nachricht“: Ein Text, der vor der Eingabeaufforderung angezeigt\n" -"wird.\n" +" * „%s“: Ein Text, der vor der Eingabeaufforderung angezeigt wird.\n" "\n" -" * „Boot Gerät“: Hiermit wird angegeben, wohin die Informationen zum\n" -"Starten Ihres GNU/Linux Systems geschrieben werden sollen.\n" +" * „%s“: Hiermit wird angegeben, wohin die Informationen zum Starten Ihres\n" +"GNU/Linux Systems geschrieben werden sollen.\n" "\n" -" * „Open Firmware Verzögerung“: Im Gegensatz zu LILO, stehen mit yaboot\n" -"zwei Verzögerungen zur Verfügung. Die erste Verzögerung wird in Sekunden\n" -"angegeben und dient zur Auswahl zwischen CD, OF Boot, MacOS oder Linux.\n" +" * „%s“: Im Gegensatz zu LILO, stehen mit yaboot zwei Verzögerungen zur\n" +"Verfügung. Die erste Verzögerung wird in Sekunden angegeben und dient zur\n" +"Auswahl zwischen CD, OF Boot, MacOS oder Linux.\n" "\n" -" * „BS-Startverzögerung für den Kern“: Diese Verzögerung entspricht der\n" -"LILO Start-Verzögerung. Sie haben nach der Auswahl von GNU/Linux diese\n" -"Verzögerung (in 0,1 Sekunden Schritten) Zeit, bis der Standardkern geladen\n" -"wird.\n" +" * „%s“: Diese Verzögerung entspricht der LILO Start-Verzögerung. Sie haben\n" +"nach der Auswahl von GNU/Linux diese Verzögerung (in 0,1 Sekunden\n" +"Schritten) Zeit, bis der Standardkern geladen wird.\n" "\n" -" * „BS-Start von CD erlauben“: Markieren dieses Punkts erlaubt es Ihnen an\n" -"der ersten Eingabeaufforderung [C] für den Start von CD zu wählen.\n" +" * „%s“: Markieren dieses Punkts erlaubt es Ihnen an der ersten\n" +"Eingabeaufforderung [C] für den Start von CD zu wählen.\n" "\n" -" * „Open Firmware Start erlauben“: Markieren dieses Punkts erlaubt es Ihnen\n" -"an der ersten Eingabeaufforderung [N] für den Open Firmware Start zu\n" -"wählen.\n" +" * „%s“: Markieren dieses Punkts erlaubt es Ihnen an der ersten\n" +"Eingabeaufforderung [N] für den Open Firmware Start zu wählen.\n" "\n" -" * „Standard BS“: Hiermit stellen Sie ein, welches Betriebssystem nach\n" -"Ablauf der Open Firmware Verzögerung automatisch gestartet werden soll." +" * „%s“: Hiermit stellen Sie ein, welches Betriebssystem nach Ablauf der\n" +"Open Firmware Verzögerung automatisch gestartet werden soll." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -311,13 +303,12 @@ msgid "" "DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new install or an upgrade\n" "of an existing Mandrake Linux system:\n" "\n" -" * \"Install\": For the most part, this completely wipes out the old\n" -"system. If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or\n" -"change the file system, you should use this option. However, depending on\n" -"your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of your existing data from\n" -"being over- written.\n" +" * \"%s\": For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system. If\n" +"you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or change the file\n" +"system, you should use this option. However, depending on your partitioning\n" +"scheme, you can prevent some of your existing data from being over-written.\n" "\n" -" * \"Upgrade\": this installation class allows you to update the packages\n" +" * \"%s\": this installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mandrake Linux system. Your current\n" "partitioning scheme and user data is not altered. Most of other\n" "configuration steps remain available, similar to a standard installation.\n" @@ -333,14 +324,14 @@ msgstr "" "Wahl zwischen einer Aktualisierung einer bereits vorhandenen Mandrake\n" "Linux-Version oder einer kompletten Neuinstallation:\n" "\n" -" * „Installieren“: Entfernt komplett ältere Versionen von Mandrake Linux,\n" -"die noch installiert sind - um genau zu sein, können Sie je nach aktuellem\n" -"Inhalt Ihrer Platte auch einige ältere Linux- oder anderweitige Partitionen\n" +" * „%s“: Entfernt komplett ältere Versionen von Mandrake Linux, die noch\n" +"installiert sind - um genau zu sein, können Sie je nach aktuellem Inhalt\n" +"Ihrer Platte auch einige ältere Linux- oder anderweitige Partitionen\n" "unangetastet behalten.\n" "\n" -" * „Aktualisieren“: Mit dieser Variante können Sie eine existierende\n" -"Mandrake Linux Version aktualisieren. Die Partitionstabellen sowie die\n" -"persönlichen Verzeichnisse der Anwender bleiben erhalten. Alle anderen\n" +" * „%s“: Mit dieser Variante können Sie eine existierende Mandrake Linux\n" +"Version aktualisieren. Die Partitionstabellen sowie die persönlichen\n" +"Verzeichnisse der Anwender bleiben erhalten. Alle anderen\n" "Installationsschritte werden wie bei einer Installation ausgeführt.\n" "\n" "Aktualisierungen von Mandrake Linux „8.1“ oder neueren Systemen sollten\n" @@ -353,99 +344,94 @@ msgid "" "At the time you are installing Mandrake Linux, it is likely that some\n" "packages have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been\n" "fixed, security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these\n" -"updates, you are now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"Yes\"\n" -"if you have a working Internet connection, or \"No\" if you prefer to\n" +"updates, you are now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\"\n" +"if you have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to\n" "install updated packages later.\n" "\n" -"Choosing \"Yes\" will display a list of places from which updates can be\n" -"retrieved. Choose the one nearest you. A package-selection tree will\n" -"appear: review the selection, and press \"Install\" to retrieve and install\n" -"the selected package(s), or \"Cancel\" to abort." +"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of places from which updates can be\n" +"retrieved. You should choose one nearer to you. A package-selection tree\n" +"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n" +"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort." msgstr "" "Es ist sehr wahrscheinlich, dass zum Zeitpunkt Ihrer Mandrake Linux\n" "Installation bereits einige Pakete aktualisiert wurden, etwa da noch Fehler\n" "entdeckt und beseitigt wurden oder da in Paketen Sicherheitslücken entdeckt\n" "wurden, für die bereits Lösungen existieren. Um von diesen aktualisierten\n" "Paketen Gebrauch zu machen, wird Ihnen nun angeboten, diese aus dem\n" -"Internet nachzuladen. Betätigen Sie die Schaltfläche „Ja“, wenn Sie einen\n" +"Internet nachzuladen. Betätigen Sie die Schaltfläche „%s“, wenn Sie einen\n" "Internetzugang haben, um die Pakete zu installieren, andernfalls betätigen\n" -"Sie die Schaltfläche „Nein“. Sie können diese Pakete natürlich auch\n" -"jederzeit nach der Installation noch installieren.\n" +"Sie die Schaltfläche „%s“. Sie können diese Pakete natürlich auch jederzeit\n" +"nach der Installation noch installieren.\n" "\n" -"Betätigen der Schaltfläche „Ja“ zeigt Ihnen eine Liste von Servern, von\n" +"Betätigen der Schaltfläche „%s“ zeigt Ihnen eine Liste von Servern, von\n" "denen Sie die Aktualisierungen herunterladen können. Wählen Sie einen in\n" "Ihrer Nähe. Sie erhalten dann einen Paketauswahldialog: Kontrollieren Sie\n" -"die Auswahl und bestätigen Sie diese durch Betätigen von „Installieren“.\n" -"Die Pakete werden nun angefordert und installiert. Sollten Sie das nicht\n" -"wünschen, betätigen Sie einfach die Schaltfläche „Abbruch“." +"die Auswahl und bestätigen Sie diese durch Betätigen von „%s“. Die Pakete\n" +"werden nun angefordert und installiert. Sollten Sie das nicht wünschen,\n" +"betätigen Sie einfach die Schaltfläche „%s“." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"This dialog allows to finely tune your bootloader:\n" +"This dialog allows you to fine tune your bootloader:\n" "\n" -" * \"Bootloader to use\": there are three choices for your bootloader:\n" +" * \"%s\": there are three choices for your bootloader:\n" "\n" -" * \"GRUB\": if you prefer grub (text menu).\n" +" * \"%s\": if you prefer grub (text menu).\n" "\n" -" * \"LILO with text menu\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu\n" -"interface.\n" +" * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu interface.\n" "\n" -" * \"LILO with graphical menu\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical\n" -"interface.\n" +" * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical interface.\n" "\n" -" * \"Boot device\": in most cases, you will not change the default\n" -"(\"/dev/hda\"), but if you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the\n" -"second hard drive (\"/dev/hdb\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"/dev/fd0\");\n" +" * \"%s\": in most cases, you will not change the default (\"%s\"), but if\n" +"you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the second hard drive\n" +"(\"%s\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"%s\");\n" "\n" -" * \"Delay before booting the default image\": after a boot or a reboot of\n" -"the computer, this is the delay given to the user at the console to select\n" -"a boot entry other than the default.\n" +" * \"%s\": after a boot or a reboot of the computer, this is the delay\n" +"given to the user at the console to select a boot entry other than the\n" +"default.\n" "\n" "!! Beware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting\n" -"\"Skip\"), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake Linux\n" -"system! Be sure you know what you do before changing any of the options. !!\n" +"\"%s\"), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake Linux\n" +"system! Be sure you know what you are doing before changing any of the\n" +"options. !!\n" "\n" -"Clicking the \"Advanced\" button in this dialog will offer advanced options\n" -"that are reserved for the expert user." +"Clicking the \"%s\" button in this dialog will offer advanced options which\n" +"are normally reserved for the expert user." msgstr "" "DrakX bietet Ihnen einen Dialog mit verschiedenen Auswahlmöglichkeiten.\n" "\n" -" * „Zu verwendender Betriebssystemstarter“: Hier erhalten Sie drei\n" -"Alternativen:\n" +" * „%s“: Hier erhalten Sie drei Alternativen:\n" "\n" -" * „GRUB“: Falls Sie grub (Textmenü) bevorzugen.\n" +" * „%s“: Falls Sie grub (Textmenü) bevorzugen.\n" "\n" -" * „LILO mit Textmenü“: Falls Sie LILO mit Textmenü als Ihren Favoriten\n" -"ansehen.\n" +" * „%s“: Falls Sie LILO mit Textmenü als Ihren Favoriten ansehen.\n" "\n" -" * „LILO mit grafischem Menü“: Falls Sie LILO mit seiner grafischen\n" -"Oberfläche bevorzugen.\n" +" * „%s“: Falls Sie LILO mit seiner grafischen Oberfläche bevorzugen.\n" "\n" -" * „Boot Gerät“: Normalerweise müssen Sie hier nichts ändern („/dev/hda“),\n" -"Sie könnten jedoch den Starter auch auf der zweiten Platte installieren,\n" -"(„/dev/hdb“) oder sogar auf einer Diskette („/dev/fd0“).\n" +" * „%s“: Normalerweise müssen Sie hier nichts ändern („%s“), Sie könnten\n" +"jedoch den Starter auch auf der zweiten Platte installieren, („%s“) oder\n" +"sogar auf einer Diskette („%s“).\n" "\n" -" * „Wartezeit vorm Starten des Standard Betriebssystems“: Wenn Sie Ihren\n" -"Rechner neu starten erhalten Sie im Menü der zur Verfügung stehenden BSe\n" -"eine gewisse Zeit um auszuwählen, was Sie starten möchten. Sollten Sie\n" -"während dieser Zeit keine Wahl getroffen haben, wird Ihr Standard-BS\n" -"gestartet.\n" +" * „%s“: Wenn Sie Ihren Rechner neu starten erhalten Sie im Menü der zur\n" +"Verfügung stehenden BSe eine gewisse Zeit um auszuwählen, was Sie starten\n" +"möchten. Sollten Sie während dieser Zeit keine Wahl getroffen haben, wird\n" +"Ihr Standard-BS gestartet.\n" "\n" "!! Machen Sie sich klar, dass Sie sich selbst darum kümmern müssen,\n" "irgendwie Ihr Mandrake Linux-System zu starten, wenn Sie hier keinen\n" -"Betriebssystemstarter installieren (durch Auswahl von „Überspringen“).\n" -"Stellen Sie auch sicher, dass Sie wissen was Sie tun, wenn Sie hier\n" -"Einstellungen verändern ... !!\n" +"Betriebssystemstarter installieren (durch Auswahl von „%s“). Stellen Sie\n" +"auch sicher, dass Sie wissen was Sie tun, wenn Sie hier Einstellungen\n" +"verändern ... !!\n" "\n" -"Durch wählen der Schaltfläche „Fortgeschritten“ erhalten Sie etliche\n" -"Optionen, die dem fortgeschrittenen Anwender vorbehalten bleiben." +"Durch wählen der Schaltfläche „%s“ erhalten Sie etliche Optionen, die dem\n" +"fortgeschrittenen Anwender vorbehalten bleiben." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" -"Please choose the one you want to resize in order to install your new\n" +"Please choose which one you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mandrake Linux operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" @@ -510,32 +496,32 @@ msgid "" "on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n" "WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandrake Linux rely upon.\n" "\n" -"You will be presented the list of different parameters to change to get an\n" -"optimal graphical display: Graphic Card\n" +"You will be presented with a list of different parameters to change to get\n" +"an optimal graphical display: Graphic Card\n" "\n" -" The installer can normally automatically detect and configure the\n" +" The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n" "graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n" -"choose in this list the card you actually own.\n" +"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n" "\n" " In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n" -"without 3D acceleration, you are then proposed to choose the server that\n" -"best suits your needs.\n" +"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n" +"suits your needs.\n" "\n" "\n" "\n" "Monitor\n" "\n" -" The installer can normally automatically detect and configure the\n" -"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not the case, you can choose in\n" -"this list the monitor you actually own.\n" +" The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n" +"monitor connected to your machine. If it is correct, you can choose from\n" +"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer.\n" "\n" "\n" "\n" "Resolution\n" "\n" -" You can choose here resolutions and color depth between those available\n" -"for your hardware. Choose the one that best suit your needs (you will be\n" -"able to change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n" +" Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n" +"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n" +"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n" "configuration is shown in the monitor.\n" "\n" "\n" @@ -543,7 +529,7 @@ msgid "" "Test\n" "\n" " the system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n" -"resolution. If you can see the message during the test and answer \"Yes\",\n" +"resolution. If you can see the message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n" "then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you cannot see the message, it\n" "means that some part of the autodetected configuration was incorrect and\n" "the test will automatically end after 12 seconds, bringing you back to the\n" @@ -553,9 +539,9 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Options\n" "\n" -" You can here choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n" +" Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n" "switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n" -"\"No\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n" +"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n" "in getting the display configured." msgstr "" "X (das X Window System) ist das Herz der grafischen Benutzeroberfläche von\n" @@ -601,7 +587,7 @@ msgstr "" " DrakX versucht eine Testbild mit denen von Ihnen gewünschten\n" "Einstellungen zu öffnen. Falls Sie während des Tests einen Dialog sehen, in\n" "dem Sie gefragt werden, ob sie die getroffenen Einstellungen behalten\n" -"wollen, antworten Sie mit „Ja“, damit DrakX mit dem nächsten\n" +"wollen, antworten Sie mit „%s“, damit DrakX mit dem nächsten\n" "Installationsschritt fortfährt. Sollten Sie die Nachricht nicht sehen,\n" "bedeutet das, dass eine oder mehrere getroffene Einstellungen nicht korrekt\n" "sind. Nach 12 Sekunden sollten Sie wieder das Installationsmenü sehen. Sie\n" @@ -612,32 +598,32 @@ msgstr "" "Options\n" "\n" " Sie können direkt bei Betriebssystemstart die grafische Umgebung\n" -"aktivieren. Durch betätigen der Schaltfläche „Nein“ wird in eine reine\n" +"aktivieren. Durch betätigen der Schaltfläche „%s“ wird in eine reine\n" "Textumgebung gestartet. Das ist sinnvoll für Server oder wenn Sie bei dem\n" "Versuch die grafische Umgebung zu konfigurieren erfolglos waren. Wählen Sie\n" -"„Ja“, um die grafische Umgebung vorzufinden." +"„%s“, um die grafische Umgebung vorzufinden." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other OSs may\n" -"offer you one, but Mandrake Linux offers two. Each of the printing systems\n" -"is best for a particular type of configuration.\n" +"offer you one, but Mandrake Linux offers two. Each of the printing system\n" +"is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n" "\n" -" * \"pdq\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, don't queue'', is the choice\n" +" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, don't queue'', is the choice\n" "if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n" -"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"pdq\n" -"\" will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when\n" -"used with networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n" -"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n" +"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n" +"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n" +"with networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your first\n" +"experience with GNU/Linux.\n" "\n" -" * \"CUPS\" - `` Common Unix Printing System'', is an excellent choice for\n" +" * \"%s\" - `` Common Unix Printing System'', is an excellent choice for\n" "printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the planet. It is\n" "simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for the ancient\n" "\"lpd \" printing system, so it compatible with older operating systems\n" -"that may still need print services. While quite powerful, the basic setup\n" +"which may still need print services. While quite powerful, the basic setup\n" "is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to emulate a \"lpd\" server, make\n" -"sure to turn on the \"cups-lpd \" daemon. \"CUPS\" includes graphical\n" +"sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd \" daemon. \"%s\" includes graphical\n" "front-ends for printing or choosing printer options and for managing the\n" "printer.\n" "\n" @@ -649,14 +635,14 @@ msgstr "" "Betriebssysteme bieten Ihnen nur eines, bei Mandrake Linux können Sie\n" "zwischen zwei verschiedenen wählen.\n" "\n" -" * „pdq“ - Es steht für „print, don't queue“ (engl. für „Drucken ohne\n" +" * „%s“ - Es steht für „print, don't queue“ (engl. für „Drucken ohne\n" "Warteschlange“). Falls Sie einen Drucker haben, der direkt an Ihrem Rechner\n" "hängt und Sie keine Netzwerkdrucker verwenden wollen, ist dies das\n" "Drucksystem Ihrer Wahl. Es kann zwar auch mit Netzwerkdruckern umgehen, ist\n" "dabei aber extrem langsam. Wählen Sie „pdq“, wenn Sie ein GNU/Linux Neuling\n" "sind.\n" "\n" -" * „CUPS“ - Mit dem „Common Unix Printing System“ (engl. für „Allgemeines\n" +" * „%s“ - Mit dem „Common Unix Printing System“ (engl. für „Allgemeines\n" "Unix-Drucksystem“) können Sie ebenso gut um auf Ihrem direkt\n" "angeschlossenen Drucker drucken, wie auf einem Drucker, der an einem Server\n" "auf der anderen Seite der Welt hängt. Es ist einfach zu bedienen und kann\n" @@ -667,8 +653,7 @@ msgstr "" "starten. CUPS bietet grafische Konfigurations- und Druckmenüs.\n" "\n" "Sie können diese Wahl später immer wieder ändern, indem Sie PrinterDrake im\n" -"Mandrake-Kontrollzentrum starten und dort die Schaltfläche „Expertenmodus“\n" -"betätigen." +"Mandrake-Kontrollzentrum starten und dort die Schaltfläche „%s“ betätigen." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -681,47 +666,45 @@ msgid "" "Packages are sorted into groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n" "machine. Mandrake Linux has four predefined installations available. You\n" "can think of these installation classes as containers for various packages.\n" -"You can mix and match applications from the various containers, so a\n" +"You can mix and match applications from the various groups, so a\n" "``Workstation'' installation can still have applications from the\n" -"``Development'' container installed.\n" +"``Development'' group installed.\n" "\n" -" * \"Workstation\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation,\n" -"select one or more of the applications that are in the workstation\n" -"container.\n" +" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n" +"more of the applications that are in the workstation group.\n" "\n" -" * \"Development\": if plan on using your machine for programming, choose\n" -"the appropriate packages from the container.\n" +" * \"%s\": if plan on using your machine for programming, choose the\n" +"appropriate packages from that group.\n" "\n" -" * \"Server\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of\n" -"the more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n" +" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n" +"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n" "\n" -" * \"Graphical Environment\": this is where you will choose your preferred\n" -"graphical environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a\n" -"graphical interface available.\n" +" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n" +"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n" +"interface available.\n" "\n" "Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n" "text about that group. If you unselect all groups when performing a regular\n" "installation (as opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n" "different options for a minimal installation:\n" "\n" -" * \"With X\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n" +" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n" "working graphical desktop.\n" "\n" -" * \"With basic documentation\": installs the base system plus basic\n" -"utilities and their documentation. This installation is suitable for\n" -"setting up a server.\n" +" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n" +"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n" "\n" -" * \"Truly minimal install\": will install the absolute minimum number of\n" -"packages necessary to get a working Linux system. With this installation\n" -"you will only have a command line interface. The total size of this\n" -"installation is 65 megabytes.\n" +" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n" +"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n" +"command line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n" +"megabytes.\n" "\n" -"You can check the \"Individual package selection\" box, which is useful if\n" -"you are familiar with the packages being offered or if you want to have\n" -"total control over what will be installed.\n" +"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you are familiar with the\n" +"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n" +"be installed.\n" "\n" -"If you started the installation in \"Upgrade\" mode, you can unselect all\n" -"groups to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n" +"If you started the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can unselect all groups\n" +"to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n" "updating an existing system." msgstr "" "Nun ist es Zeit sich zu entscheiden, welche Programme Sie auf Ihrem Rechner\n" @@ -731,44 +714,44 @@ msgstr "" "Die Pakete sind nach ihrer Verwendung in Gruppen eingeteilt. Diese Gruppen\n" "wiederum enthalten vier Abschnitte:\n" "\n" -" * „Arbeitsplatzrechner“: Falls Ihr Rechner als Arbeitsplatzrechner\n" -"verwendet werden soll, markieren Sie eine oder mehrere Gruppen.\n" +" * „%s“: Falls Ihr Rechner als Arbeitsplatzrechner verwendet werden soll,\n" +"markieren Sie eine oder mehrere Gruppen.\n" "\n" -" * „Entwicklungsplattform“: Falls Sie mit Ihrem Rechner programmieren\n" -"wollen, sollten Sie diese Gruppe markieren.\n" +" * „%s“: Falls Sie mit Ihrem Rechner programmieren wollen, sollten Sie\n" +"diese Gruppe markieren.\n" "\n" -" * „Server“: Wenn Ihre Maschine ein Server werden soll, können Sie hier die\n" +" * „%s“: Wenn Ihre Maschine ein Server werden soll, können Sie hier die\n" "wichtigsten Dienste auswählen, die auf Ihren Rechner installiert werden\n" "sollen.\n" "\n" -" * „Grafische Oberfläche“: Wählen Sie hier Ihre bevorzugte grafische\n" -"Arbeitsoberfläche. Wenn Sie eine grafische Oberfläche verwenden wollen, so\n" -"müssen Sie hier zumindest eine Gruppe auswählen.\n" +" * „%s“: Wählen Sie hier Ihre bevorzugte grafische Arbeitsoberfläche. Wenn\n" +"Sie eine grafische Oberfläche verwenden wollen, so müssen Sie hier\n" +"zumindest eine Gruppe auswählen.\n" "\n" "Wenn Sie die Maus über eine Gruppe bewegen, erhalten Sie einen kurzen\n" "erklärenden Text über die Gruppe. Falls Sie bei einer Installation alle\n" "Markierungen entfernen, erscheint ein Dialog, in dem Sie zwischen\n" "verschiedenen Minimalinstallationen wählen können:\n" "\n" -" * „Mit X“ Installiert eine rudimentäre grafische Oberfläche;\n" +" * „%s“ Installiert eine rudimentäre grafische Oberfläche;\n" "\n" -" * „Mit minimaler Dokumentation“ Installiert das Basissystem zuzüglich\n" -"grundlegender Werkzeuge inklusive deren Dokumentation. Dies ist die\n" -"sinnvollste Wahl für eine Serverinstallation.\n" +" * „%s“ Installiert das Basissystem zuzüglich grundlegender Werkzeuge\n" +"inklusive deren Dokumentation. Dies ist die sinnvollste Wahl für eine\n" +"Serverinstallation.\n" "\n" -" * „Extrem minimale Installation“ Sie erhalten eine komplett „nackte“ 65MB\n" -"große GNU/Linux-Distribution (speziell auch ohne urpmi!). Es versteht sich\n" -"von selbst, dass das nur eine Kommandozeileninstallation sein kann.\n" +" * „%s“ Sie erhalten eine komplett „nackte“ 65MB große\n" +"GNU/Linux-Distribution (speziell auch ohne urpmi!). Es versteht sich von\n" +"selbst, dass das nur eine Kommandozeileninstallation sein kann.\n" "\n" -"Wenn Sie die Schaltfläche „Fortgeschritten“ anwählen, erhalten Sie die\n" -"Möglichkeit, eine „Individuelle Paketauswahl“ durchzuführen. Das macht nur\n" -"Sinn, wenn Sie die Pakete genau kennen oder wenn Sie volle Kontrolle\n" -"darüber haben wollen, was installiert werden soll.\n" +"Wenn Sie die Schaltfläche „%s“ anwählen, erhalten Sie die Möglichkeit, eine\n" +"„%s“ durchzuführen. Das macht nur Sinn, wenn Sie die Pakete genau kennen\n" +"oder wenn Sie volle Kontrolle darüber haben wollen, was installiert werden\n" +"soll.\n" "\n" -"Haben Sie die Installation als „Aktualisierung“ gestartet, können Sie die\n" -"Markierungen aller Gruppen entfernen, um die Installation neuer Pakete zu\n" -"vermeiden. Hierdurch werden nur bereits installierte Pakete aktualisiert\n" -"oder repariert." +"Haben Sie die Installation als „%s“ gestartet, können Sie die Markierungen\n" +"aller Gruppen entfernen, um die Installation neuer Pakete zu vermeiden.\n" +"Hierdurch werden nur bereits installierte Pakete aktualisiert oder\n" +"repariert." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -787,19 +770,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n" "system: you have to enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n" -"administrator and is the only one authorized to make updates, add users,\n" +"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n" "change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n" "do everything! That is why you must choose a password that is difficult to\n" "guess - DrakX will tell you if the password that you chose too easy. As you\n" "can see, you are not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise you\n" -"against. GNU/Linux is as prone to operator error as any other operating\n" -"system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and unintentionally\n" -"erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the partitions\n" -"themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become \"root\".\n" +"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n" +"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n" +"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n" +"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n" +"\"root\".\n" "\n" "The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n" -"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it too\n" -"easy to compromise a system.\n" +"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n" +"too easy to compromise a system.\n" "\n" "One caveat -- do not make the password too long or complicated because you\n" "must be able to remember it!\n" @@ -807,18 +791,19 @@ msgid "" "The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it in. To reduce\n" "the chance of a blind typing error you will need to enter the password\n" "twice. If you do happen to make the same typing error twice, this\n" -"``incorrect'' password will have to be used the first time you connect.\n" +"``incorrect'' password will be the one you will have use the first time you\n" +"connect.\n" "\n" "If you wish access to this computer to be controlled by an authentication\n" -"server, click the \"Advanced\" button.\n" +"server, click the \"%s\" button.\n" "\n" "If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n" -"services, select the appropriate one as \"authentication\". If you do not\n" -"know which to use, ask your network administrator.\n" +"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n" +"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n" "\n" -"If you happen to have problems with reminding passwords, you can choose to\n" -"have \"No password\", if your computer won't be connected to the Internet,\n" -"and if you trust anybody having access to it." +"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, if your computer\n" +"will never be connected to the internet or that you absolutely trust\n" +"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"." msgstr "" "Sie können nun das »root« Passwort für Ihr Mandrake Linux System eingeben.\n" "Das Passwort muss zweimal eingegeben werden, um sicher zu stellen, dass Sie\n" @@ -852,7 +837,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Wenn Sie wollen, dass der Zugang zu diesem Rechner über einen\n" "Authentifizierungsserver verwaltet wird, betätigen Sie die Schaltfläche\n" -"„Fortgeschritten“.\n" +"„%s“.\n" "\n" "Falls in Ihrem Netzwerk LDAP, NIS oder PDC zur Authentifizierung verwendet\n" "wird, wählen Sie bitte den entsprechenden Menüpunkt. Falls Sie nicht\n" @@ -860,27 +845,27 @@ msgstr "" "Netzwerkadministrator.\n" "\n" "Wenn Sie Probleme haben, sich Passwörter zu merken, können Sie die Option\n" -"„Kein Passwort“ wählen. Dennoch müssen wir Ihnen von dieser Möglichkeit\n" -"abraten. Besonders wenn Sie mit Ihrem Rechner ständig oder auch nur\n" -"zeitweise mit dem Internet verbunden sind." +"„%s“ wählen. Dennoch müssen wir Ihnen von dieser Möglichkeit abraten.\n" +"Besonders wenn Sie mit Ihrem Rechner ständig oder auch nur zeitweise mit\n" +"dem Internet verbunden sind." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Click on \"Next ->\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present\n" -"on this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"Next ->\", you will not\n" -"be able to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive,\n" -"including any Windows data.\n" +"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" +"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"any Windows data.\n" "\n" -"Click on \"<- Previous\" to stop this operation without losing any data and\n" +"Click on \"%s\" to stop this operation without losing any data and\n" "partitions present on this hard drive." msgstr "" -"Betätigen Sie die Schaltfläche „Weiter ->“, wenn Sie alle Partitionen und\n" -"die darauf befindlichen Daten löschen wollen. Bedenken Sie, dass Sie nach\n" +"Betätigen Sie die Schaltfläche „%s“, wenn Sie alle Partitionen und die\n" +"darauf befindlichen Daten löschen wollen. Bedenken Sie, dass Sie nach\n" "betätigen der Schaltfläche auch an die möglicherweise noch vorhandenen\n" "Windows-Daten nicht mehr gelangen werden!\n" "\n" -"Wählen Sie „<- Zurück“, um die Aktion ohne Datenverlust abzubrechen." +"Wählen Sie „%s“, um die Aktion ohne Datenverlust abzubrechen." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -899,17 +884,17 @@ msgid "" "installed. By default Mandrake Linux will automatically start any installed\n" "services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n" "the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that that\n" -"security holes are discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was\n" +"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was\n" "finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do\n" -"or why it is being installed, then click \"No\". Clicking \"Yes \" will\n" +"or why it is being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will\n" "install the listed services and they will be started automatically by\n" "default during boot. !!\n" "\n" -"The \"Automatic dependencies\" option is used to disable the warning dialog\n" -"which appears whenever the installer automatically selects a package to\n" -"resolve a dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each\n" -"other such that installation of a package requires that some other program\n" -"is already installed. The installer can determine which packages are\n" +"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n" +"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n" +"dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each other such\n" +"that installation of a package requires that some other program is also\n" +"rerquired to be installed. The installer can determine which packages are\n" "required to satisfy a dependency to successfully complete the installation.\n" "\n" "The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n" @@ -919,18 +904,17 @@ msgid "" "end of another installation. See the second tip of last step on how to\n" "create such a floppy." msgstr "" -"Schlussendlich erhalten Sie (falls Sie sich für „Individuelle Paketauswahl“\n" -"entschieden haben) eine Baumliste aller Pakete die zu den von Ihnen\n" -"gewünschten Gruppen gehören. Diese Pakete sind nach Gruppen und\n" -"Untergruppen klassifiziert. Beim Durchstöbern des Baums, können Sie\n" -"Gruppen, Untergruppen oder einzelne Pakete markieren oder deren Markierung\n" -"entfernen.\n" +"Schlussendlich erhalten Sie (falls Sie sich für „%s“ entschieden haben)\n" +"eine Baumliste aller Pakete die zu den von Ihnen gewünschten Gruppen\n" +"gehören. Diese Pakete sind nach Gruppen und Untergruppen klassifiziert.\n" +"Beim Durchstöbern des Baums, können Sie Gruppen, Untergruppen oder einzelne\n" +"Pakete markieren oder deren Markierung entfernen.\n" "\n" "Sobald Sie ein Paket auswählen, erscheint rechts eine kurze Beschreibung.\n" "Sobald Sie die Auswahl abgeschlossen haben, bestätigen Sie das durch\n" -"Drücken der Schaltfläche „Installation“. Nun beginnt die eigentliche\n" -"Installation. Falls Sie eine Vielzahl von Paketen installieren wollen,\n" -"können Sie nun getrost einen Kaffee trinken gehen.\n" +"Drücken der Schaltfläche „%s“. Nun beginnt die eigentliche Installation.\n" +"Falls Sie eine Vielzahl von Paketen installieren wollen, können Sie nun\n" +"getrost einen Kaffee trinken gehen.\n" "\n" "!! Es kommt vor, dass Server- und Dienst-Pakete angewählt wurden - entweder\n" "absichtlich, oder als Paket einer ganzen Gruppe; sollte das der Fall sein,\n" @@ -940,13 +924,13 @@ msgstr "" "Distribution zusammengestellt wurde, keine Sicherheitslücken oder Fehler in\n" "diesen Paketen bekannt waren, ist natürlich nicht auszuschließen, dass\n" "später solche Fehler gefunden werden. Sollten Sie also nicht wissen, wovon\n" -"hier die Rede ist, wählen Sie sicherheitshalber lieber „Nein“. Falls Sie\n" -"mit „Ja“ antworten, werden die Dienste und Server installiert und stehen\n" -"Ihnen nach der Installation standardmäßig zur Verfügung. !!\n" +"hier die Rede ist, wählen Sie sicherheitshalber lieber „%s“. Falls Sie mit\n" +"„%s“ antworten, werden die Dienste und Server installiert und stehen Ihnen\n" +"nach der Installation standardmäßig zur Verfügung. !!\n" "\n" -"Die Option „Automatische Abhängigkeiten“ unterdrückt nur die Warnungen, die\n" -"erscheinen, wenn das Installationsprogramm Pakete automatisch markiert, um\n" -"Paketabhängigkeiten aufzulösen, wenn Sie ein Paket auswählen.\n" +"Die Option „%s“ unterdrückt nur die Warnungen, die erscheinen, wenn das\n" +"Installationsprogramm Pakete automatisch markiert, um Paketabhängigkeiten\n" +"aufzulösen, wenn Sie ein Paket auswählen.\n" "\n" "Das kleine Diskettensymbol am unteren Rand der Liste ermöglicht es Ihnen,\n" "die während einer vorangegangenen Installation gespeicherte Paketauswahl\n" @@ -971,12 +955,7 @@ msgid "" "one.\n" "\n" "If it cannot make a determination, DrakX will ask you where to place the\n" -"bootloader.\n" -"\n" -"\"Boot device\": in most cases, you will not change the default (\"First\n" -"sector of drive (MBR)\"), but if you prefer, the bootloader can be\n" -"installed on the second hard drive (\"/dev/hdb\"), or even on a floppy disk\n" -"(\"On Floppy\")." +"bootloader." msgstr "" "LILO und grub sind Betriebssystemstarter für GNU/Linux. Diese\n" "Installationsphase läuft in den meisten Fällen völlig automatisch ab. DrakX\n" @@ -991,12 +970,7 @@ msgstr "" "neuen;\n" "\n" "Falls DrakX nicht weiß, wo der Betriebssystemstarter installiert werden\n" -"soll, wird es Sie um Ihre Meinung bitten.\n" -"\n" -"„Boot Gerät“: Normalerweise werden Sie die Voreinstellung nicht ändern\n" -"(„Erster Sektor der Platte (MBR)“), Sie können Ihn jedoch auch auf der\n" -"zweiten Festplatte („/dev/hdb“), oder etwa auf einer Diskette („Auf\n" -"Diskette“)." +"soll, wird es Sie um Ihre Meinung bitten." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -1006,7 +980,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, You'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1047,8 +1021,8 @@ msgid "" " * Label: this is the name you will have to type at the yaboot prompt to\n" "select this boot option.\n" "\n" -" * Image: this would be the name of the kernel to boot. Typically, vmlinux\n" -"or a variation of vmlinux with an extension.\n" +" * Image: this is the name of the kernel to boot. Typically, vmlinux or a\n" +"variation of vmlinux with an extension.\n" "\n" " * Root: the \"root\" device or ``/'' for your Linux installation.\n" "\n" @@ -1090,17 +1064,16 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Für Linux gibt es einige Parameter:\n" "\n" -" * „Identifikator“: Es handelt sich um den Namen, den Sie an der yaboot\n" +" * „%s“: Es handelt sich um den Namen, den Sie an der yaboot\n" "Eingabeaufforderung angeben müssen, um diese Alternative zu wählen.\n" "\n" -" * „Kern“: Der Name des BS-Kerns, den sie starten wollen. Normalerweise\n" +" * „%s“: Der Name des BS-Kerns, den sie starten wollen. Normalerweise\n" "handelt es sich um „vmlinuz“ oder eine Variante von „vmlinuz“ mit einer\n" "Versionsnummer.\n" "\n" -" * „Verzeichnisbaumwurzel“: Die Verzeichnisbaumwurzel „/“ Ihrer Linux\n" -"Installation.\n" +" * „%s“: Die Verzeichnisbaumwurzel „/“ Ihrer Linux Installation.\n" "\n" -" * „Übergeben“: Auf Apple Hardware, wird die Übergabemöglichkeit weiterer\n" +" * „%s“: Auf Apple Hardware, wird die Übergabemöglichkeit weiterer\n" "Kernparameter häufig verwendet, um die Grafikausgabe richtig zu\n" "konfigurieren oder die Tastaturemulation der Mausknöpfe einzuschalten, da\n" "klassische Apple-Mäuse von Hause aus mit 2 fehlenden Maustasten\n" @@ -1111,25 +1084,24 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n" "\n" -" * „Init-RamDisk“: Dieser Parameter kann entweder verwendet werden, um beim\n" +" * „%s“: Dieser Parameter kann entweder verwendet werden, um beim\n" "Betriebssystemstart bereits zusätzliche Kern-Module zur Verfügung zu haben,\n" "ohne dass das Start-Gerät zur Verfügung steht oder um ein RamDisk Abbild\n" "für den BS-Start in Notfällen zur Verfügung zu haben.\n" "\n" -" * „Größe der Init-RamDisk“: Standardmäßig ist eine RamDisk 4096 Bytes\n" -"groß. Sollten Sie eine größere RamDisk benötigen, können Sie das mit diesem\n" -"Parameter einstellen.\n" +" * „%s“: Standardmäßig ist eine RamDisk 4096 Bytes groß. Sollten Sie eine\n" +"größere RamDisk benötigen, können Sie das mit diesem Parameter einstellen.\n" "\n" -" * „Schreiben/Lesen“: Normalerweise wird die Verzeichnisbaumwurzel zuerst\n" -"im Nur-Lese-Modus eingehängt, um eine Dateisystem-Verifikation durchführen\n" -"zu können, bevor das Betriebssystem seinen Dienst aufnimmt. Diesen Umstand\n" +" * „%s“: Normalerweise wird die Verzeichnisbaumwurzel zuerst im\n" +"Nur-Lese-Modus eingehängt, um eine Dateisystem-Verifikation durchführen zu\n" +"können, bevor das Betriebssystem seinen Dienst aufnimmt. Diesen Umstand\n" "können Sie hier abstellen.\n" "\n" -" * „NoVideo“: Sollte sich die Apple Grafik-Hardware als extrem\n" -"problematisch erweisen, können Sie diesen Parameter verwenden um im sog.\n" -"„novideo“-Modus, also im FrameBuffer-Modus zu starten.\n" +" * „%s“: Sollte sich die Apple Grafik-Hardware als extrem problematisch\n" +"erweisen, können Sie diesen Parameter verwenden um im sog. „novideo“-Modus,\n" +"also im FrameBuffer-Modus zu starten.\n" "\n" -" * „Standard“: Wählt diesen Eintrag als Standard Linux-Kern, den Sie durch\n" +" * „%s“: Wählt diesen Eintrag als Standard Linux-Kern, den Sie durch\n" "Drücken von Enter an der yaboot Eingabeaufforderung gestartet bekommen.\n" "Wenn Sie die [Tab]-Taste an der Eingabeaufforderung drücken, erhalten Sie\n" "eine Liste der verfügbaren Alternativen. Der Standardeintrag wird mit einem\n" @@ -1142,21 +1114,20 @@ msgid "" "documentation, the installer and the system in general. Select first the\n" "region you are located in, and then the language you speak.\n" "\n" -"Clicking on the \"Advanced\" button will allow you to select other\n" -"languages to be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the\n" -"language-specific files for system documentation and applications. For\n" -"example, if you will host users from Spain on your machine, select English\n" -"as the default language in the tree view and \"Espanol\" in the Advanced\n" -"section.\n" +"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n" +"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n" +"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if you will\n" +"host users from Spain on your machine, select English as the default\n" +"language in the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n" "\n" "Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n" -"may choose several ones, or even install them all by selecting the \"All\n" -"languages\" box. Selecting support for a language means translations,\n" -"fonts, spell checkers, etc. for that language will be installed.\n" -"Additionally, the \"Use Unicode by default\" checkbox allows to force the\n" -"system to use unicode (UTF-8). Note however that this is an experimental\n" -"feature. If you select different languages requiring different encoding the\n" -"unicode support will be installed anyway.\n" +"may choose several ones, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\"\n" +"box. Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell\n" +"checkers, etc. for that language will be installed. Additionally, the\n" +"\"%s\" checkbox allows you to force the system to use unicode (UTF-8). Note\n" +"however that this is an experimental feature. If you select different\n" +"languages requiring different encoding the unicode support will be\n" +"installed anyway.\n" "\n" "To switch between the various languages installed on the system, you can\n" "launch the \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the\n" @@ -1167,18 +1138,17 @@ msgstr "" "Systemlaufzeit. Wählen Sie zuerst die Region, in der Sie sich befinden,\n" "anschließend die Sprache, die Sie sprechen.\n" "\n" -"Durch Betätigen der Schaltfläche „Fortgeschritten“ erhalten Sie die\n" -"Möglichkeit, weitere Sprachen auf Ihrem Rechner zu installieren, um diese\n" -"später verwenden zu können. Wollen Sie etwa Spaniern muttersprachlichen\n" -"Zugang zu Ihrem System erlauben, wählen Sie Deutsch als Hauptsprache in der\n" -"Liste und im Fortgeschrittenen-Bereich „Spanisch“.\n" +"Durch Betätigen der Schaltfläche „%s“ erhalten Sie die Möglichkeit, weitere\n" +"Sprachen auf Ihrem Rechner zu installieren, um diese später verwenden zu\n" +"können. Wollen Sie etwa Spaniern muttersprachlichen Zugang zu Ihrem System\n" +"erlauben, wählen Sie Deutsch als Hauptsprache in der Liste und im\n" +"Fortgeschrittenen-Bereich „%s“.\n" "\n" "Sie sind nicht auf eine weitere Sprache begrenzt. Sie können so viele\n" -"auswählen, wie Sie wollen, ja sogar alle, indem Sie die Schaltfläche „Alle\n" -"Sprachen“ verwenden. Das Auswählen einer Sprache beeinflusst die\n" -"installierten Übersetzungen der Programme, Schriften,\n" -"Rechtschreibkorrekturen, etc. Durch Auswahl des Menüpunkts „Verwende\n" -"standardmäßig Unicode“ wird das System als Standardkodierung UTF-8\n" +"auswählen, wie Sie wollen, ja sogar alle, indem Sie die Schaltfläche „%s“\n" +"verwenden. Das Auswählen einer Sprache beeinflusst die installierten\n" +"Übersetzungen der Programme, Schriften, Rechtschreibkorrekturen, etc. Durch\n" +"Auswahl des Menüpunkts „%s“ wird das System als Standardkodierung UTF-8\n" "Verwenden. Es sei angemerkt, dass diese Funktionalität momentan noch als\n" "experimentell eingestuft ist. Sollten Sie jedoch verschiedene Sprachen\n" "auswählen, die unterschiedliche Kodierungen notwendig machen würden, wird\n" @@ -1193,14 +1163,14 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"\"Sound card\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n" -"here. If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is\n" -"actually present on your system, you can click on the button and choose\n" -"another driver." +"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n" +"If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is actually\n" +"present on your system, you can click on the button and choose another\n" +"driver." msgstr "" -"„Soundkarte“: Falls eine Soundkarte in Ihrem Rechner gefunden wurde, wird\n" -"sie hier angezeigt. Sollte die von DrakX getroffene Auswahl nicht korrekt\n" -"sein, betätigen Sie einfach die Schaltfläche, um sie zu korrigieren." +"„%s“: Falls eine Soundkarte in Ihrem Rechner gefunden wurde, wird sie hier\n" +"angezeigt. Sollte die von DrakX getroffene Auswahl nicht korrekt sein,\n" +"betätigen Sie einfach die Schaltfläche, um sie zu korrigieren." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -1210,9 +1180,9 @@ msgid "" "\n" "If there are other operating systems installed on your machine they will\n" "automatically be added to the boot menu. You can fine-tune the existing\n" -"options by clicking \"Add\" to create a new entry; selecting an entry and\n" -"clicking \"Modify\" or \"Remove\" to modify or remove it. \"OK\" validates\n" -"your changes.\n" +"options by clicking \"%s\" to create a new entry; selecting an entry and\n" +"clicking \"%s\" or \"%s\" to modify or remove it. \"%s\" validates your\n" +"changes.\n" "\n" "You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to\n" "anyone who goes to the console and reboots the machine. You can delete the\n" @@ -1228,9 +1198,9 @@ msgstr "" "so wird dieses - sofern es erkannt wird - automatisch zu dem Startmenü\n" "hinzugefügt. Hier können Sie noch einige Feineinstellungen für die\n" "bestehenden Optionen vornehmen. Markieren Sie einen bestehenden Eintrag und\n" -"betätigen Sie die Schaltfläche „Ändern“, um ihn anzupassen oder zu löschen;\n" -"„Hinzufügen“ erzeugt einen neuen Eintrag und „Fertig“ bringt Sie zum\n" -"nächsten Installationsschritt.\n" +"betätigen Sie die Schaltfläche „%s“, um ihn anzupassen oder zu löschen;\n" +"„%s“ erzeugt einen neuen Eintrag und „%s“ bringt Sie zum nächsten\n" +"Installationsschritt.\n" "\n" "Möglicherweise wollen Sie auch nicht, dass andere Anwender Zugriff auf die\n" "übrigen installierten Betriebssysteme bekommen. In diesem Fall können Sie\n" @@ -1241,8 +1211,8 @@ msgstr "" # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" -"Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data present on it will be lost\n" -"and will not be recoverable!" +"Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data present on this partition\n" +"will be lost and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" "Bitte wählen Sie die Festplatte, die Sie löschen wollen, um Ihr neues\n" "Mandrake Linux zu installieren. Bedenken Sie dabei, dass alle Daten auf\n" @@ -1251,32 +1221,33 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"\"Printer\": clicking on the \"Configure\" button will open the printer\n" -"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n" -"Guide'' for more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface\n" -"presented there is similar to the one used during installation." +"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n" +"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n" +"information on how to setup a new printer. The interface presented there is\n" +"similar to the one used during installation." msgstr "" -"„Drucker“: Durch Anwahl der Schaltfläche „Konfigurieren“ startet den\n" -"Druckerassistenten. Weitere Informationen zu diesem Assistenten erhalten\n" -"Sie im Drucker-Kapitel des „Starter Handbuch“. Das dort vorgestellte\n" -"Programm entspricht dem während der Installation angebotenen." +"„%s“: Durch Anwahl der Schaltfläche „%s“ startet den Druckerassistenten.\n" +"Weitere Informationen zu diesem Assistenten erhalten Sie im Drucker-Kapitel\n" +"des „Starter Handbuch“. Das dort vorgestellte Programm entspricht dem\n" +"während der Installation angebotenen." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Finally, you will be asked whether you want to see the graphical interface\n" -"at boot. Note this question will be asked even if you chose not to test the\n" -"configuration. Obviously, you want to answer \"No\" if your machine is to\n" -"act as a server, or if you were not successful in getting the display\n" -"configured." +"Options\n" +"\n" +" Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n" +"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n" +"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n" +"in getting the display configured." msgstr "" "Options\n" "\n" " Sie können direkt bei Betriebssystemstart die grafische Umgebung\n" -"aktivieren. Durch betätigen der Schaltfläche „Nein“ wird in eine reine\n" +"aktivieren. Durch betätigen der Schaltfläche „%s“ wird in eine reine\n" "Textumgebung gestartet. Das ist sinnvoll für Server oder wenn Sie bei dem\n" "Versuch die grafische Umgebung zu konfigurieren erfolglos waren. Wählen Sie\n" -"„Ja“, um die grafische Umgebung vorzufinden." +"„%s“, um die grafische Umgebung vorzufinden." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -1296,7 +1267,7 @@ msgid "" "directly exposed to the Internet. The trade-off of a higher security level\n" "is generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n" "\n" -"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option." +"If you do not know what to choose, stay with the default option." msgstr "" "Nun ist es an der Zeit, die gewünschte Sicherheitsebene für Ihr System\n" "festzulegen. Als Faustregel sollte hier dienen: Je zugänglicher die\n" @@ -1311,141 +1282,138 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of various information it has\n" -"about your system. Depending on your installed hardware, you may have some\n" -"or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the configuration\n" -"item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n" -"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"Configure\" button to change\n" -"that.\n" +"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has about your\n" +"system. Depending on your installed hardware, you may have some or all of\n" +"the following entries. Each entry is made up of the configuration item to\n" +"be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current configuration.\n" +"Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to change that.\n" "\n" -" * \"Keyboard\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change\n" -"that if necessary.\n" +" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change that if\n" +"necessary.\n" "\n" -" * \"Country\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n" -"country, click on the \"Configure\" button and choose another one. If your\n" -"country is not in the first list shown, click the \"More\" button to get\n" -"the complete country list.\n" +" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n" +"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n" +"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n" +"country list.\n" "\n" -" * \"Timezone\": By default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the\n" -"country you have chosen. You can click on the \"Configure\" button here if\n" -"this is not correct.\n" +" * \"%s\": By default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n" +"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n" +"correct.\n" "\n" -" * \"Mouse\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n" -"to change it if necessary.\n" +" * \"%s\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button to\n" +"change it if necessary.\n" "\n" -" * \"Printer\": clicking on the \"Configure\" button will open the printer\n" +" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n" "configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n" "Guide'' for more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface\n" "presented there is similar to the one used during installation.\n" "\n" -" * \"Sound card\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is\n" -"displayed here. If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that\n" -"is actually present on your system, you can click on the button and choose\n" +" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n" +"here. If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is\n" +"actually present on your system, you can click on the button and choose\n" "another driver.\n" "\n" -" * \"Graphical Interface\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical\n" -"interface in \"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suits\n" -"you, click on \"Configure\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n" +" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n" +"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n" +"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n" "\n" -" * \"TV card\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n" -"here. If you have a TV card and it is not detected, click on \"Configure\"\n" -"to try to configure it manually.\n" +" * \"%s\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n" +"If you have a TV card and it is not detected, click on \"%s\" to try to\n" +"configure it manually.\n" "\n" -" * \"ISDN card\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it will be\n" -"displayed here. You can click on \"Configure\" to change the parameters\n" -"associated with the card.\n" +" * \"%s\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it will be displayed\n" +"here. You can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with the\n" +"card.\n" "\n" -" * \"Network\": If you want to configure your Internet or local network\n" -"access now.\n" +" * \"%s\": If you want to configure your Internet or local network access\n" +"now.\n" "\n" -" * \"Security Level\": this entry offers you to redefine the security level\n" -"as set in a previous step ().\n" +" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n" +"previous step ().\n" "\n" -" * \"Firewall\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's\n" -"a good idea to protect you from intrusions by setting up a firewall.\n" -"Consult the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details\n" -"about firewall settings.\n" +" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n" +"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n" +"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n" +"firewall settings.\n" "\n" -" * \"Bootloader\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration,\n" -"click that button. This should be reserved to advanced users.\n" +" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click that\n" +"button. This should be reserved to advanced users.\n" "\n" -" * \"Services\": you'll be able here to control finely which services will\n" -"be run on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a\n" -"good idea to review this setup." +" * \"%s\": here you'll be able to fine control which services will be run\n" +"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n" +"idea to review this setup." msgstr "" "Nun bekommen Sie eine Zusammenfassung verschiedener Informationen Ihres\n" "Systems. Je nach vorhandener Hardware sehen Sie hier (oder eben nicht) die\n" "folgende Einträge. Jeder Eintrag besteht aus einem konfigurierbaren Gerät\n" -"gefolgt vom dessen aktuellen Zustand. Durch betätigen der Schaltfläche\n" -"„Konfigurieren“ können Sie diesen ändern.\n" +"gefolgt vom dessen aktuellen Zustand. Durch betätigen der Schaltfläche „%s“\n" +"können Sie diesen ändern.\n" "\n" -" * „Tastatur“: Kontrollieren Sie die aktuelle Tastaturvorgabe und wählen\n" -"Sie die Schaltfläche, falls Sie die Vorgabe ändern wollen.\n" +" * „%s“: Kontrollieren Sie die aktuelle Tastaturvorgabe und wählen Sie die\n" +"Schaltfläche, falls Sie die Vorgabe ändern wollen.\n" "\n" -" * „Staat“: „Staat“: Kontrollieren Sie, ob die Auswahl des Staates, in dem\n" -"Sie sich befinden korrekt ist. Falls nicht, betätigen Sie bitte die\n" -"Schaltfläche „Konfigurieren“ und wählen Sie den richtigen. Ist Ihr Staat\n" -"nicht in der Liste, die Sie gezeigt bekommen, können Sie über die\n" -"Schaltfläche „Mehr“ eine vollständigere Liste erzwingen.\n" +" * „%s“: „%s“: Kontrollieren Sie, ob die Auswahl des Staates, in dem Sie\n" +"sich befinden korrekt ist. Falls nicht, betätigen Sie bitte die\n" +"Schaltfläche „%s“ und wählen Sie den richtigen. Ist Ihr Staat nicht in der\n" +"Liste, die Sie gezeigt bekommen, können Sie über die Schaltfläche „%s“ eine\n" +"vollständigere Liste erzwingen.\n" "\n" -" * „Zeitzone“: „DrakX“ versucht die Zeitzone anhand des gewählten Staates\n" -"zu setzen. Sollte diese Auswahl nicht korrekt sein (manche Staaten etwa\n" +" * „%s“: „DrakX“ versucht die Zeitzone anhand des gewählten Staates zu\n" +"setzen. Sollte diese Auswahl nicht korrekt sein (manche Staaten etwa\n" "überspannen mehrere Zeitzonen) können Sie durch betätige der Schaltfläche\n" -"„Konfigurieren“ Ihre lokale Zeitzone setzen.\n" +"„%s“ Ihre lokale Zeitzone setzen.\n" "\n" -" * „Maus“: Kontrollieren Sie die konfigurierte Maus und betätigen Sie,\n" -"falls notwendig, die Schaltfläche.\n" +" * „%s“: Kontrollieren Sie die konfigurierte Maus und betätigen Sie, falls\n" +"notwendig, die Schaltfläche.\n" "\n" -" * „Drucker“: Durch Anwahl der Schaltfläche „Konfigurieren“ startet den\n" -"Druckerassistenten. Weitere Informationen zu diesem Assistenten erhalten\n" -"Sie im Drucker-Kapitel des „Starter Handbuch“. Das dort vorgestellte\n" -"Programm entspricht dem während der Installation angebotenen.\n" +" * „%s“: Durch Anwahl der Schaltfläche „%s“ startet den Druckerassistenten.\n" +"Weitere Informationen zu diesem Assistenten erhalten Sie im Drucker-Kapitel\n" +"des „Starter Handbuch“. Das dort vorgestellte Programm entspricht dem\n" +"während der Installation angebotenen.\n" "\n" -" * „Soundkarte“: Falls eine Soundkarte in Ihrem Rechner gefunden wurde,\n" -"wird sie hier angezeigt. Sollte die von DrakX getroffene Auswahl nicht\n" -"korrekt sein, betätigen Sie einfach die Schaltfläche, um sie zu\n" -"korrigieren.\n" +" * „%s“: Falls eine Soundkarte in Ihrem Rechner gefunden wurde, wird sie\n" +"hier angezeigt. Sollte die von DrakX getroffene Auswahl nicht korrekt sein,\n" +"betätigen Sie einfach die Schaltfläche, um sie zu korrigieren.\n" "\n" -" * „Grafikumgebung“: DrakX richtet Ihre Grafikumgebung normalerweise in der\n" -"Auflösung „800×600“ bzw. „1024×768“ ein. Sollte Ihnen das nicht zusagen,\n" -"können Sie es durch betätigen der Schaltfläche „Konfigurieren“ ändern.\n" +" * „%s“: DrakX richtet Ihre Grafikumgebung normalerweise in der Auflösung\n" +"„800×600“ bzw. „1024×768“ ein. Sollte Ihnen das nicht zusagen, können Sie\n" +"es durch betätigen der Schaltfläche „%s“ ändern.\n" "\n" -" * „TV-Karte“: Falls eine TV-Karte in Ihrem Rechner gefunden wurde, wird\n" -"sie hier angezeigt. Falls Sie eine TV-Karte besitzen, die hier nicht\n" -"richtig erkannt wurde, können Sie versuchen, diese manuell einzurichten.\n" -"Betätigen Sie einfach die Schaltfläche „Konfigurieren“.\n" +" * „%s“: Falls eine TV-Karte in Ihrem Rechner gefunden wurde, wird sie hier\n" +"angezeigt. Falls Sie eine TV-Karte besitzen, die hier nicht richtig erkannt\n" +"wurde, können Sie versuchen, diese manuell einzurichten. Betätigen Sie\n" +"einfach die Schaltfläche „%s“.\n" "\n" -" * „ISDN Karte“: Falls eine ISDN Karte in Ihrem Rechner gefunden wurde,\n" -"wird sie hier angezeigt. Durch Anwahl der Schaltfläche\n" -"„Konfigurieren“können Sie die Parameter ändern.\n" +" * „%s“: Falls eine ISDN Karte in Ihrem Rechner gefunden wurde, wird sie\n" +"hier angezeigt. Durch Anwahl der Schaltfläche „%s“können Sie die Parameter\n" +"ändern.\n" "\n" -" * „Netzwerk“: Falls Sie Ihren Internetzugang oder Ihr lokales Netzwerk nun\n" +" * „%s“: Falls Sie Ihren Internetzugang oder Ihr lokales Netzwerk nun\n" "einrichten wollen, können Sie das hier tun.\n" "\n" -" * „Sicherheitsebene“: Dieser Eintrag ermöglicht es Ihnen, die\n" -"Sicherheitsebene Ihres Systems zu ändern, die Sie in einem früheren\n" -"Installationsschritt () gewählt haben.\n" +" * „%s“: Dieser Eintrag ermöglicht es Ihnen, die Sicherheitsebene Ihres\n" +"Systems zu ändern, die Sie in einem früheren Installationsschritt ()\n" +"gewählt haben.\n" "\n" -" * „Firewall“: Falls Sie Ihren Rechner mit dem Internet verbinden wollen,\n" -"ist es sinnvoll sich vor ungebetenen Eindringlingen durch einrichten einer\n" +" * „%s“: Falls Sie Ihren Rechner mit dem Internet verbinden wollen, ist es\n" +"sinnvoll sich vor ungebetenen Eindringlingen durch einrichten einer\n" "Firewall zu schützen. Lesen Sie das entsprechende Kapitel im „Starter\n" "Handbuch“, wenn Sie weitere Informationen benötigen.\n" "\n" -" * „Betriebssystemstarter“: Falls Sie die Konfiguration Ihres\n" -"Betriebssystemstarters ändern wollen, wählen Sie diese Schaltfläche. Es sei\n" -"angemerkt, dass dieser Punkt sich an fortgeschrittenere Nutzer richtet.\n" +" * „%s“: Falls Sie die Konfiguration Ihres Betriebssystemstarters ändern\n" +"wollen, wählen Sie diese Schaltfläche. Es sei angemerkt, dass dieser Punkt\n" +"sich an fortgeschrittenere Nutzer richtet.\n" "\n" -" * „Dienste“: Sie können hier die Dienste wählen, die ab dem Start von\n" -"Mandrake Linux zur Verfügung gestellt werden sollen. Wollen Sie den Rechner\n" -"als Server verwenden, sollten Sie unbedingt einen Blick auf diese Liste\n" -"werfen." +" * „%s“: Sie können hier die Dienste wählen, die ab dem Start von Mandrake\n" +"Linux zur Verfügung gestellt werden sollen. Wollen Sie den Rechner als\n" +"Server verwenden, sollten Sie unbedingt einen Blick auf diese Liste werfen." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n" -"without 3D acceleration, you are then proposed to choose the server that\n" -"best suits your needs." +"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n" +"suits your needs." msgstr "" "Falls für Ihre Karte verschiedene Server zur Verfügung stehen, etwa mit und\n" "ohne 3D-Beschleunigung, werden Sie gebeten, den zu wählen, der Ihren\n" @@ -1462,7 +1430,7 @@ msgid "" "a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n" "\n" "If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n" -"from the provided list.\n" +"from the list provided.\n" "\n" "If you choose a mouse other than the default, a test screen will be\n" "displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n" @@ -1473,11 +1441,11 @@ msgid "" "Wheel mice are occasionally not detected automatically, so you will need to\n" "select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n" "the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n" -"pressing the \"Next ->\" button, a mouse image is displayed on-screen.\n" -"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activated correctly. Once you\n" -"see the on-screen scroll wheel moving as you scroll your mouse wheel, test\n" -"the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you move\n" -"your mouse." +"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image is displayed on-screen. Scroll\n" +"the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activated correctly. Once you see the\n" +"on-screen scroll wheel moving as you scroll your mouse wheel, test the\n" +"buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you move your\n" +"mouse." msgstr "" "„DrakX“ versucht normalerweise die Anzahl Tasten Ihrer Maus zu erkennen.\n" "Sollte das nicht möglich sein, so behandelt es Ihre Maus als\n" @@ -1498,19 +1466,19 @@ msgstr "" "Es kommt vor, dass Mäuse mit Rädern nicht korrekt erkannt werden. Wählen\n" "Sie in diesem Fall die richtige Maus aus der vorgegebenen Liste. Stellen\n" "Sie sicher, dass Sie auch den Anschluss richtig angegeben haben. Nach\n" -"betätigen der Schaltfläche „Weiter->“, wird Ihnen ein Bild der gewählten\n" -"Maus gezeigt. Bewegen Sie Räder und Tasten, um sicherzustellen, dass die\n" -"Maus richtig erkannt wurde." +"betätigen der Schaltfläche „%s“, wird Ihnen ein Bild der gewählten Maus\n" +"gezeigt. Bewegen Sie Räder und Tasten, um sicherzustellen, dass die Maus\n" +"richtig erkannt wurde." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "You will now set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to\n" -"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"Next\n" -"->\". Mandrake Linux will attempt to autodetect network devices and modems.\n" -"If this detection fails, uncheck the \"Use auto detection\" box. You may\n" -"also choose not to configure the network, or to do it later, in which case\n" -"clicking the \"Cancel\" button will take you to the next step.\n" +"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"%s\".\n" +"Mandrake Linux will attempt to autodetect network devices and modems. If\n" +"this detection fails, uncheck the \"%s\" box. You may also choose not to\n" +"configure the network, or to do it later, in which case clicking the \"%s\"\n" +"button will take you to the next step.\n" "\n" "When configuring your network, the available connections options are:\n" "traditional modem, ISDN modem, ADSL connection, cable modem, and finally a\n" @@ -1525,13 +1493,13 @@ msgid "" "installed and use the program described there to configure your connection." msgstr "" "Wenn Sie Ihren Computer mit dem Internet oder mit einem lokalen Netzwerk\n" -"verbinden wollen, dann betätigen Sie die Schaltfläche „Weiter ->“. Bitte\n" -"schalten Sie jedoch zuvor, falls nötig, die dafür benötigten Geräte ein,\n" -"damit „DrakX“ sie automatisch erkennen kann. Sollte die automatische\n" -"Erkennung nicht korrekt erfolgen, können Sie es erneut versuchen, nachdem\n" -"Sie die Markierung der Option „Autoerkennung benutzen“ entfernt haben.\n" -"Betätigung der Schaltfläche „Abbruch“ bringt Sie weiter zum nächsten\n" -"Installationsschritt ohne Ihr Netzwerk einzurichten.\n" +"verbinden wollen, dann betätigen Sie die Schaltfläche „%s“. Bitte schalten\n" +"Sie jedoch zuvor, falls nötig, die dafür benötigten Geräte ein, damit\n" +"„DrakX“ sie automatisch erkennen kann. Sollte die automatische Erkennung\n" +"nicht korrekt erfolgen, können Sie es erneut versuchen, nachdem Sie die\n" +"Markierung der Option „%s“ entfernt haben. Betätigung der Schaltfläche „%s“\n" +"bringt Sie weiter zum nächsten Installationsschritt ohne Ihr Netzwerk\n" +"einzurichten.\n" "\n" "Zur Auswahl stehen folgende Verbindungsarten: Herkömmliches Modem, ISDN\n" "Modem, ADSL Verbindung, Kabelmodem oder eine einfache LAN Verbindung\n" @@ -1551,27 +1519,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n" "covers the entire Mandrake Linux distribution. If you do agree with all the\n" -"terms in it, check the \"Accept\" box. If not, simply turn off your\n" -"computer." +"terms in it, check the \"%s\" box. If not, simply turn off your computer." msgstr "" "Lesen Sie bitte aufmerksam die Lizenz, bevor Sie fortfahren. Sie umfasst\n" "die gesamte Mandrake Linux Distribution. Sollten Sie nicht in allen Punkten\n" -"zustimmen, betätigen Sie bitte die Schaltfläche „Zurückweisen“, um die\n" -"Installation abzubrechen. Um mit der Installation fortzufahren, betätigen\n" -"Sie die Schaltfläche „Akzeptieren“." +"zustimmen, betätigen Sie bitte die Schaltfläche „%s“, um die Installation\n" +"abzubrechen. Um mit der Installation fortzufahren, betätigen Sie die\n" +"Schaltfläche „%s“." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "Graphic Card\n" "\n" -" The installer can normally automatically detect and configure the\n" +" The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n" "graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n" -"choose in this list the card you actually own.\n" +"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n" "\n" " In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n" -"without 3D acceleration, you are then proposed to choose the server that\n" -"best suits your needs." +"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n" +"suits your needs." msgstr "" "Grafikkarte\n" "\n" @@ -1590,8 +1557,8 @@ msgid "" "time.\n" "\n" "DrakX will list all the services available on the current installation.\n" -"Review each one carefully and uncheck those which are not always needed at\n" -"boot time.\n" +"Review each one carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n" +"time.\n" "\n" "A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n" "selected. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n" @@ -1627,9 +1594,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Monitor\n" "\n" -" The installer can normally automatically detect and configure the\n" -"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not the case, you can choose in\n" -"this list the monitor you actually own." +" The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n" +"monitor connected to your machine. If it is correct, you can choose from\n" +"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer." msgstr "" "Monitor\n" "\n" @@ -1643,15 +1610,15 @@ msgid "" "GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n" "local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n" "motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n" -"\"Hardware clock set to GMT \", which will let GNU/Linux know that the\n" -"system clock and the hardware clock are in the same timezone. This is\n" -"useful when the machine also hosts another operating system like Windows.\n" -"\n" -"The \"Automatic time synchronization \" option will automatically regulate\n" -"the clock by connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this\n" -"feature to work, you must have a working Internet connection. It is best to\n" -"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n" -"server that can used by other machines on your local network." +"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n" +"hardware clock are in the same timezone. This is useful when the machine\n" +"also hosts another operating system like Windows.\n" +"\n" +"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the clock by connecting to a\n" +"remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to work, you must have\n" +"a working Internet connection. It is best to choose a time server located\n" +"near you. This option actually installs a time server that can used by\n" +"other machines on your local network as well." msgstr "" "GNU/Linux arbeitet mit GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) und übersetzt diese anhand\n" "der Zeitzone in Ihre lokale Zeit.\n" @@ -1660,15 +1627,15 @@ msgstr "" "„Nein“ wählen, falls Sie auch ein Betriebssystem aus dem Hause Microsoft\n" "auf Ihrem Rechner „beherbergen“.\n" "\n" -"Die Verwendung der Option „Automatische Zeit-Synchronisation“ reguliert\n" -"Ihre Uhr, indem sie Verbindung mit einem Zeitserver im Internet aufnimmt.\n" -"Wählen Sie aus der Liste einen Server in Ihrer Nähe. Damit die funktioniert\n" -"benötigen Sie eine ständige Internetverbindung." +"Die Verwendung der Option „%s“ reguliert Ihre Uhr, indem sie Verbindung mit\n" +"einem Zeitserver im Internet aufnimmt. Wählen Sie aus der Liste einen\n" +"Server in Ihrer Nähe. Damit die funktioniert benötigen Sie eine ständige\n" +"Internetverbindung." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Here are Listed the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -1732,16 +1699,16 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"\"Country\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n" -"country, click on the \"Configure\" button and choose another one. If your\n" -"country is not in the first list shown, click the \"More\" button to get\n" -"the complete country list." +"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n" +"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n" +"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n" +"country list." msgstr "" -"„Staat“: „Staat“: Kontrollieren Sie, ob die Auswahl des Staates, in dem Sie\n" -"sich befinden korrekt ist. Falls nicht, betätigen Sie bitte die\n" -"Schaltfläche „Konfigurieren“ und wählen Sie den richtigen. Ist Ihr Staat\n" -"nicht in der Liste, die Sie gezeigt bekommen, können Sie über die\n" -"Schaltfläche „Mehr“ eine vollständigere Liste erzwingen." +"„%s“: „%s“: Kontrollieren Sie, ob die Auswahl des Staates, in dem Sie sich\n" +"befinden korrekt ist. Falls nicht, betätigen Sie bitte die Schaltfläche\n" +"„%s“ und wählen Sie den richtigen. Ist Ihr Staat nicht in der Liste, die\n" +"Sie gezeigt bekommen, können Sie über die Schaltfläche „%s“ eine\n" +"vollständigere Liste erzwingen." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -1763,13 +1730,13 @@ msgid "" "the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n" "it.\n" "\n" -"Click on \"Next ->\" when you are ready to format partitions.\n" +"Click on \"%s\" when you are ready to format partitions.\n" "\n" -"Click on \"<- Previous\" if you want to choose another partition for your\n" -"new Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n" +"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n" +"Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n" "\n" -"Click on \"Advanced\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked\n" -"for bad blocks on the disk." +"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked for\n" +"bad blocks on the disk." msgstr "" "Alle Partitionen, die gerade neu erzeugt wurden, müssen formatiert werden\n" "(d.h. es muss ein Dateisystem auf der Partition erstellt werden), bevor sie\n" @@ -1789,28 +1756,27 @@ msgstr "" "sind alle zuvor darauf existierenden Daten unwiederbringlich verloren.\n" "\n" "Wenn Sie alle Einstellungen vorgenommen haben, betätigen Sie die\n" -"Schaltfläche „Weiter ->“, um mit dem Formatieren der Partitionen zu\n" -"beginnen.\n" +"Schaltfläche „%s“, um mit dem Formatieren der Partitionen zu beginnen.\n" "\n" -"Betätigen Sie „<- Zurück“, wenn Sie eine andere Partition für Ihr neues\n" -"Mandrake Linux vorgesehen haben.\n" +"Betätigen Sie „%s“, wenn Sie eine andere Partition für Ihr neues Mandrake\n" +"Linux vorgesehen haben.\n" "\n" -"Betätigen Sie die Schaltfläche „Fortgeschritten“, falls Sie Partitionen auf\n" -"defekte Blöcke untersuchen wollen." +"Betätigen Sie die Schaltfläche „%s“, falls Sie Partitionen auf defekte\n" +"Blöcke untersuchen wollen." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "Depending on the default language you chose in Section , DrakX will\n" "automatically select a particular type of keyboard configuration. However,\n" -"you might not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your language:\n" -"for example, if you are an English speaking Swiss person, you may have a\n" -"Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English but are located in Quebec, you may\n" -"find yourself in the same situation where your native language and keyboard\n" -"do not match. In either case, this installation step will allow you to\n" -"select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n" -"\n" -"Click on the \"More \" button to be presented with the complete list of\n" +"you may not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your language: for\n" +"example, if you are an English speaking Swiss person, you may have a Swiss\n" +"keyboard. Or if you speak English but are located in Quebec, you may find\n" +"yourself in the same situation where your native language and keyboard do\n" +"not match. In either case, this installation step will allow you to select\n" +"an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n" +"\n" +"Click on the \"%s\" button to be presented with the complete list of\n" "supported keyboards.\n" "\n" "If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n" @@ -1825,8 +1791,8 @@ msgstr "" "besitzen. Wählen Sie einfach ein passendes Layout aus der Liste.\n" "\n" "Sollten Sie eine andere als die zur gewählten Sprache gehörende Tastatur\n" -"verwenden wollen, wählen Sie die Schaltfläche „Mehr“. Sie erhalten dann\n" -"eine Liste aller unterstützten Tastaturen.\n" +"verwenden wollen, wählen Sie die Schaltfläche „%s“. Sie erhalten dann eine\n" +"Liste aller unterstützten Tastaturen.\n" "\n" "Sollten Sie sich für ein Tastaturlayout einer nicht lateinischen Sprache\n" "entschieden haben, werden Sie im nächsten Schritt gefragt, mit welcher\n" @@ -1837,32 +1803,31 @@ msgstr "" # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n" -"ready to use. Just click \"Next ->\" to reboot the system. The first thing\n" -"you should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is\n" -"the bootloader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to\n" -"start.\n" +"ready to use. Just click \"%s\" to reboot the system. The first thing you\n" +"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n" +"bootloader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n" "\n" -"The \"Advanced\" button shows two more buttons to:\n" +"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n" "\n" -" * \"generate auto-install floppy\": to create an installation floppy disk\n" -"that will automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an\n" -"operator, similar to the installation you just configured.\n" +" * \"%s\": to create an installation floppy disk that will automatically\n" +"perform a whole installation without the help of an operator, similar to\n" +"the installation you just configured.\n" "\n" " Note that two different options are available after clicking the button:\n" "\n" -" * \"Replay\". This is a partially automated installation. The\n" -"partitioning step is the only interactive procedure.\n" +" * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n" +"step is the only interactive procedure.\n" "\n" -" * \"Automated\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is\n" -"completely rewritten, all data is lost.\n" +" * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n" +"rewritten, all data is lost.\n" "\n" " This feature is very handy when installing a number of similar machines.\n" "See the Auto install section on our web site for more information.\n" "\n" -" * \"Save packages selection\"(*): saves a list of the package selected in\n" -"this installation. To use this selection with another installation, insert\n" -"the floppy and start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key\n" -"and type >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\" <<.\n" +" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n" +"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n" +"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key and type >>linux\n" +"defcfg=\"floppy\" <<.\n" "\n" "(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy (to create one under GNU/Linux, type\n" "\"mformat a:\")" @@ -1870,34 +1835,33 @@ msgstr "" "Nun ist es soweit, die Installation ist abgeschlossen und Ihr neues\n" "Betriebssystem sollte einsatzbereit sein. Bei einem Neustart können Sie\n" "zwischen den auf Ihrer Platte installierten Betriebssystemen auswählen.\n" -"Klicken Sie nur noch auf „OK“ und das System wird neu gestartet.\n" +"Klicken Sie nur noch auf „%s“ und das System wird neu gestartet.\n" "\n" -"Die Schaltfläche „Fortgeschritten“ liefert zwei weitere Schaltflächen:\n" +"Die Schaltfläche „%s“ liefert zwei weitere Schaltflächen:\n" "\n" -" * „Erstellen einer Auto-Installationsdiskette“: Hiermit können Sie eine\n" -"Installationsdiskette erstellen, mit deren Hilfe Sie eine identische\n" -"automatische Installation ohne Interaktion eines Administrators\n" -"durchzuführen können.\n" +" * „%s“: Hiermit können Sie eine Installationsdiskette erstellen, mit deren\n" +"Hilfe Sie eine identische automatische Installation ohne Interaktion eines\n" +"Administrators durchzuführen können.\n" "\n" " Es gibt zwei verschiedene Alternativen, nachdem Sie diese Schaltfläche\n" "aktiviert haben:\n" "\n" -" * „Erneut abspielen“: Diese Installation ist nur teilweise automatisch,\n" -"da der Partitionierungsschritt (aber nur dieser!) immer noch interaktiv\n" -"vonstatten geht.\n" +" * „%s“: Diese Installation ist nur teilweise automatisch, da der\n" +"Partitionierungsschritt (aber nur dieser!) immer noch interaktiv vonstatten\n" +"geht.\n" "\n" -" * „Automatisiert“: Vollautomatische Installation: Die Festplatte wird\n" -"vollständig reorganisiert. Alle darauf vorhandenen Daten gehen verloren!\n" +" * „%s“: Vollautomatische Installation: Die Festplatte wird vollständig\n" +"reorganisiert. Alle darauf vorhandenen Daten gehen verloren!\n" "\n" " Diese Funktion ist besonders nützlich, wenn man eine Menge von\n" "identischer Rechner einrichten will. Weitere Informationen erhalten Sie\n" "auch auf der Seite Auto install\n" "\n" -" * „Paketauswahl speichern“:(*) Sie speichern damit die Paketauswahl, die\n" -"Sie vorher getroffen haben. Wenn Sie später eine erneute Installation\n" -"vornehmen wollen, legen Sie einfach die Diskette ins Laufwerk und starten\n" -"Sie die Installation mittels [F1] an der ersten Eingabeaufforderung. Geben\n" -"Sie dann »linux defcfg=\"floppy\"« ein.\n" +" * „%s“:(*) Sie speichern damit die Paketauswahl, die Sie vorher getroffen\n" +"haben. Wenn Sie später eine erneute Installation vornehmen wollen, legen\n" +"Sie einfach die Diskette ins Laufwerk und starten Sie die Installation\n" +"mittels [F1] an der ersten Eingabeaufforderung. Geben Sie dann »linux\n" +"defcfg=\"floppy\"« ein.\n" "\n" "(*) Sie benötigen eine FAT formatierte Diskette (Mittels „mformat a:“\n" "können Sie unter GNU/Linux eine solche erstellen)." @@ -1907,7 +1871,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mandrake Linux system. If partitions have already been\n" -"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or from another\n" +"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" "partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" @@ -1917,43 +1881,40 @@ msgid "" "\n" "To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"Clear all\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard\n" -"drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" "\n" -" * \"Auto allocate\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3\n" -"and swap partitions in free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" "\n" -"\"More\": gives access to additional features:\n" +"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" -" * \"Save partition table\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful\n" -"for later partition-table recovery, if necessary. It is strongly\n" -"recommended that you perform this step.\n" +" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n" +"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n" +"perform this step.\n" "\n" -" * \"Restore partition table\": allows you to restore a previously saved\n" -"partition table from a floppy disk.\n" +" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n" +"floppy disk.\n" "\n" -" * \"Rescue partition table\": if your partition table is damaged, you can\n" -"try to recover it using this option. Please be careful and remember that it\n" -"doesn't always work.\n" +" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n" +"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it doesn't always\n" +"work.\n" "\n" -" * \"Reload partition table\": discards all changes and reloads the\n" -"partition table that was originally on the hard drive.\n" +" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" +"originally on the hard drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"Removable media automounting\": unchecking this option will force\n" -"users to manually mount and unmount removable medias such as floppies and\n" -"CD-ROMs.\n" +" * \"%s\": unchecking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" +"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" -" * \"Wizard\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition\n" -"your hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good\n" -"understanding of partitioning.\n" +" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" +"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"partitioning.\n" "\n" -" * \"Undo\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" +" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" -" * \"Toggle to normal/expert mode\": allows additional actions on\n" -"partitions (type, options, format) and gives more information about the\n" -"hard drive.\n" +" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" +"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"Done\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -1992,45 +1953,43 @@ msgstr "" "Um die gewählte Platte zu partitionieren stehen folgende Möglichkeiten zur\n" "Verfügung:\n" "\n" -" * „Alles löschen“: Betätigen dieser Schaltfläche löscht alle Partitionen\n" -"auf der markierten Festplatte.\n" +" * „%s“: Betätigen dieser Schaltfläche löscht alle Partitionen auf der\n" +"markierten Festplatte.\n" "\n" -" * „Automatisches Erstellen“: Dieser Punkt aktiviert die automatische ext3-\n" -"und Swap-Partitionen-Erstellung im ungenutzten Bereich Ihrer Festplatte.\n" +" * „%s“: Dieser Punkt aktiviert die automatische ext3- und\n" +"Swap-Partitionen-Erstellung im ungenutzten Bereich Ihrer Festplatte.\n" "\n" -"„Mehr“: bietet Zugriff auf weitere Möglichkeiten:\n" +"„%s“: bietet Zugriff auf weitere Möglichkeiten:\n" "\n" -" * „Partitionstabelle schreiben“: Falls Sie Ihre aktuelle Partitionstabelle\n" -"auf Diskette speichern wollen, falls Sie sie später wiederherstellen\n" -"wollen, können Sie das mit Hilfe dieser Schaltfläche tun.\n" +" * „%s“: Falls Sie Ihre aktuelle Partitionstabelle auf Diskette speichern\n" +"wollen, falls Sie sie später wiederherstellen wollen, können Sie das mit\n" +"Hilfe dieser Schaltfläche tun.\n" "\n" -" * „Partitionstabelle wiederherstellen“: Mit dieser Schaltfläche können Sie\n" -"eine vorher auf Diskette gesicherte Partitionstabelle wieder herstellen.\n" +" * „%s“: Mit dieser Schaltfläche können Sie eine vorher auf Diskette\n" +"gesicherte Partitionstabelle wieder herstellen.\n" "\n" -" * „Partitionstabelle retten“: Sollte Ihre Partitionstabelle zerstört\n" -"worden sein, können Sie versuchen, mit dieser Schaltfläche eine\n" -"Restaurierung vorzunehmen. Seien Sie vorsichtig! es ist nicht\n" -"unwahrscheinlich, dass dieser Versuch fehl schlägt.\n" +" * „%s“: Sollte Ihre Partitionstabelle zerstört worden sein, können Sie\n" +"versuchen, mit dieser Schaltfläche eine Restaurierung vorzunehmen. Seien\n" +"Sie vorsichtig! es ist nicht unwahrscheinlich, dass dieser Versuch fehl\n" +"schlägt.\n" "\n" -" * „Partitionstabelle neu laden“: Alle Änderungen verwerfen und mit der\n" -"ursprünglichen Partitionstabelle neu beginnen.\n" +" * „%s“: Alle Änderungen verwerfen und mit der ursprünglichen\n" +"Partitionstabelle neu beginnen.\n" "\n" -" * „Wechselmedien automatisch Einhängen“: Entfernen dieser Markierung führt\n" -"dazu, dass die Anwender hinterher die Wechselmedien manuell ein- und\n" -"aushängen müssen.\n" +" * „%s“: Entfernen dieser Markierung führt dazu, dass die Anwender\n" +"hinterher die Wechselmedien manuell ein- und aushängen müssen.\n" "\n" -" * „Assistent“: Falls Sie keine Ahnung haben wie Sie die Festplatte\n" -"partitionieren sollen, wählen Sie diese Schaltfläche. Sie überlassen damit\n" -"die gesamte Arbeit unserem Assistenten, der mittels „Abra Kadabra“(TM) Ihre\n" -"Platte partitioniert.\n" +" * „%s“: Falls Sie keine Ahnung haben wie Sie die Festplatte partitionieren\n" +"sollen, wählen Sie diese Schaltfläche. Sie überlassen damit die gesamte\n" +"Arbeit unserem Assistenten, der mittels „Abra Kadabra“(TM) Ihre Platte\n" +"partitioniert.\n" "\n" -" * „Rückgängig“: Mit dieser Schaltfläche können Sie alle Einstellungen\n" -"rückgängig machen.\n" +" * „%s“: Mit dieser Schaltfläche können Sie alle Einstellungen rückgängig\n" +"machen.\n" "\n" -" * „In den Experten-/ Normal-Modus wechseln“: Anbieten bzw. Maskieren von\n" -"Zusatzmöglichkeiten.\n" +" * „%s“: Anbieten bzw. Maskieren von Zusatzmöglichkeiten.\n" "\n" -" * „Fertig“: Nachdem Sie das Partitionieren Ihrer Festplatte beendet haben,\n" +" * „%s“: Nachdem Sie das Partitionieren Ihrer Festplatte beendet haben,\n" "aktivieren Sie diese Schaltfläche, um Ihre Änderungen zu speichern.\n" "\n" "Wenn Sie die Größe einer Partition festlegen wollen, können Sie die\n" diff --git a/perl-install/share/po/help-es.pot b/perl-install/share/po/help-es.pot index d340d2013..66310ef0e 100644 --- a/perl-install/share/po/help-es.pot +++ b/perl-install/share/po/help-es.pot @@ -1,3 +1,6 @@ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -18,51 +21,49 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Depending on your hard drive configuration, several options are available:\n" "\n" -" * \"Use free space\": this option will perform an automatic partitioning\n" -"of your blank drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further\n" -"prompts.\n" -"\n" -" * \"Use existing partition\": the wizard has detected one or more existing\n" -"Linux partitions on your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this\n" -"option. You will then be asked to choose the mount points associated with\n" -"each of the partitions. The legacy mount points are selected by default,\n" -"and for the most part it's a good idea to keep them.\n" -"\n" -" * \"Use the free space on the Windows partition\": if Microsoft Windows is\n" -"installed on your hard drive and takes all the space available on it, you\n" -"have to create free space for Linux data. To do so, you can delete your\n" -"Microsoft Windows partition and data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution)\n" -"or resize your Microsoft Windows FAT partition. Resizing can be performed\n" -"without the loss of any data, provided you previously defragment the\n" -"Windows partition and that it uses the FAT format. Backing up your data is\n" -"strongly recommended.. Using this option is recommended if you want to use\n" -"both Mandrake Linux and Microsoft Windows on the same computer.\n" +" * \"%s\": this option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" +"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": the wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" +"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" +"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" +"a good idea to keep them.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": if Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" +"Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and data\n" +"(see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows FAT\n" +"partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any data, provided\n" +"you have previously defragmented the Windows partition and that it uses the\n" +"FAT format. Backing up your data is strongly recommended.. Using this\n" +"option is recommended if you want to use both Mandrake Linux and Microsoft\n" +"Windows on the same computer.\n" "\n" " Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n" "procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n" "then when you started. You will have less free space under Microsoft\n" "Windows to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" -" * \"Erase entire disk\": if you want to delete all data and all partitions\n" -"present on your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandrake Linux\n" -"system, choose this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to\n" -"undo your choice after you confirm.\n" +" * \"%s\": if you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" +"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandrake Linux system,\n" +"choose this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo your\n" +"choice after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"Remove Windows\": this will simply erase everything on the drive and\n" -"begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch. All data on your disk\n" -"will be lost.\n" +" * \"%s\": this will simply erase everything on the drive and begin fresh,\n" +"partitioning everything from scratch. All data on your disk will be lost.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"Custom disk partitioning\": choose this option if you want to manually\n" -"partition your hard drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous\n" -"choice and you can very easily lose all your data. That's why this option\n" -"is really only recommended if you have done something like this before and\n" -"have some experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake\n" -"utility, refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions '' section in the\n" -"``Starter Guide''." +" * \"%s\": choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n" +"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n" +"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n" +"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n" +"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n" +"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions '' section in the ``Starter\n" +"Guide''." msgstr "" "Ahora necesita elegir el lugar de su disco rígido donde se instalará su\n" "sistema operativo Mandrake Linux. Si su disco rígido está vacío o si un\n" @@ -81,63 +82,60 @@ msgstr "" "Dependiendo de la configuración de su disco rígido, están disponibles\n" "varias opciones:\n" "\n" -" * \"Usar espacio libre\": esta opción simplemente llevará a un\n" -"particionado automático de su(s) disco(s) vacío(s). Si elige esta opción,\n" -"no se le pedirán más detalles ni se le formularán más preguntas.\n" -"\n" -" * \"Usar partición existente\": el asistente ha detectado una o más\n" -"particiones Linux existentes en su disco rígido. Si desea utilizarlas,\n" -"elija esta opción. Entonces se le pedirá que elija los puntos de montaje\n" -"asociados a cada una de las particiones. Los puntos de montaje legados se\n" -"seleccionan automáticamente, y por lo general debería mantenerlos.\n" -"\n" -" * \"Usar el espacio libre en la partición Windows\": si Microsoft Windows\n" -"está instalado en su disco rígido y ocupa todo el espacio disponible en el\n" -"mismo, Usted tiene que liberar espacio para los datos de Linux. Para\n" -"hacerlo, puede borrar su partición y datos Microsoft Windows (vea la\n" -"solución \"Borrar el disco completo\") o cambie el tamaño de su partición\n" -"Microsoft Windows FAT. El cambio de tamaño se puede realizar sin la pérdida\n" -"de datos, siempre y cuando Usted haya desfragmentado con anterioridad la\n" -"partición Windows y que la misma utiliza el formato FAT. Es altamente\n" -"recomendable hacer una copia de respaldo de sus datos.. Se recomienda usar\n" -"esta solución si desea utilizar tanto Mandrake Linux como Microsoft Windows\n" -"en la misma computadora.\n" +" * \"%s\": esta opción simplemente llevará a un particionado automático de\n" +"su(s) disco(s) vacío(s). Si elige esta opción, no se le pedirán más\n" +"detalles ni se le formularán más preguntas.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": el asistente ha detectado una o más particiones Linux existentes\n" +"en su disco rígido. Si desea utilizarlas, elija esta opción. Entonces se le\n" +"pedirá que elija los puntos de montaje asociados a cada una de las\n" +"particiones. Los puntos de montaje legados se seleccionan automáticamente,\n" +"y por lo general debería mantenerlos.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": si Microsoft Windows está instalado en su disco rígido y ocupa\n" +"todo el espacio disponible en el mismo, Usted tiene que liberar espacio\n" +"para los datos de Linux. Para hacerlo, puede borrar su partición y datos\n" +"Microsoft Windows (vea la solución \"Borrar el disco completo\") o cambiar\n" +"el tamaño de su partición Microsoft Windows FAT. El cambio de tamaño se\n" +"puede realizar sin la pérdida de datos, siempre y cuando Usted haya\n" +"desfragmentado con anterioridad la partición Windows y que la misma utiliza\n" +"el formato FAT. Es altamente recomendable hacer una copia de respaldo de\n" +"sus datos. Se recomienda usar esta solución si desea utilizar tanto\n" +"Mandrake Linux como Microsoft Windows en la misma computadora.\n" "\n" " Antes de elegir esta opción, por favor comprenda que después de este\n" -"procedimiento, el tamaño de su partición Microsoft Windows será más pequeño\n" +"procedimiento el tamaño de su partición Microsoft Windows será más pequeño\n" "que cuando comenzó. Tendrá menos espacio bajo Microsoft Windows para\n" "almacenar sus datos o instalar software nuevo.\n" "\n" -" * \"Borrar el disco entero\": si desea borrar todos los datos y todas las\n" -"particiones presentes en su disco rígido y reemplazarlas con su nuevo\n" -"sistema Mandrake Linux, elija esta opción. Tenga cuidado con esta solución\n" -"ya que no podrá revertir su elección después de confirmarla.\n" +" * \"%s\": si desea borrar todos los datos y todas las particiones\n" +"presentes en su disco rígido y reemplazarlos con su nuevo sistema Mandrake\n" +"Linux, elija esta opción. Tenga cuidado con esta solución ya que no podrá\n" +"revertir su elección después de confirmarla.\n" "\n" " !! Si elige esta opción, se perderán todos los datos en su disco. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"Quitar Windows\": esto simplemente borrará todo en el disco y\n" -"comenzará particionando todo desde cero. Se perderán todos los datos en su\n" -"disco.\n" +" * \"%s\": esto simplemente borrará todo en el disco y comenzará\n" +"particionando todo desde cero. Se perderán todos los datos en su disco.\n" "\n" " !! Si elige esta opción, se perderán todos los datos en su disco. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"Particionamiento personalizado\": elija esta opción si desea\n" -"particionar manualmente su disco rígido. Tenga cuidado - esta es una\n" -"elección potente pero peligrosa y puede perder todos sus datos con\n" -"facilidad. Esa es la razón por la cual esta opción realmente sólo se\n" -"recomienda si ha hecho algo como esto antes y tiene algo de experiencia.\n" -"Para más instrucciones acerca de la utilización de el utilitario DiskDrake,\n" -"consulte la sección \"Administrar sus particiones\" de la \"Guía de\n" -"Comienzo\"." +" * \"%s\": elija esta opción si desea particionar manualmente su disco\n" +"rígido. Tenga cuidado - esta es una elección potente pero peligrosa y puede\n" +"perder todos sus datos con facilidad. Esa es la razón por la cual esta\n" +"opción realmente sólo se recomienda si ha hecho algo como esto antes y\n" +"tiene algo de experiencia. Para más instrucciones acerca de la utilización\n" +"del utilitario DiskDrake, consulte la sección \"Administrar sus\n" +"particiones\" de la \"Guía de Comienzo\"." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "Resolution\n" "\n" -" You can choose here resolutions and color depth between those available\n" -"for your hardware. Choose the one that best suit your needs (you will be\n" -"able to change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n" +" Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n" +"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n" +"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n" "configuration is shown in the monitor." msgstr "" "Resolución\n" @@ -151,43 +149,42 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system, meaning each user can have their own\n" +"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system, meaning each user may have their own\n" "preferences, their own files and so on. You can read the ``Starter Guide''\n" -"to learn more about multi-user systems. But unlike \"root\", which is the\n" +"to learn more about multi-user systems. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n" "system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be\n" "authorized to change anything except their own files and their own\n" -"configuration, protecting the system from unintentional or malicious\n" -"changes that impact the system as a whole. You will have to create at least\n" -"one regular user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use\n" -"for routine, day-to-day use. Although it is very easy to log in as \"root\"\n" -"to do anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A mistake\n" -"could mean that your system would not work any more. If you make a serious\n" -"mistake as a regular user, the worst that will happen is that you will lose\n" -"some information, but not affect the entire system.\n" +"configurations, protecting the system from unintentional or malicious\n" +"changes that impact on the system as a whole. You will have to create at\n" +"least one regular user for yourself -- this is the account which you should\n" +"use for routine, day-to-day use. Although it is very easy to log in as\n" +"\"root\" to do anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A\n" +"very simple mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If\n" +"you make a serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that will happen is\n" +"that you will lose some information, but not affect the entire system.\n" "\n" "The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n" "-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n" -"you typed in and copy it to the \"User name\" field, which is the name this\n" -"user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override the\n" -"default and change the username. The next step is to enter a password. From\n" -"a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is not\n" -"as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that is no reason to neglect it by\n" -"making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones at\n" -"risk.\n" -"\n" -"Once you click on \"Accept user\", you can add other users. Add a user for\n" -"each one of your friends: your father or your sister, for example. Click\n" -"\"Next ->\" when you have finished adding users.\n" -"\n" -"Clicking the \"Advanced\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\"\n" -"for that user (bash by default).\n" -"\n" -"When you are finished adding all users, you will be asked to choose a user\n" +"you typed in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" field, which is the name\n" +"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n" +"the default and change the username. The next step is to enter a password.\n" +"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n" +"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that is no reason to neglect\n" +"it by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the\n" +"ones at risk.\n" +"\n" +"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n" +"of your friends: your father or your sister, for example. Click \"%s\" when\n" +"you have finished adding users.\n" +"\n" +"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n" +"that user (bash by default).\n" +"\n" +"When you have finished adding users, you will be asked to choose a user\n" "that can automatically log into the system when the computer boots up. If\n" "you are interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n" -"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click \"Next\n" -"->\". If you are not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"Do you want\n" -"to use this feature?\" box." +"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click \"%s\".\n" +"If you are not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box." msgstr "" "GNU/Linux es un sistema multiusuario, y esto significa que cada usuario\n" "puede tener sus preferencias propias, sus archivos propios, y así\n" @@ -197,39 +194,39 @@ msgstr "" "configuración y sus archivos propios, protegiendo al sistema contra cambios\n" "no intencionales o maliciosos que pueden impactar al sistema como un todo.\n" "Tendrá que crear al menos un usuario no privilegiado para Usted mismo - esa\n" -"cuenta es la que debería utilizar para el uso rutinario, diario. Aunque es\n" -"muy práctico ingresar como \"root\" para cualquier cosa y de todo, ¡también\n" -"puede ser muy peligroso! Un error podría significar que su sistema deje de\n" -"funcionar. Si comete un error serio como usuario no privilegiado, sólo\n" -"puede llegar a perder algo de información, pero no afectar a todo el\n" +"cuenta es la que debería utilizar para el uso rutinario diario. Aunque es\n" +"muy práctico ingresar como \"root\" para hacer cualquier cosa y de todo,\n" +"¡también puede ser muy peligroso! Un error podría significar que su sistema\n" +"deje de funcionar. Si comete un error serio como usuario no privilegiado,\n" +"sólo puede llegar a perder algo de información, pero no afectar a todo el\n" "sistema.\n" "\n" "El primer campo le pide un nombre real. Por supuesto, esto no es\n" "obligatorio - en realidad, puede ingresar lo que desee. DrakX usará la\n" -"primer palabra que ingresó y la copiará al campo \"Nombre de usuario\", que\n" -"es el nombre que este usuario en particular usará para ingresar al sistema.\n" -"Si lo desea, puede omitir lo predeterminado y cambiar el nombre de usuario.\n" -"El próximo paso es ingresar una contraseña. La contraseña de un usuario no\n" +"primer palabra que ingresó y la copiará al campo \"%s\", que es el nombre\n" +"que este usuario en particular usará para ingresar al sistema. Si lo desea,\n" +"puede omitir lo predeterminado y cambiar el nombre de usuario. El próximo\n" +"paso es ingresar una contraseña. La contraseña de un usuario no\n" "privilegiado (regular) no es tan crucial como la de \"root\" desde el punto\n" "de vista de la seguridad, pero esto no es razón alguna para obviarla o\n" "hacerla muy simple: después de todo, son sus archivos los que podrían estar\n" "en peligro.\n" "\n" -"Una vez que hace clic sobre \"Aceptar usuario\", puede agregar otros\n" -"usuarios. Agregue un usuario para cada uno de sus amigos: por ejemplo su\n" -"padre o su hermana. Cuando haya terminado de agregar todos los usuarios que\n" -"desee, haga clic sobre \"Siguiente ->\".\n" +"Una vez que hace clic sobre \"%s\", puede agregar otros usuarios. Agregue\n" +"un usuario para cada uno de sus amigos: por ejemplo su padre o su hermana.\n" +"Haga clic sobre \"%s\" cuando haya terminado de agregar todos los usuarios\n" +"que desee.\n" "\n" -"Hacer clic sobre el botón \"Avanzada\" le permite cambiar el \"shell\"\n" +"Hacer clic sobre el botón \"%s\" le permite cambiar el \"shell\"\n" "predeterminado para ese usuario (bash, por defecto)\n" "\n" -"Cuando haya finalizado de añadir todos los usuarios, se le propone elegir\n" -"un usuario para conectarse automáticamente en el sistema cuando arranca la\n" -"computadora. Si está interesado en esa característica (y no le importa\n" +"Cuando haya finalizado de añadir todos los usuarios se le propone elegir un\n" +"usuario para conectarse automáticamente en el sistema cuando arranca la\n" +"computadora. Si está interesado en esta característica (y no le importa\n" "mucho la seguridad local), elija el usuario y administrador de ventanas\n" -"deseado, luego haga clic sobre \"Siguiente ->\". Si no está interesado en\n" -"esta característica, quite la marca de la casilla \"¿Desea utilizar esta\n" -"característica?\"." +"deseado. Si no está interesado en esta característica, quite la marca de la\n" +"casilla \"%s\". Haga clic sobre \"%s\" una vez que seleccionó su\n" +"preferencia." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -253,8 +250,8 @@ msgid "" "choose between CD, OF boot, MacOS or Linux;\n" "\n" " * Kernel Boot Timeout: this timeout is similar to the LILO boot delay.\n" -"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second before your\n" -"default kernel description is selected;\n" +"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second increments\n" +"before your default kernel description is selected;\n" "\n" " * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``C'' for CD\n" "at the first boot prompt.\n" @@ -307,13 +304,12 @@ msgid "" "DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new install or an upgrade\n" "of an existing Mandrake Linux system:\n" "\n" -" * \"Install\": For the most part, this completely wipes out the old\n" -"system. If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or\n" -"change the file system, you should use this option. However, depending on\n" -"your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of your existing data from\n" -"being over- written.\n" +" * \"%s\": For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system. If\n" +"you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or change the file\n" +"system, you should use this option. However, depending on your partitioning\n" +"scheme, you can prevent some of your existing data from being over-written.\n" "\n" -" * \"Upgrade\": this installation class allows you to update the packages\n" +" * \"%s\": this installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mandrake Linux system. Your current\n" "partitioning scheme and user data is not altered. Most of other\n" "configuration steps remain available, similar to a standard installation.\n" @@ -328,15 +324,15 @@ msgstr "" "DrakX ahora necesita saber si desea realizar una instalación nueva o una\n" "actualización de un sistema Mandrake Linux existente:\n" "\n" -" * \"Instalar\": Esta opción borrará prácticamente por completo el sistema\n" +" * \"%s\": Esta opción borrará prácticamente por completo el sistema\n" "anterior. Si desea cambiar la forma en que se particionan sus discos, o\n" "cambiar el sistema de archivos, debería utilizar esta opción. Sin embargo,\n" "dependiendo de su esquema de particionado, puede evitar que se\n" "sobre-escriban algunos datos existentes.\n" "\n" -" * \"Actualización\": Esta clase de instalación le permite actualizar los\n" -"paquetes que en este momento están instalados en su sistema Mandrake Linux.\n" -"No se alteran las particiones corrientes de sus discos ni los datos de los\n" +" * \"%s\": Esta clase de instalación le permite actualizar los paquetes que\n" +"en este momento están instalados en su sistema Mandrake Linux. No se\n" +"alteran las particiones corrientes de sus discos ni los datos de los\n" "usuarios. La mayoría de los otros pasos de configuración permanecen\n" "disponibles, de manera similar a lo que ocurre con una instalación\n" "estándar.\n" @@ -352,95 +348,88 @@ msgid "" "At the time you are installing Mandrake Linux, it is likely that some\n" "packages have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been\n" "fixed, security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these\n" -"updates, you are now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"Yes\"\n" -"if you have a working Internet connection, or \"No\" if you prefer to\n" +"updates, you are now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\"\n" +"if you have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to\n" "install updated packages later.\n" "\n" -"Choosing \"Yes\" will display a list of places from which updates can be\n" -"retrieved. Choose the one nearest you. A package-selection tree will\n" -"appear: review the selection, and press \"Install\" to retrieve and install\n" -"the selected package(s), or \"Cancel\" to abort." +"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of places from which updates can be\n" +"retrieved. You should choose one nearer to you. A package-selection tree\n" +"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n" +"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort." msgstr "" "Es probable que cuando instale Mandrake Linux algunos paquetes se hayan\n" "actualizado desde la publicación inicial. Se pueden haber corregido algunos\n" -"errores, y solucionado problemas de seguridad. Para permitir que Usted se\n" +"errores y solucionado problemas de seguridad. Para permitir que Usted se\n" "beneficie de estas actualizaciones, ahora se le propone transferirlas desde\n" -"la Internet. Marque \"Sí\" si tiene funcionando una conexión con la\n" -"Internet, o \"No\" si prefiere instalar los paquetes actualizados más\n" +"la Internet. Marque \"%s\" si tiene funcionando una conexión con la\n" +"Internet, o \"%s\" si prefiere instalar los paquetes actualizados más\n" "tarde.\n" "\n" -"Si elige \"Sí\" se mostrará una lista de lugares desde los que se pueden\n" +"Si elige \"%s\" se mostrará una lista de lugares desde los que se pueden\n" "obtener las actualizaciones. Elija el más cercano a Usted. Luego aparece un\n" -"árbol de selección de paquetes: revise la selección y presione \"Instalar\"\n" -"para transferir e instalar los paquetes seleccionados, o \"Cancelar\" para\n" -"abortar." +"árbol de selección de paquetes: revise la selección y presione \"%s\" para\n" +"transferir e instalar los paquetes seleccionados, o \"%s\" para abortar." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"This dialog allows to finely tune your bootloader:\n" +"This dialog allows you to fine tune your bootloader:\n" "\n" -" * \"Bootloader to use\": there are three choices for your bootloader:\n" +" * \"%s\": there are three choices for your bootloader:\n" "\n" -" * \"GRUB\": if you prefer grub (text menu).\n" +" * \"%s\": if you prefer grub (text menu).\n" "\n" -" * \"LILO with text menu\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu\n" -"interface.\n" +" * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu interface.\n" "\n" -" * \"LILO with graphical menu\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical\n" -"interface.\n" +" * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical interface.\n" "\n" -" * \"Boot device\": in most cases, you will not change the default\n" -"(\"/dev/hda\"), but if you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the\n" -"second hard drive (\"/dev/hdb\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"/dev/fd0\");\n" +" * \"%s\": in most cases, you will not change the default (\"%s\"), but if\n" +"you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the second hard drive\n" +"(\"%s\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"%s\");\n" "\n" -" * \"Delay before booting the default image\": after a boot or a reboot of\n" -"the computer, this is the delay given to the user at the console to select\n" -"a boot entry other than the default.\n" +" * \"%s\": after a boot or a reboot of the computer, this is the delay\n" +"given to the user at the console to select a boot entry other than the\n" +"default.\n" "\n" "!! Beware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting\n" -"\"Skip\"), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake Linux\n" -"system! Be sure you know what you do before changing any of the options. !!\n" +"\"%s\"), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake Linux\n" +"system! Be sure you know what you are doing before changing any of the\n" +"options. !!\n" "\n" -"Clicking the \"Advanced\" button in this dialog will offer advanced options\n" -"that are reserved for the expert user." +"Clicking the \"%s\" button in this dialog will offer advanced options which\n" +"are normally reserved for the expert user." msgstr "" "Este diálogo le permite un ajuste fino de su cargador de arranque:\n" "\n" -" * \"Cargador de arranque a usar\": hay tres opciones para su cargador de\n" -"arranque:\n" +" * \"%s\": hay tres opciones para su cargador de arranque:\n" "\n" -" * \"GRUB\": si prefiere a grub (menú de texto).\n" +" * \"%s\": si prefiere a grub (menú de texto).\n" "\n" -" * \"LILO con menú de texto\": si prefiere a LILO con su interfaz de\n" -"texto.\n" +" * \"%s\": si prefiere a LILO con su interfaz de texto.\n" "\n" -" * \"LILO con menú gráfico\": si prefiere a LILO con su interfaz\n" -"gráfica.\n" +" * \"%s\": si prefiere a LILO con su interfaz gráfica.\n" "\n" -" * \"Dispositivo de arranque\": en la mayoría de los casos, no cambiará lo\n" -"predeterminado (\"/dev/hda\"), pero si lo prefiere, el cargador de arranque\n" -"se puede instalar en el segundo disco rígido (\"/dev/hdb\"), o incluso en\n" -"un disquete (\"/dev/fd0\").\n" +" * \"%s\": en la mayoría de los casos, no cambiará lo predeterminado\n" +"(\"%s\"), pero si lo prefiere el cargador de arranque se puede instalar en\n" +"el segundo disco rígido (\"%s\") o incluso en un disquete (\"%s\")\n" "\n" -" * \"Demora antes de arrancar la imagen predeterminada\": luego de arrancar\n" -"o volver a arrancar la computadora, esta es la demora que se garantiza al\n" -"usuario para elegir, en el menú del cargador de arranque, una entrada\n" -"distinta a la predeterminada.\n" +" * \"%s\": luego de arrancar o volver a arrancar la computadora, esta es la\n" +"demora que se garantiza al usuario para elegir, en el menú del cargador de\n" +"arranque, una entrada distinta a la predeterminada.\n" "\n" "!! Tenga presente que si no elige instalar un cargador de arranque\n" -"(seleccionando \"Omitir\"), ¡debe asegurarse que tiene una forma de\n" -"arrancar a su sistema Mandrake Linux! También debe asegurarse que sabe lo\n" -"que hace antes de cambiar cualquier opción. !!\n" +"(seleccionando \"%s\"), ¡debe asegurarse que tiene una forma de arrancar a\n" +"su sistema Mandrake Linux! También debe asegurarse que sabe lo que hace\n" +"antes de cambiar cualquier opción. !!\n" "\n" -"Haciendo clic sobre el botón \"Avanzadas\" en este diálogo se le ofrecerán\n" +"Haciendo clic sobre el botón \"%s\" en este diálogo se le ofrecerán\n" "opciones avanzadas que están reservadas para el usuario experto." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" -"Please choose the one you want to resize in order to install your new\n" +"Please choose which one you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mandrake Linux operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" @@ -470,10 +459,10 @@ msgid "" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" "Se ha detectado más de una partición Microsoft Windows en su disco rígido.\n" -"Por favor, elija aquella a la cual desea cambiarle el tamaño para poder\n" +"Por favor, elija aquella a la cual desea cambiar el tamaño para poder\n" "instalar su sistema operativo Mandrake Linux nuevo.\n" "\n" -"Cada partición se lista como sigue: \"Nombre Linux\", \"Nombre Windows\"\n" +"Cada partición se lista como sigue: \"Nombre Linux\", \"Nombre Windows\",\n" "\"Capacidad\".\n" "\n" "\"Nombre Linux\" está estructurado: \"tipo de disco rígido\", \"número de\n" @@ -510,32 +499,32 @@ msgid "" "on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n" "WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandrake Linux rely upon.\n" "\n" -"You will be presented the list of different parameters to change to get an\n" -"optimal graphical display: Graphic Card\n" +"You will be presented with a list of different parameters to change to get\n" +"an optimal graphical display: Graphic Card\n" "\n" -" The installer can normally automatically detect and configure the\n" +" The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n" "graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n" -"choose in this list the card you actually own.\n" +"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n" "\n" " In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n" -"without 3D acceleration, you are then proposed to choose the server that\n" -"best suits your needs.\n" +"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n" +"suits your needs.\n" "\n" "\n" "\n" "Monitor\n" "\n" -" The installer can normally automatically detect and configure the\n" -"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not the case, you can choose in\n" -"this list the monitor you actually own.\n" +" The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n" +"monitor connected to your machine. If it is correct, you can choose from\n" +"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer.\n" "\n" "\n" "\n" "Resolution\n" "\n" -" You can choose here resolutions and color depth between those available\n" -"for your hardware. Choose the one that best suit your needs (you will be\n" -"able to change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n" +" Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n" +"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n" +"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n" "configuration is shown in the monitor.\n" "\n" "\n" @@ -543,7 +532,7 @@ msgid "" "Test\n" "\n" " the system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n" -"resolution. If you can see the message during the test and answer \"Yes\",\n" +"resolution. If you can see the message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n" "then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you cannot see the message, it\n" "means that some part of the autodetected configuration was incorrect and\n" "the test will automatically end after 12 seconds, bringing you back to the\n" @@ -553,9 +542,9 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Options\n" "\n" -" You can here choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n" +" Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n" "switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n" -"\"No\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n" +"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n" "in getting the display configured." msgstr "" "X (por \"X Window System\") es el corazón de la interfaz gráfica de\n" @@ -596,7 +585,7 @@ msgstr "" "Probar\n" "\n" " El sistema intentará abrir una pantalla gráfica con la resolución\n" -"deseada. Si puede ver el mensaje durante la prueba, y responde \"Sí\",\n" +"deseada. Si puede ver el mensaje durante la prueba, y responde \"%s\",\n" "entonces DrakX continuará con el paso siguiente. Si no puede ver el\n" "mensaje, significa que alguna parte de la configuración detectada\n" "automáticamente no era la correcta y la prueba terminará automáticamente\n" @@ -608,7 +597,7 @@ msgstr "" "Opciones\n" "\n" " Aquí puede elegir si desea que su máquina cambie automáticamente a la\n" -"interfaz gráfica al arrancar. Obviamente, querrá marcar \"No\" si su\n" +"interfaz gráfica al arrancar. Obviamente, querrá marcar \"%s\" si su\n" "sistema actuará como servidor, o si no tuvo éxito en la configuración de su\n" "pantalla." @@ -616,23 +605,23 @@ msgstr "" # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other OSs may\n" -"offer you one, but Mandrake Linux offers two. Each of the printing systems\n" -"is best for a particular type of configuration.\n" +"offer you one, but Mandrake Linux offers two. Each of the printing system\n" +"is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n" "\n" -" * \"pdq\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, don't queue'', is the choice\n" +" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, don't queue'', is the choice\n" "if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n" -"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"pdq\n" -"\" will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when\n" -"used with networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n" -"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n" +"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n" +"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n" +"with networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your first\n" +"experience with GNU/Linux.\n" "\n" -" * \"CUPS\" - `` Common Unix Printing System'', is an excellent choice for\n" +" * \"%s\" - `` Common Unix Printing System'', is an excellent choice for\n" "printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the planet. It is\n" "simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for the ancient\n" "\"lpd \" printing system, so it compatible with older operating systems\n" -"that may still need print services. While quite powerful, the basic setup\n" +"which may still need print services. While quite powerful, the basic setup\n" "is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to emulate a \"lpd\" server, make\n" -"sure to turn on the \"cups-lpd \" daemon. \"CUPS\" includes graphical\n" +"sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd \" daemon. \"%s\" includes graphical\n" "front-ends for printing or choosing printer options and for managing the\n" "printer.\n" "\n" @@ -640,31 +629,31 @@ msgid "" "system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandrake Control\n" "Center and clicking the expert button." msgstr "" -"Ahora, es tiempo de seleccionar un sistema de impresión para su\n" +"Ahora es el momento de seleccionar un sistema de impresión para su\n" "computadora. Otros sistemas operativos pueden ofrecerle uno, pero Mandrake\n" "Linux le ofrece dos. Cada uno de los sistemas de impresión es mejor para un\n" "tipo de configuración particular.\n" "\n" -" * \"pdq\" - \"print, don't queue\" (imprimir sin poner en cola), es la\n" +" * \"%s\" - \"print, don't queue\" (imprimir sin poner en cola) es la\n" "elección si Usted tiene una conexión directa a su impresora y desea evitar\n" "el pánico de los papeles trabados, y no tiene impresora en red alguna\n" -"(\"pdq\" manejará sólo casos de red muy simples y es algo lento cuando se\n" +"(\"%s\" manejará sólo casos de red muy simples y es algo lento cuando se\n" "utiliza con las redes) Se recomienda utilizar \"pdq\" si esta es su primer\n" "experiencia con GNU/Linux.\n" "\n" -" * \"CUPS\" - \"Common Unix Printing System\" (Sistema de Impresión Común\n" -"de Unix) es una elección excelente para imprimir en su impresora local o en\n" +" * \"%s\" - \"Common Unix Printing System\" (Sistema de Impresión Común de\n" +"Unix) es una elección excelente para imprimir en su impresora local o en\n" "una en la otra punta del planeta. Es simple de configurar y puede actuar\n" "como servidor o cliente para el sistema de impresión antiguo \"lpd\", por\n" "lo que es compatible con sistemas operativos más antiguos que todavía\n" "pueden necesitar servicios de impresión. Si bien es bastante potente, la\n" "configuración básica es tan simple como la de \"pdq\". Si necesita que\n" -"emule a un servidor \"lpd\", debe encender el demonio \"cups-lpd\".\n" -"\"CUPS\" incluye interfaces gráficas para imprimir o elegir las opciones de\n" -"la impresora y para administrar la impresora.\n" +"emule a un servidor \"lpd\", debe activar el demonio \"cups-lpd\". \"%s\"\n" +"incluye interfaces gráficas para imprimir o elegir las opciones de la\n" +"impresora y para administrar la impresora.\n" "\n" -"Si hace una elección ahora, y más tarde encuentra que a Usted no le gusta\n" -"su sistema de impresión, lo puede cambiar ejecutando PrinterDrake desde el\n" +"Si hace una elección ahora y más tarde encuentra que a Usted no le gusta su\n" +"sistema de impresión, puede cambiarlo ejecutando PrinterDrake desde el\n" "Centro de Control de Mandrake y haciendo clic sobre el botón para expertos." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: @@ -678,47 +667,45 @@ msgid "" "Packages are sorted into groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n" "machine. Mandrake Linux has four predefined installations available. You\n" "can think of these installation classes as containers for various packages.\n" -"You can mix and match applications from the various containers, so a\n" +"You can mix and match applications from the various groups, so a\n" "``Workstation'' installation can still have applications from the\n" -"``Development'' container installed.\n" +"``Development'' group installed.\n" "\n" -" * \"Workstation\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation,\n" -"select one or more of the applications that are in the workstation\n" -"container.\n" +" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n" +"more of the applications that are in the workstation group.\n" "\n" -" * \"Development\": if plan on using your machine for programming, choose\n" -"the appropriate packages from the container.\n" +" * \"%s\": if plan on using your machine for programming, choose the\n" +"appropriate packages from that group.\n" "\n" -" * \"Server\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of\n" -"the more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n" +" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n" +"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n" "\n" -" * \"Graphical Environment\": this is where you will choose your preferred\n" -"graphical environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a\n" -"graphical interface available.\n" +" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n" +"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n" +"interface available.\n" "\n" "Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n" "text about that group. If you unselect all groups when performing a regular\n" "installation (as opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n" "different options for a minimal installation:\n" "\n" -" * \"With X\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n" +" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n" "working graphical desktop.\n" "\n" -" * \"With basic documentation\": installs the base system plus basic\n" -"utilities and their documentation. This installation is suitable for\n" -"setting up a server.\n" +" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n" +"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n" "\n" -" * \"Truly minimal install\": will install the absolute minimum number of\n" -"packages necessary to get a working Linux system. With this installation\n" -"you will only have a command line interface. The total size of this\n" -"installation is 65 megabytes.\n" +" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n" +"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n" +"command line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n" +"megabytes.\n" "\n" -"You can check the \"Individual package selection\" box, which is useful if\n" -"you are familiar with the packages being offered or if you want to have\n" -"total control over what will be installed.\n" +"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you are familiar with the\n" +"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n" +"be installed.\n" "\n" -"If you started the installation in \"Upgrade\" mode, you can unselect all\n" -"groups to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n" +"If you started the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can unselect all groups\n" +"to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n" "updating an existing system." msgstr "" "Ahora es el momento de especificar los programas que desea instalar en su\n" @@ -730,23 +717,20 @@ msgstr "" "su máquina. Mandrake Linux tiene cuatro instalaciones predefinidas\n" "disponibles. Puede pensar en estas clases de instalación como contenedores\n" "para los distintos paquetes. Puede mezclar y hacer coincidir aplicaciones\n" -"de varios contenedores, por lo que una instalación de \"Estación de\n" -"trabajo\" puede tener instaladas aplicaciones del contenedor\n" -"\"Desarrollo\".\n" +"de varios grupos, por lo que una instalación de \"Estación de trabajo\"\n" +"puede tener instaladas aplicaciones del grupo \"Desarrollo\".\n" "\n" -" * \"Estación de trabajo\": si planifica utilizar su máquina como una\n" -"estación de trabajo, seleccione una o más aplicaciones del contenedor\n" -"estación de trabajo.\n" +" * \"%s\": si planifica utilizar su máquina como una estación de trabajo,\n" +"seleccione una o más aplicaciones del grupo estación de trabajo.\n" "\n" -" * \"Desarrollo\": si la máquina se utilizará para programación, elija los\n" -"paquetes apropiados del contenedor.\n" +" * \"%s\": si la máquina se utilizará para programación, elija los paquetes\n" +"apropiados de ese grupo.\n" "\n" -" * \"Servidor\": si pretende usar la máquina como un servidor, seleccione\n" -"cuáles de los servicios más comunes desea instalar en su máquina.\n" +" * \"%s\": si pretende usar la máquina como un servidor, seleccione cuáles\n" +"de los servicios más comunes desea instalar en su máquina.\n" "\n" -" * \"Entorno gráfico\": aquí es donde seleccionará su entorno gráfico\n" -"preferido. Si desea tener una estación de trabajo gráfica, debe seleccionar\n" -"al menos uno.\n" +" * \"%s\": aquí es donde seleccionará su entorno gráfico preferido. Si\n" +"desea tener una estación de trabajo gráfica, debe seleccionar al menos uno.\n" "\n" "Si mueve el cursor del ratón sobre el nombre de un grupo se mostrará un\n" "pequeño texto explicativo acerca de ese grupo. Si deselecciona todos los\n" @@ -754,25 +738,24 @@ msgstr "" "actualización), aparecerá un diálogo que propone opciones diferentes para\n" "una instalación mínima:\n" "\n" -" * \"Con X\": instala la menor cantidad de paquetes posible para tener un\n" +" * \"%s\": instala la menor cantidad de paquetes posible para tener un\n" "escritorio gráfico que funcione.\n" "\n" -" * \"Con documentación básica\": instala el sistema base más algunos\n" -"utilitarios básicos y la documentación de los mismos. Esta instalación es\n" -"adecuada para configurar un servidor.\n" +" * \"%s\": instala el sistema base más algunos utilitarios básicos y la\n" +"documentación de los mismos. Esta instalación es adecuada para configurar\n" +"un servidor.\n" "\n" -" * \"Instalación realmente mínima\": instalará el mínimo necesario estricto\n" -"para obtener un sistema Linux que funciona. Con esta instalación sólo\n" -"tendrá una interfaz de línea de comandos. Esta instalación ocupa alrededor\n" -"de 65 MB.\n" +" * \"%s\": instalará el mínimo necesario estricto para obtener un sistema\n" +"Linux que funciona. Con esta instalación sólo tendrá una interfaz de línea\n" +"de comandos. Esta instalación ocupa alrededor de 65 MB.\n" "\n" -"Puede marcar la casilla \"Selección de paquetes individuales\" que es útil\n" -"si está familiarizado con los paquetes que se ofrecen o si desea tener un\n" -"control total sobre lo que se instalará.\n" +"Puede marcar la casilla \"%s\" que es útil si está familiarizado con los\n" +"paquetes que se ofrecen, o si desea tener un control total sobre lo que se\n" +"instalará.\n" "\n" -"Si inició la instalación en el modo \"Actualización\", puede deseleccionar\n" -"todos los grupos para evitar instalar cualquier paquete nuevo. Esto es útil\n" -"para reparar o actualizar un sistema existente." +"Si inició la instalación en el modo \"%s\" puede deseleccionar todos los\n" +"grupos para evitar instalar cualquier paquete nuevo. Esto es útil para\n" +"reparar o actualizar un sistema existente." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -781,7 +764,7 @@ msgid "" "knows if a selected package is located on another CD-ROM so it will eject\n" "the current CD and ask you to insert the correct CD as required." msgstr "" -"La instalación de Mandrake Linux se divide en varios CD-ROMs. DrakX sabe si\n" +"La instalación de Mandrake Linux se divide en varios CD-ROM. DrakX sabe si\n" "un paquete seleccionado se encuentra en otro CD por lo que expulsará el CD\n" "corriente y le pedirá que inserte el CD correcto cuando sea necesario." @@ -790,19 +773,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n" "system: you have to enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n" -"administrator and is the only one authorized to make updates, add users,\n" +"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n" "change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n" "do everything! That is why you must choose a password that is difficult to\n" "guess - DrakX will tell you if the password that you chose too easy. As you\n" "can see, you are not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise you\n" -"against. GNU/Linux is as prone to operator error as any other operating\n" -"system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and unintentionally\n" -"erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the partitions\n" -"themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become \"root\".\n" +"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n" +"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n" +"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n" +"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n" +"\"root\".\n" "\n" "The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n" -"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it too\n" -"easy to compromise a system.\n" +"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n" +"too easy to compromise a system.\n" "\n" "One caveat -- do not make the password too long or complicated because you\n" "must be able to remember it!\n" @@ -810,76 +794,79 @@ msgid "" "The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it in. To reduce\n" "the chance of a blind typing error you will need to enter the password\n" "twice. If you do happen to make the same typing error twice, this\n" -"``incorrect'' password will have to be used the first time you connect.\n" +"``incorrect'' password will be the one you will have use the first time you\n" +"connect.\n" "\n" "If you wish access to this computer to be controlled by an authentication\n" -"server, click the \"Advanced\" button.\n" +"server, click the \"%s\" button.\n" "\n" "If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n" -"services, select the appropriate one as \"authentication\". If you do not\n" -"know which to use, ask your network administrator.\n" +"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n" +"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n" "\n" -"If you happen to have problems with reminding passwords, you can choose to\n" -"have \"No password\", if your computer won't be connected to the Internet,\n" -"and if you trust anybody having access to it." +"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, if your computer\n" +"will never be connected to the internet or that you absolutely trust\n" +"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"." msgstr "" "Este es el punto de decisión más crucial para la seguridad de su sistema\n" "GNU/Linux: tendrá que ingresar la contraseña de \"root\". El usuario\n" "\"root\" es el administrador del sistema y es el único autorizado a hacer\n" "actualizaciones, agregar usuarios, cambiar la configuración general del\n" -"sistema, etc. Resumiendo, ¡\"root\" puede hacer de todo!. Es por esto que\n" +"sistema, etc. Resumiendo, ¡\"root\" puede hacer de todo! Es por esto que\n" "deberá elegir una contraseña que sea difícil de adivinar - DrakX le dirá si\n" -"la que eligió es demasiado fácil. Como puede ver, no es forzoso ingresar\n" -"una contraseña, pero le recomendamos encarecidamente que ingrese una.\n" -"GNU/Linux es tan propenso a errores del operador como cualquier otro\n" -"sistema operativo. Debido a que \"root\" puede sobrepasar todas las\n" -"limitaciones y borrar, sin intención, todos los datos que se encuentran en\n" -"las particiones accediendo a las mismas sin el cuidado suficiente, es que\n" -"es importante que sea difícil convertirse en \"root\".\n" +"la que eligió es demasiado fácil. Como puede ver no es forzoso ingresar una\n" +"contraseña, pero le recomendamos encarecidamente que ingrese una. GNU/Linux\n" +"es tan propenso a errores del operador como cualquier otro sistema\n" +"operativo. Es importante que sea difícil convertirse en \"root\" debido a\n" +"que \"root\" puede sobrepasar todas las limitaciones y borrar, sin\n" +"intención, todos los datos que se encuentran en las particiones accediendo\n" +"a las mismas sin el cuidado suficiente.\n" "\n" "La contraseña debería ser una mezcla de caracteres alfanuméricos y tener al\n" "menos una longitud de 8 caracteres. Nunca escriba la contraseña de \"root\"\n" -"- en un papel, eso hace que sea muy fácil comprometer a un sistema.\n" +"- por ejemplo, en un papel - eso hace que sea muy fácil comprometer a un\n" +"sistema.\n" "\n" "Sin embargo, no debería hacer la contraseña muy larga o complicada ¡debido\n" "a que Usted debe poder recordarla!\n" "\n" "La contraseña no se mostrará en la pantalla a medida que Usted la teclee.\n" -"Por lo tanto, tendrá que teclear la contraseña dos veces para reducir la\n" +"Por lo tanto tendrá que teclear la contraseña dos veces para reducir la\n" "posibilidad de un error de tecleo. Si ocurre que Usted comete dos veces el\n" "mismo error de tecleo, tendrá que utilizar esta contraseña \"incorrecta\"\n" "la primera vez que se conecte.\n" "\n" "Si desea que el acceso a esta computadora esté controlado por un servidor\n" -"de autenticación, haga clic sobre el botón \"Avanzadas\".\n" +"de autenticación, haga clic sobre el botón \"%s\".\n" "\n" "Si su red usa los protocolos LDAP, NIS, o servicios de autenticación de PDC\n" -"Dominio de Windows, seleccione el botón apropiado como \"autenticación\".\n" -"Si no sabe cual utilizar, pregunte al administrador de su red.\n" +"Dominio de Windows, seleccione el botón apropiado como método de\n" +"autenticación. Si no sabe cual utilizar, debería preguntar al administrador\n" +"de su red.\n" "\n" "Si ocurre que tiene problemas para recordar contraseñas, puede elegir el\n" -"botón \"Sin contraseña\", si es que su computadora no estará conectada a la\n" -"Internet y Usted confía en cualquier persona que tenga acceso a la misma." +"botón \"%s\", si es que su computadora nunca estará conectada a la Internet\n" +"o Usted confía absolutamente en cualquier persona que tenga acceso a la\n" +"misma." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Click on \"Next ->\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present\n" -"on this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"Next ->\", you will not\n" -"be able to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive,\n" -"including any Windows data.\n" +"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" +"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"any Windows data.\n" "\n" -"Click on \"<- Previous\" to stop this operation without losing any data and\n" +"Click on \"%s\" to stop this operation without losing any data and\n" "partitions present on this hard drive." msgstr "" -"Haga clic sobre \"Siguiente ->\" si desea borrar todos los datos y\n" -"particiones presentes en esta unidad de disco. Tenga cuidado, luego de\n" -"hacer clic sobre \"Siguiente ->\", no podrá recuperar los datos y las\n" -"particiones presentes en esta unidad de disco, incluyendo los datos de\n" -"Windows.\n" +"Haga clic sobre \"%s\" si desea borrar todos los datos y particiones\n" +"presentes en esta unidad de disco. Tenga cuidado, luego de hacer clic sobre\n" +"\"%s\", no podrá recuperar los datos y las particiones presentes en esta\n" +"unidad de disco, incluyendo los datos de Windows.\n" "\n" -"Haga clic sobre \"<- Anterior\" para detener esta operación sin perder los\n" -"datos ni las particiones presentes en esta unidad de disco." +"Haga clic sobre \"%s\" para detener esta operación sin perder los datos ni\n" +"las particiones presentes en esta unidad de disco." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -898,17 +885,17 @@ msgid "" "installed. By default Mandrake Linux will automatically start any installed\n" "services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n" "the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that that\n" -"security holes are discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was\n" +"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was\n" "finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do\n" -"or why it is being installed, then click \"No\". Clicking \"Yes \" will\n" +"or why it is being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will\n" "install the listed services and they will be started automatically by\n" "default during boot. !!\n" "\n" -"The \"Automatic dependencies\" option is used to disable the warning dialog\n" -"which appears whenever the installer automatically selects a package to\n" -"resolve a dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each\n" -"other such that installation of a package requires that some other program\n" -"is already installed. The installer can determine which packages are\n" +"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n" +"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n" +"dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each other such\n" +"that installation of a package requires that some other program is also\n" +"rerquired to be installed. The installer can determine which packages are\n" "required to satisfy a dependency to successfully complete the installation.\n" "\n" "The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n" @@ -920,7 +907,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Si le dijo al instalador que deseaba seleccionar los paquetes individuales,\n" "el mismo presentará un árbol que contiene todos los paquetes clasificados\n" -"por grupos y subgrupos. Mientras navega por el árbol, puede seleccionar\n" +"por grupos y subgrupos. Mientras navega por el árbol puede seleccionar\n" "grupos enteros, subgrupos, o paquetes individuales.\n" "\n" "Tan pronto como selecciona un paquete en el árbol, aparece una descripción\n" @@ -939,17 +926,17 @@ msgstr "" "vulnerabilidades en la seguridad luego que se terminó con esta versión de\n" "Mandrake Linux. En particular, si no sabe que es lo que se supone que hace\n" "un servicio o la razón por la cual se está instalando, entonces haga clic\n" -"sobre \"No\". Si hace clic sobre \"Sí\" se instalarán todos los servicios\n" +"sobre \"%s\". Si hace clic sobre \"%s\" se instalarán todos los servicios\n" "listados y de manera predeterminada los mismos arrancarán automáticamente.\n" "!!\n" "\n" -"La opción \"Dependencias automáticas\" simplemente deshabilita el diálogo\n" -"de advertencia que aparece cuando el instalador selecciona automáticamente\n" -"un paquete para resolver un problema de dependencias. Algunos paquetes\n" -"tienen relaciones entre ellos tales que la instalación de un paquete\n" -"necesita que algún otro programa ya esté instalado. El instalador puede\n" -"determinar qué paquetes se necesitan para satisfacer una dependencia para\n" -"completar la instalación de manera satisfactoria.\n" +"La opción \"%s\" simplemente deshabilita el diálogo de advertencia que\n" +"aparece cuando el instalador selecciona automáticamente un paquete para\n" +"resolver un problema de dependencias. Algunos paquetes tienen relaciones\n" +"entre ellos tales que la instalación de un paquete necesita que algún otro\n" +"programa ya esté instalado. El instalador puede determinar qué paquetes se\n" +"necesitan para satisfacer una dependencia para completar la instalación de\n" +"manera satisfactoria.\n" "\n" "El pequeño icono del disquete al final de la lista le permite cargar la\n" "lista de paquetes elegida durante una instalación previa. Esto es útil si\n" @@ -973,14 +960,9 @@ msgid "" "one.\n" "\n" "If it cannot make a determination, DrakX will ask you where to place the\n" -"bootloader.\n" -"\n" -"\"Boot device\": in most cases, you will not change the default (\"First\n" -"sector of drive (MBR)\"), but if you prefer, the bootloader can be\n" -"installed on the second hard drive (\"/dev/hdb\"), or even on a floppy disk\n" -"(\"On Floppy\")." +"bootloader." msgstr "" -"LILO y grub son cargadores de arranque para GNU/Linux. Normalmente, esta\n" +"LILO y grub son cargadores de arranque para GNU/Linux. Normalmente esta\n" "etapa está completamente automatizada. DrakX analizará el sector de\n" "arranque del disco y actuará en función de lo que encuentre allí:\n" "\n" @@ -991,13 +973,8 @@ msgstr "" " * si encuentra un sector de arranque de grub o LILO, lo reemplazará con\n" "uno nuevo;\n" "\n" -"Si no puede realizar una determinación, DrakX le pedirá dónde colocar el\n" -"cargador de arranque.\n" -"\n" -"\"Dispositivo de arranque\": en la mayoría de los casos, Usted no cambiará\n" -"lo predeterminado (\"Primer sector del disco (MBR)\"), pero si prefiere, el\n" -"cargador de arranque se puede instalar en el segundo disco rígido\n" -"(\"/dev/hdb\"), o incluso en un disquete (\"En disquete\")" +"Si no puede realizar una determinación, DrakX le preguntará dónde colocar\n" +"el cargador de arranque." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -1007,7 +984,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, You'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1025,8 +1002,8 @@ msgstr "" "automáticamente.\n" "\n" "Debido a que la detección de hardware a veces puede no detectar alguna\n" -"pieza de hardware, DrakX puede fallar al detectar sus discos rígidos. De\n" -"ser así, tendrá que especificar su hardware a mano.\n" +"pieza de hardware, DrakX puede no detectar sus discos rígidos. De ser así,\n" +"tendrá que especificar su hardware a mano.\n" "\n" "Si tiene que seleccionar su adaptador SCSI PCI manualmente, DrakX le\n" "preguntará si desea especificar opciones para el mismo. Debería permitir\n" @@ -1051,8 +1028,8 @@ msgid "" " * Label: this is the name you will have to type at the yaboot prompt to\n" "select this boot option.\n" "\n" -" * Image: this would be the name of the kernel to boot. Typically, vmlinux\n" -"or a variation of vmlinux with an extension.\n" +" * Image: this is the name of the kernel to boot. Typically, vmlinux or a\n" +"variation of vmlinux with an extension.\n" "\n" " * Root: the \"root\" device or ``/'' for your Linux installation.\n" "\n" @@ -1142,21 +1119,20 @@ msgid "" "documentation, the installer and the system in general. Select first the\n" "region you are located in, and then the language you speak.\n" "\n" -"Clicking on the \"Advanced\" button will allow you to select other\n" -"languages to be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the\n" -"language-specific files for system documentation and applications. For\n" -"example, if you will host users from Spain on your machine, select English\n" -"as the default language in the tree view and \"Espanol\" in the Advanced\n" -"section.\n" +"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n" +"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n" +"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if you will\n" +"host users from Spain on your machine, select English as the default\n" +"language in the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n" "\n" "Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n" -"may choose several ones, or even install them all by selecting the \"All\n" -"languages\" box. Selecting support for a language means translations,\n" -"fonts, spell checkers, etc. for that language will be installed.\n" -"Additionally, the \"Use Unicode by default\" checkbox allows to force the\n" -"system to use unicode (UTF-8). Note however that this is an experimental\n" -"feature. If you select different languages requiring different encoding the\n" -"unicode support will be installed anyway.\n" +"may choose several ones, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\"\n" +"box. Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell\n" +"checkers, etc. for that language will be installed. Additionally, the\n" +"\"%s\" checkbox allows you to force the system to use unicode (UTF-8). Note\n" +"however that this is an experimental feature. If you select different\n" +"languages requiring different encoding the unicode support will be\n" +"installed anyway.\n" "\n" "To switch between the various languages installed on the system, you can\n" "launch the \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the\n" @@ -1164,48 +1140,44 @@ msgid "" "will only change the language settings for that particular user." msgstr "" "El primer paso es elegir el idioma de instalación. En el ejemplo se elige\n" -"\"Spanish (Argentina)\"(*).\n" +"\"%s\" como región y \"%s\" como idioma.\n" "\n" -"Su elección de idioma preferido afectará el idioma de la documentación, el\n" +"Su elección de idioma preferido afectará al idioma de la documentación, el\n" "instalador y el sistema en general. Seleccione primero la región en la que\n" "se encuentra, y luego el idioma que habla.\n" "\n" -"Al hacer clic sobre el botón \"Avanzado\" podrá seleccionar otros idiomas\n" -"para instalar en su estación de trabajo, instalando así los archivos\n" -"específicos para esos idiomas para la documentación y las aplicaciones. Por\n" -"ejemplo, si albergará a gente de Francia en su máquina, seleccione Español\n" -"como idioma principal en la vista de árbol y \"Francés|Francia\" en la\n" -"sección avanzada.\n" +"Al hacer clic sobre el botón \"%s\" podrá seleccionar otros idiomas para\n" +"instalar en su estación de trabajo, instalando así los archivos específicos\n" +"para esos idiomas para la documentación y las aplicaciones. Por ejemplo, si\n" +"albergará a gente de Francia en su máquina, seleccione Español como idioma\n" +"principal en la vista de árbol y \"%s\" en la sección avanzada.\n" "\n" "Note que no está limitado a elegir un único idioma adicional. Puede elegir\n" -"varios, o incluso instalarlos a todos eligiendo la casilla \"Todos los\n" -"idiomas\". Seleccionar el soporte para un idioma significa que se\n" -"instalarán las traducciones, tipografías, correctores ortográficos, etc.\n" -"para dicho idioma. Adicionalmente, la casilla \"Usar Unicode\n" -"predeterminadamente\" permite forzar al sistema a utilizar Unicode (UTF-8)\n" -"Sin embargo, note que esta es una característica experimental. Si\n" -"selecciona diferentes idiomas que necesitan codificaciones diferentes de\n" -"todas formas se instalará el soporte para Unicode.\n" -"\n" -"Para cambiar de un idioma a otro, Usted puede ejecutar, como \"root\", el\n" -"comando \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" para cambiar el idioma de todo el\n" -"sistema, o ejecutarlo como usuario no privilegiado para cambiar sólo el\n" -"idioma predeterminado de ese usuario.\n" -"\n" -"(*) Ya que de ahí viene el traductor [:-)]" +"varios, o incluso instalarlos a todos eligiendo la casilla \"%s\".\n" +"Seleccionar el soporte para un idioma significa que se instalarán las\n" +"traducciones, tipografías, correctores ortográficos, etc. para dicho\n" +"idioma. Adicionalmente, la casilla \"%s\" permite que fuerce al sistema a\n" +"utilizar Unicode (UTF-8) Sin embargo, note que esta es una característica\n" +"experimental. Si selecciona diferentes idiomas que necesitan codificaciones\n" +"diferentes, de cualquier manera se instalará el soporte para Unicode.\n" +"\n" +"Para cambiar de un idioma a otro, Usted puede ejecutar el comando\n" +"\"localedrake\". Si lo hace como \"root\" cambiará el idioma todo el\n" +"sistema, si lo hace como usuario no privilegiado cambiará sólo el idioma\n" +"predeterminado de ese usuario." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"\"Sound card\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n" -"here. If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is\n" -"actually present on your system, you can click on the button and choose\n" -"another driver." +"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n" +"If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is actually\n" +"present on your system, you can click on the button and choose another\n" +"driver." msgstr "" -"\"Tarjeta de sonido\": si se detecta una tarjeta de sonido en su sistema,\n" -"la misma se muestra aquí. Si nota que la tarjeta de sonido mostrada no es\n" -"la que está realmente instalada en su sistema, puede hacer clic sobre el\n" -"botón y elegir otro controlador." +"\"%s\": si se detecta una tarjeta de sonido en su sistema, la misma se\n" +"muestra aquí. Si nota que la tarjeta de sonido mostrada no es la que está\n" +"realmente instalada en su sistema, puede hacer clic sobre el botón y elegir\n" +"otro controlador." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -1215,9 +1187,9 @@ msgid "" "\n" "If there are other operating systems installed on your machine they will\n" "automatically be added to the boot menu. You can fine-tune the existing\n" -"options by clicking \"Add\" to create a new entry; selecting an entry and\n" -"clicking \"Modify\" or \"Remove\" to modify or remove it. \"OK\" validates\n" -"your changes.\n" +"options by clicking \"%s\" to create a new entry; selecting an entry and\n" +"clicking \"%s\" or \"%s\" to modify or remove it. \"%s\" validates your\n" +"changes.\n" "\n" "You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to\n" "anyone who goes to the console and reboots the machine. You can delete the\n" @@ -1231,12 +1203,12 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Si hay otros sistemas operativos instalados en su máquina los mismos se\n" "agregarán automáticamente al menú de arranque. Aquí puede elegir ajustar\n" -"las opciones existentes haciendo clic sobre \"Añadir\" para crear una nueva\n" -"entrada; seleccionando una entrada y haciendo clic sobre \"Modificar\" o\n" -"\"Quitar\" para modificarla o quitarla. \"Aceptar\" valida sus cambios.\n" +"las opciones existentes haciendo clic sobre \"%s\" para crear una nueva\n" +"entrada; seleccionando una entrada y haciendo clic sobre \"%s\" o \"%s\"\n" +"para modificarla o quitarla. \"%s\" valida sus cambios.\n" "\n" -"También, puede ser que no desee dar acceso a los otros sistemas operativos\n" -"a cualquiera que vaya a la consola y reinicie la máquina. Puede borrar las\n" +"También puede ser que no desee dar acceso a los otros sistemas operativos a\n" +"cualquiera que vaya a la consola y reinicie la máquina. Puede borrar las\n" "entradas correspondientes para los sistemas operativos para quitarlas del\n" "menú, pero ¡necesitará un disquete de arranque para poder arrancar esos\n" "otros sistemas operativos!" @@ -1245,8 +1217,8 @@ msgstr "" # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" -"Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data present on it will be lost\n" -"and will not be recoverable!" +"Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data present on this partition\n" +"will be lost and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" "Elija la unidad de disco que desea borrar para instalar su partición\n" "Mandrake Linux nueva. Tenga cuidado, ¡se perderán todos los datos de la\n" @@ -1255,30 +1227,31 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"\"Printer\": clicking on the \"Configure\" button will open the printer\n" -"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n" -"Guide'' for more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface\n" -"presented there is similar to the one used during installation." +"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n" +"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n" +"information on how to setup a new printer. The interface presented there is\n" +"similar to the one used during installation." msgstr "" -"\"Impresora\": al hacer clic sobre el botón \"Configurar\" se abrirá el\n" -"asistente de configuración de la impresora. Consulte el capítulo\n" -"correspondiente de la \"Guía de Comienzo\" para más información sobre cómo\n" -"configurar una impresora nueva. La interfaz presentada allí es similar a la\n" -"utilizada durante la instalación." +"\"%s\": al hacer clic sobre el botón \"%s\" se abrirá el asistente de\n" +"configuración de la impresora. Consulte el capítulo correspondiente de la\n" +"\"Guía de Comienzo\" para más información sobre cómo configurar una\n" +"impresora nueva. La interfaz presentada allí es similar a la utilizada\n" +"durante la instalación." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Finally, you will be asked whether you want to see the graphical interface\n" -"at boot. Note this question will be asked even if you chose not to test the\n" -"configuration. Obviously, you want to answer \"No\" if your machine is to\n" -"act as a server, or if you were not successful in getting the display\n" -"configured." +"Options\n" +"\n" +" Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n" +"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n" +"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n" +"in getting the display configured." msgstr "" "Opciones\n" "\n" " Aquí puede elegir si desea que su máquina cambie automáticamente a la\n" -"interfaz gráfica al arrancar. Obviamente, querrá marcar \"No\" si su\n" +"interfaz gráfica al arrancar. Obviamente, querrá marcar \"%s\" si su\n" "sistema actuará como servidor, o si no tuvo éxito en la configuración de su\n" "pantalla." @@ -1300,153 +1273,151 @@ msgid "" "directly exposed to the Internet. The trade-off of a higher security level\n" "is generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n" "\n" -"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option." +"If you do not know what to choose, stay with the default option." msgstr "" "En este punto, DrakX le permitirá elegir el nivel de seguridad deseado para\n" "la máquina. Como regla general, el nivel de seguridad debería ser mayor\n" -"cuanto más cruciales sean los datos que tenga almacenados, o si será una\n" -"máquina directamente expuesta a la Internet. Sin embargo, un nivel de\n" +"cuanto más cruciales sean los datos que tenga almacenados, o si la máquina\n" +"estará directamente expuesta a la Internet. No obstante, un nivel de\n" "seguridad más alto generalmente se obtiene a expensas de la facilidad de\n" "uso.\n" "\n" -"Si no sabe que elegir, mantenga la opción predeterminada." +"Si no sabe cual elegir, no cambie la opción predeterminada." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of various information it has\n" -"about your system. Depending on your installed hardware, you may have some\n" -"or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the configuration\n" -"item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n" -"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"Configure\" button to change\n" -"that.\n" +"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has about your\n" +"system. Depending on your installed hardware, you may have some or all of\n" +"the following entries. Each entry is made up of the configuration item to\n" +"be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current configuration.\n" +"Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to change that.\n" "\n" -" * \"Keyboard\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change\n" -"that if necessary.\n" +" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change that if\n" +"necessary.\n" "\n" -" * \"Country\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n" -"country, click on the \"Configure\" button and choose another one. If your\n" -"country is not in the first list shown, click the \"More\" button to get\n" -"the complete country list.\n" +" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n" +"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n" +"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n" +"country list.\n" "\n" -" * \"Timezone\": By default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the\n" -"country you have chosen. You can click on the \"Configure\" button here if\n" -"this is not correct.\n" +" * \"%s\": By default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n" +"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n" +"correct.\n" "\n" -" * \"Mouse\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n" -"to change it if necessary.\n" +" * \"%s\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button to\n" +"change it if necessary.\n" "\n" -" * \"Printer\": clicking on the \"Configure\" button will open the printer\n" +" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n" "configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n" "Guide'' for more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface\n" "presented there is similar to the one used during installation.\n" "\n" -" * \"Sound card\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is\n" -"displayed here. If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that\n" -"is actually present on your system, you can click on the button and choose\n" +" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n" +"here. If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is\n" +"actually present on your system, you can click on the button and choose\n" "another driver.\n" "\n" -" * \"Graphical Interface\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical\n" -"interface in \"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suits\n" -"you, click on \"Configure\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n" +" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n" +"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n" +"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n" "\n" -" * \"TV card\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n" -"here. If you have a TV card and it is not detected, click on \"Configure\"\n" -"to try to configure it manually.\n" +" * \"%s\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n" +"If you have a TV card and it is not detected, click on \"%s\" to try to\n" +"configure it manually.\n" "\n" -" * \"ISDN card\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it will be\n" -"displayed here. You can click on \"Configure\" to change the parameters\n" -"associated with the card.\n" +" * \"%s\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it will be displayed\n" +"here. You can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with the\n" +"card.\n" "\n" -" * \"Network\": If you want to configure your Internet or local network\n" -"access now.\n" +" * \"%s\": If you want to configure your Internet or local network access\n" +"now.\n" "\n" -" * \"Security Level\": this entry offers you to redefine the security level\n" -"as set in a previous step ().\n" +" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n" +"previous step ().\n" "\n" -" * \"Firewall\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's\n" -"a good idea to protect you from intrusions by setting up a firewall.\n" -"Consult the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details\n" -"about firewall settings.\n" +" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n" +"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n" +"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n" +"firewall settings.\n" "\n" -" * \"Bootloader\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration,\n" -"click that button. This should be reserved to advanced users.\n" +" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click that\n" +"button. This should be reserved to advanced users.\n" "\n" -" * \"Services\": you'll be able here to control finely which services will\n" -"be run on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a\n" -"good idea to review this setup." +" * \"%s\": here you'll be able to fine control which services will be run\n" +"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n" +"idea to review this setup." msgstr "" "A manera de revisión, DrakX presentará un resumen de las distintas\n" "informaciones que tiene acerca de su sistema. Dependiendo del hardware\n" -"instalado, puede tener algunas o todas las entradas siguientes. Cada\n" -"entrada está compuesta de el elemento de configuración a configurar,\n" -"seguido de un pequeño resumen de la configuración corriente. Haga clic\n" -"sobre el botón \"Configurar\" correspondiente para cambiar eso.\n" +"instalado puede tener algunas o todas las entradas siguientes. Cada entrada\n" +"está compuesta del elemento de configuración a configurar, seguido de un\n" +"pequeño resumen de la configuración corriente. Haga clic sobre el botón\n" +"\"%s\" correspondiente para cambiar eso.\n" "\n" -" * \"Teclado\": verifique la configuración de la disposición corriente del\n" +" * \"%s\": verifique la configuración de la disposición corriente del\n" "teclado y cámbiela si es necesario.\n" "\n" -" * \"País\": verifique la selección corriente del país. Si Usted no se\n" -"encuentra en este país, haga clic sobre el botón \"Configurar\" y elija\n" -"otro. Si su país no se muestra en la primer lista, haga clic sobre el botón\n" -"\"Más\" para obtener la lista completa de países.\n" +" * \"%s\": verifique la selección corriente del país. Si Usted no se\n" +"encuentra en este país haga clic sobre el botón \"%s\" y elija otro. Si su\n" +"país no se muestra en la primer lista haga clic sobre el botón \"%s\" para\n" +"obtener la lista completa de países.\n" "\n" -" * \"Huso horario\": De manera predeterminada, DrakX deduce su huso horario\n" -"basándose en el país que ha elegido. Puede hacer clic sobre el botón\n" -"\"Configurar\" si esto no es correcto.\n" +" * \"%s\": De manera predeterminada DrakX deduce su huso horario basándose\n" +"en el país que ha elegido. Puede hacer clic sobre el botón \"%s\" si esto\n" +"no es correcto.\n" "\n" -" * \"Ratón\": verifique la configuración del ratón y haga clic sobre el\n" -"botón para cambiarla, si es necesario.\n" +" * \"%s\": verifique la configuración del ratón y haga clic sobre el botón\n" +"para cambiarla, si es necesario.\n" "\n" -" * \"Impresora\": al hacer clic sobre el botón \"Configurar\" se abrirá el\n" -"asistente de configuración de la impresora. Consulte el capítulo\n" -"correspondiente de la \"Guía de Comienzo\" para más información sobre cómo\n" -"configurar una impresora nueva. La interfaz presentada allí es similar a la\n" -"utilizada durante la instalación.\n" +" * \"%s\": al hacer clic sobre el botón \"%s\" se abrirá el asistente de\n" +"configuración de la impresora. Consulte el capítulo correspondiente de la\n" +"\"Guía de Comienzo\" para más información sobre cómo configurar una\n" +"impresora nueva. La interfaz presentada allí es similar a la utilizada\n" +"durante la instalación.\n" "\n" -" * \"Tarjeta de sonido\": si se detecta una tarjeta de sonido en su\n" -"sistema, la misma se muestra aquí. Si nota que la tarjeta de sonido\n" -"mostrada no es la que está realmente instalada en su sistema, puede hacer\n" -"clic sobre el botón y elegir otro controlador.\n" +" * \"%s\": si se detecta una tarjeta de sonido en su sistema, la misma se\n" +"muestra aquí. Si nota que la tarjeta de sonido mostrada no es la que está\n" +"realmente instalada en su sistema, puede hacer clic sobre el botón y elegir\n" +"otro controlador.\n" "\n" -" * \"Interfaz gráfica\": de manera predeterminada, DrakX configura su\n" -"interfaz gráfica en \"800x600\" o \"1024x768\" de resolución. Si eso no le\n" -"satisface, haga clic sobre \"Configurar\" para volver a configurar su\n" -"interfaz gráfica.\n" +" * \"%s\": de manera predeterminada DrakX configura su interfaz gráfica en\n" +"\"800x600\" o \"1024x768\" de resolución. Si eso no le satisface, haga clic\n" +"sobre \"%s\" para volver a configurar su interfaz gráfica.\n" "\n" -" * \"Tarjeta de TV\": si se detecta una tarjeta de TV en su sistema, la\n" -"misma se muestra aquí. Si tiene una tarjeta de TV y la misma no se detecta,\n" -"haga clic sobre \"Configurar\" para intentar configurarla a mano.\n" +" * \"%s\": si se detecta una tarjeta de TV en su sistema, la misma se\n" +"muestra aquí. Si tiene una tarjeta de TV y la misma no se detecta, haga\n" +"clic sobre \"%s\" para intentar configurarla a mano.\n" "\n" -" * \"Tarjeta RDSI\": si se detecta una tarjeta RDSI en su sistema, la misma\n" -"se muestra aquí. Puede hacer clic sobre \"Configurar\" para cambiar los\n" -"parámetros asociados a la misma.\n" +" * \"%s\": si se detecta una tarjeta RDSI en su sistema, la misma se\n" +"muestra aquí. Puede hacer clic sobre \"%s\" para cambiar los parámetros\n" +"asociados a la misma.\n" "\n" -" * \"Red\": se desea configurar ahora el acceso a la Internet o su red\n" -"local.\n" +" * \"%s\": haga clic sobre \"%s\" si desea configurar ahora el acceso a la\n" +"Internet o a su red local.\n" "\n" -" * \"Nivel de seguridad\": esta entrada le ofrece volver a definir el nivel\n" -"de seguridad como se ajustó en un paso previo ()\n" +" * \"%s\": esta entrada le ofrece volver a definir el nivel de seguridad\n" +"como se ajustó en un paso previo ()\n" "\n" -" * \"Cortafuegos\": si planifica conectar su máquina a la Internet, es una\n" -"buena idea protegerse de las intrusiones configurando un cortafuegos.\n" -"Consulte la sección correspondiente de la \"Guía de Comienzo\" para\n" -"detalles acerca de los ajustes del cortafuegos.\n" +" * \"%s\": si planifica conectar su máquina a la Internet, es una buena\n" +"idea protegerse de las intrusiones configurando un cortafuegos. Consulte la\n" +"sección correspondiente de la \"Guía de Comienzo\" para detalles acerca de\n" +"los ajustes del cortafuegos.\n" "\n" -" * \"Cargador de arranque\": si desea cambiar la configuración de su\n" -"cargador de arranque, haga clic sobre ese botón. Esto debería estar\n" -"reservado para usuarios avanzados.\n" +" * \"%s\": si desea cambiar la configuración de su cargador de arranque,\n" +"haga clic sobre ese botón. Esto debería estar reservado para usuarios\n" +"avanzados.\n" "\n" -" * \"Servicios\": aquí podrá tener un control fino sobre qué servicios\n" -"correrán en su máquina. Si planifica utilizar esta máquina como servidor es\n" -"una buena idea revisar estos ajustes." +" * \"%s\": aquí podrá tener un control fino sobre qué servicios correrán en\n" +"su máquina. Si planifica utilizar esta máquina como servidor es una buena\n" +"idea revisar estos ajustes." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n" -"without 3D acceleration, you are then proposed to choose the server that\n" -"best suits your needs." +"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n" +"suits your needs." msgstr "" "En caso que estén disponibles diferentes servidores para su tarjeta, con o\n" "sin aceleración de 3D, entonces se le propone elegir el servidor que mejor\n" @@ -1463,7 +1434,7 @@ msgid "" "a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n" "\n" "If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n" -"from the provided list.\n" +"from the list provided.\n" "\n" "If you choose a mouse other than the default, a test screen will be\n" "displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n" @@ -1474,11 +1445,11 @@ msgid "" "Wheel mice are occasionally not detected automatically, so you will need to\n" "select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n" "the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n" -"pressing the \"Next ->\" button, a mouse image is displayed on-screen.\n" -"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activated correctly. Once you\n" -"see the on-screen scroll wheel moving as you scroll your mouse wheel, test\n" -"the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you move\n" -"your mouse." +"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image is displayed on-screen. Scroll\n" +"the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activated correctly. Once you see the\n" +"on-screen scroll wheel moving as you scroll your mouse wheel, test the\n" +"buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you move your\n" +"mouse." msgstr "" "Por lo general, DrakX no tiene problemas en detectar la cantidad de botones\n" "que tiene su ratón. En caso contrario, asume que Usted tiene un ratón de\n" @@ -1496,25 +1467,25 @@ msgstr "" "está funcionando bien, presione la barra espaciadora o [Intro] para\n" "cancelar la prueba y volver a la lista de opciones.\n" "\n" -"Los ratones con rueda a veces no se detectan automáticamente, por lo que\n" +"Los ratones con rueda a veces no se detectan automáticamente por lo que\n" "deberá seleccionar su ratón de una lista. Debe asegurarse de seleccionar el\n" "correspondiente al puerto en el cual está conectado su ratón. Después de\n" -"seleccionar un ratón y presionar el botón \"Siguiente ->\", se muestra una\n" -"imagen de un ratón en la pantalla. Mueva la rueda de su ratón para\n" -"asegurarse que está activa correctamente. Una vez que ve que se mueve la\n" -"rueda en la pantalla a medida que mueve la rueda de su ratón, pruebe los\n" -"botones y verifique que el puntero del ratón se mueve en la pantalla a\n" -"medida que mueve su ratón." +"seleccionar un ratón y presionar el botón \"%s\", se muestra una imagen de\n" +"un ratón en la pantalla. Mueva la rueda de su ratón para asegurarse que\n" +"está activa correctamente. Una vez que ve que se mueve la rueda en la\n" +"pantalla a medida que mueve la rueda de su ratón, pruebe los botones y\n" +"verifique que el puntero del ratón se mueve en la pantalla a medida que\n" +"mueve su ratón." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "You will now set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to\n" -"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"Next\n" -"->\". Mandrake Linux will attempt to autodetect network devices and modems.\n" -"If this detection fails, uncheck the \"Use auto detection\" box. You may\n" -"also choose not to configure the network, or to do it later, in which case\n" -"clicking the \"Cancel\" button will take you to the next step.\n" +"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"%s\".\n" +"Mandrake Linux will attempt to autodetect network devices and modems. If\n" +"this detection fails, uncheck the \"%s\" box. You may also choose not to\n" +"configure the network, or to do it later, in which case clicking the \"%s\"\n" +"button will take you to the next step.\n" "\n" "When configuring your network, the available connections options are:\n" "traditional modem, ISDN modem, ADSL connection, cable modem, and finally a\n" @@ -1528,15 +1499,14 @@ msgid "" "for details about the configuration, or simply wait until your system is\n" "installed and use the program described there to configure your connection." msgstr "" -"Ahora se le propone configurar su conexión de red/Internet. Si desea\n" -"conectar su computadora a la Internet o a una red de área local, haga clic\n" -"sobre \"Siguiente ->\". Mandrake Linux intentará detectar automáticamente\n" -"los dispositivos de red y módems. Si esta detección falla, quite la marca\n" -"de la casilla \"Usar detección automática\". También puede elegir no\n" -"configurar la red, o hacerlo más tarde, en cuyo caso hacer clic sobre el\n" -"botón \"Cancelar\" lo llevará al paso siguiente.\n" -"\n" -"Cuando configura su red, los tipos de conexión disponibles son: módem\n" +"Ahora se le propone configurar su conexión de red/Internet. Haga clic sobre\n" +"\"%s\" si desea conectar su computadora a la Internet o a una red de área\n" +"local. Mandrake Linux intentará detectar automáticamente los dispositivos\n" +"de red y módems. Si esta detección falla, quite la marca de la casilla\n" +"\"%s\". También puede elegir no configurar la red, o hacerlo más tarde, en\n" +"cuyo caso hacer clic sobre el botón \"%s\" lo llevará al paso siguiente.\n" +"\n" +"Cuando configura su red los tipos de conexión disponibles son: módem\n" "tradicional, módem RDSI (ISDN), conexión ADSL, cable módem, y finalmente\n" "una simple conexión LAN (Ethernet).\n" "\n" @@ -1556,26 +1526,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n" "covers the entire Mandrake Linux distribution. If you do agree with all the\n" -"terms in it, check the \"Accept\" box. If not, simply turn off your\n" -"computer." +"terms in it, check the \"%s\" box. If not, simply turn off your computer." msgstr "" "Antes de continuar, debería leer cuidadosamente los términos de la\n" -"licencia. La misma cubre a toda la distribución Mandrake Linux. Si acepta\n" -"con todos los términos en la misma, marque la casilla \"Aceptar\". Si no,\n" -"simplemente apague su computadora." +"licencia. La misma cubre a toda la distribución Mandrake Linux. Si está de\n" +"acuerdo con todos los términos en la misma, marque la casilla \"%s\". Si\n" +"no, simplemente apague su computadora." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "Graphic Card\n" "\n" -" The installer can normally automatically detect and configure the\n" +" The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n" "graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n" -"choose in this list the card you actually own.\n" +"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n" "\n" " In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n" -"without 3D acceleration, you are then proposed to choose the server that\n" -"best suits your needs." +"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n" +"suits your needs." msgstr "" "Tarjeta gráfica\n" "\n" @@ -1594,8 +1563,8 @@ msgid "" "time.\n" "\n" "DrakX will list all the services available on the current installation.\n" -"Review each one carefully and uncheck those which are not always needed at\n" -"boot time.\n" +"Review each one carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n" +"time.\n" "\n" "A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n" "selected. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n" @@ -1629,9 +1598,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Monitor\n" "\n" -" The installer can normally automatically detect and configure the\n" -"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not the case, you can choose in\n" -"this list the monitor you actually own." +" The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n" +"monitor connected to your machine. If it is correct, you can choose from\n" +"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer." msgstr "" "Monitor\n" "\n" @@ -1645,34 +1614,34 @@ msgid "" "GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n" "local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n" "motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n" -"\"Hardware clock set to GMT \", which will let GNU/Linux know that the\n" -"system clock and the hardware clock are in the same timezone. This is\n" -"useful when the machine also hosts another operating system like Windows.\n" -"\n" -"The \"Automatic time synchronization \" option will automatically regulate\n" -"the clock by connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this\n" -"feature to work, you must have a working Internet connection. It is best to\n" -"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n" -"server that can used by other machines on your local network." +"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n" +"hardware clock are in the same timezone. This is useful when the machine\n" +"also hosts another operating system like Windows.\n" +"\n" +"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the clock by connecting to a\n" +"remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to work, you must have\n" +"a working Internet connection. It is best to choose a time server located\n" +"near you. This option actually installs a time server that can used by\n" +"other machines on your local network as well." msgstr "" "GNU/Linux administra la hora en GMT (\"Greenwich Mean Time\", Hora del\n" "Meridiano de Greenwich) y la traduce a la hora local de acuerdo al huso\n" "horario que Usted seleccionó. Sin embargo, es posible desactivar esto\n" -"quitando la marca de la casilla \"Reloj interno puesto a GMT\", lo que hará\n" -"que GNU/Linux sepa que el reloj del sistema y el reloj de hardware están en\n" -"el mismo huso horario. Esto es útil cuando la máquina también alberga otro\n" -"sistema operativo como Windows.\n" -"\n" -"La opción \"Sincronización automática de hora (usando NTP)\" regulará\n" -"automáticamente el reloj conectándose a un servidor remoto de la hora en la\n" -"Internet. Para que esta característica funcione, debe tener una conexión\n" -"con la Internet funcionando. En realidad, esta opción instala un servidor\n" -"de la hora que puede ser utilizado por otras máquinas en su red local." +"quitando la marca de la casilla \"%s\", lo que hará que GNU/Linux sepa que\n" +"el reloj del sistema y el reloj de hardware están en el mismo huso horario.\n" +"Esto es útil cuando la máquina también alberga otro sistema operativo como\n" +"Windows.\n" +"\n" +"La opción \"%s\" regulará automáticamente el reloj conectándose a un\n" +"servidor remoto de la hora en la Internet. Para que esta característica\n" +"funcione debe tener una conexión con la Internet funcionando. En realidad,\n" +"esta opción instala un servidor de la hora que puede ser utilizado por\n" +"otras máquinas en su red local." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Here are Listed the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -1740,15 +1709,15 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"\"Country\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n" -"country, click on the \"Configure\" button and choose another one. If your\n" -"country is not in the first list shown, click the \"More\" button to get\n" -"the complete country list." +"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n" +"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n" +"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n" +"country list." msgstr "" -"\"País\": verifique la selección corriente del país. Si Usted no se\n" -"encuentra en este país, haga clic sobre el botón \"Configurar\" y elija\n" -"otro. Si su país no se muestra en la primer lista, haga clic sobre el botón\n" -"\"Más\" para obtener la lista completa de países." +"\"%s\": verifique la selección corriente del país. Si Usted no se encuentra\n" +"en este país haga clic sobre el botón \"%s\" y elija otro. Si su país no se\n" +"muestra en la primer lista haga clic sobre el botón \"%s\" para obtener la\n" +"lista completa de países." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -1770,13 +1739,13 @@ msgid "" "the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n" "it.\n" "\n" -"Click on \"Next ->\" when you are ready to format partitions.\n" +"Click on \"%s\" when you are ready to format partitions.\n" "\n" -"Click on \"<- Previous\" if you want to choose another partition for your\n" -"new Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n" +"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n" +"Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n" "\n" -"Click on \"Advanced\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked\n" -"for bad blocks on the disk." +"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked for\n" +"bad blocks on the disk." msgstr "" "Se debe formatear cualquier partición nueva que ha sido definida para que\n" "se pueda utilizar (formatear significa crear un sistema de archivos)\n" @@ -1792,31 +1761,30 @@ msgstr "" "(típicamente \"/home\")\n" "\n" "Por favor, tenga sumo cuidado cuando selecciona las particiones. Después de\n" -"formatear, se borrarán todos los datos en las particiones seleccionadas y\n" -"no podrá recuperarlos en absoluto.\n" +"formatear se borrarán todos los datos en las particiones seleccionadas y no\n" +"podrá recuperarlos en absoluto.\n" "\n" -"Haga clic sobre \"Siguiente ->\" cuando esté listo para formatear las\n" -"particiones.\n" +"Haga clic sobre \"%s\" cuando esté listo para formatear las particiones.\n" "\n" -"Haga clic sobre \"<- Anterior\" si desea elegir otra partición para la\n" -"instalación de su sistema operativo Mandrake Linux nuevo.\n" +"Haga clic sobre \"%s\" si desea elegir otra partición para la instalación\n" +"de su sistema operativo Mandrake Linux nuevo.\n" "\n" -"Haga clic sobre \"Avanzada\" si desea seleccionar las particiones en las\n" -"que se buscarán bloques defectuosos en el disco." +"Haga clic sobre \"%s\" si desea seleccionar las particiones en las que se\n" +"buscarán bloques defectuosos en el disco." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "Depending on the default language you chose in Section , DrakX will\n" "automatically select a particular type of keyboard configuration. However,\n" -"you might not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your language:\n" -"for example, if you are an English speaking Swiss person, you may have a\n" -"Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English but are located in Quebec, you may\n" -"find yourself in the same situation where your native language and keyboard\n" -"do not match. In either case, this installation step will allow you to\n" -"select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n" -"\n" -"Click on the \"More \" button to be presented with the complete list of\n" +"you may not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your language: for\n" +"example, if you are an English speaking Swiss person, you may have a Swiss\n" +"keyboard. Or if you speak English but are located in Quebec, you may find\n" +"yourself in the same situation where your native language and keyboard do\n" +"not match. In either case, this installation step will allow you to select\n" +"an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n" +"\n" +"Click on the \"%s\" button to be presented with the complete list of\n" "supported keyboards.\n" "\n" "If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n" @@ -1827,12 +1795,12 @@ msgstr "" "automáticamente un tipo particular de configuración del teclado. Sin\n" "embargo, podría no tener un teclado que se corresponde exactamente con su\n" "idioma: por ejemplo, si Usted es un argentino que habla inglés, todavía\n" -"podría desear que su teclado sea un teclado Latinoamericano. O si habla\n" -"castellano pero está en Inglaterra puede estar en la misma situación en la\n" -"cual su idioma nativo y su teclado no coinciden. En cualquier caso, este\n" -"paso de instalación le permitirá elegir un teclado apropiado de una lista.\n" +"podría desear que su teclado sea un teclado inglés. O si habla castellano\n" +"pero está en Inglaterra puede estar en la misma situación en la cual su\n" +"idioma nativo y su teclado no coinciden. En cualquier caso, este paso de\n" +"instalación le permitirá elegir un teclado apropiado de una lista.\n" "\n" -"Haga clic sobre el botón \"Más\" para que se le presente la lista completa\n" +"Haga clic sobre el botón \"%s\" para que se le presente la lista completa\n" "de los teclados soportados.\n" "\n" "Si eligió una distribución de teclado basada en un alfabeto no latino, el\n" @@ -1843,67 +1811,64 @@ msgstr "" # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n" -"ready to use. Just click \"Next ->\" to reboot the system. The first thing\n" -"you should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is\n" -"the bootloader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to\n" -"start.\n" +"ready to use. Just click \"%s\" to reboot the system. The first thing you\n" +"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n" +"bootloader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n" "\n" -"The \"Advanced\" button shows two more buttons to:\n" +"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n" "\n" -" * \"generate auto-install floppy\": to create an installation floppy disk\n" -"that will automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an\n" -"operator, similar to the installation you just configured.\n" +" * \"%s\": to create an installation floppy disk that will automatically\n" +"perform a whole installation without the help of an operator, similar to\n" +"the installation you just configured.\n" "\n" " Note that two different options are available after clicking the button:\n" "\n" -" * \"Replay\". This is a partially automated installation. The\n" -"partitioning step is the only interactive procedure.\n" +" * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n" +"step is the only interactive procedure.\n" "\n" -" * \"Automated\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is\n" -"completely rewritten, all data is lost.\n" +" * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n" +"rewritten, all data is lost.\n" "\n" " This feature is very handy when installing a number of similar machines.\n" "See the Auto install section on our web site for more information.\n" "\n" -" * \"Save packages selection\"(*): saves a list of the package selected in\n" -"this installation. To use this selection with another installation, insert\n" -"the floppy and start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key\n" -"and type >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\" <<.\n" +" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n" +"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n" +"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key and type >>linux\n" +"defcfg=\"floppy\" <<.\n" "\n" "(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy (to create one under GNU/Linux, type\n" "\"mformat a:\")" msgstr "" "Ya está. Ahora la instalación está completa y su sistema GNU/Linux está\n" -"listo para ser utilizado. Simplemente haga clic sobre \"Siguiente ->\" para\n" -"volver a arrancar el sistema. Lo primero que debería ver tan pronto como su\n" -"máquina haya finalizado sus pruebas de hardware es el menú del cargador de\n" -"arranque, dándole la elección de cuál sistema operativo arrancar.\n" +"listo para ser utilizado. Simplemente haga clic sobre \"%s\" para volver a\n" +"arrancar el sistema. Lo primero que debería ver tan pronto como su máquina\n" +"haya finalizado sus pruebas de hardware, es el menú del cargador de\n" +"arranque dándole la opción de elegir que sistema operativo arrancar.\n" "\n" -"El botón \"Avanzada\" le muestra dos botones más para:\n" +"El botón \"%s\" le muestra dos botones más para:\n" "\n" -" * \"Generar un disquete de instalación automática\": para crear un\n" -"disquete de instalación que realizará una instalación completa\n" -"automáticamente, sin la asistencia de un operador, similar a la instalación\n" -"que ha configurado recién.\n" +" * \"%s\": para crear un disquete de instalación que realizará una\n" +"instalación completa automáticamente, sin la asistencia de un operador,\n" +"similar a la instalación que ha configurado recién.\n" "\n" " Note que hay dos opciones diferentes disponibles después de hacer clic\n" "sobre el botón:\n" "\n" -" * \"Reproducir\" . Esta es una instalación parcialmente automatizada.\n" -"La etapa de particionado es el único procedimiento interactivo.\n" +" * \"%s\" . Esta es una instalación parcialmente automatizada. La etapa\n" +"de particionado es el único procedimiento interactivo.\n" "\n" -" * \"Automatizada\" . Instalación completamente automatizada: el disco\n" -"rígido se sobreescribe por completo, y se pierden todos los datos.\n" +" * \"%s\" . Instalación completamente automatizada: el disco rígido se\n" +"sobreescribe por completo, y se pierden todos los datos.\n" "\n" " Esta característica es muy útil cuando se instala una cantidad grande de\n" "máquinas similares. Consulte la sección Auto install (en inglés) en nuestro\n" "sitio web para más información.\n" "\n" -" * \"Guardar selección de paquetes\"(*): guarda una lista de los paquetes\n" -"seleccionados en esta instalación. Para usar esta selección con otra\n" -"instalación, inserte el disquete en la disquetera y comience la\n" -"instalación. En el prompt, presione la tecla [F1], y a continuación ingrese\n" -">>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<<.\n" +" * \"%s\"(*): guarda una lista de los paquetes seleccionados en esta\n" +"instalación. Para usar esta selección con otra instalación, inserte el\n" +"disquete en la disquetera y comience la instalación. En el prompt, presione\n" +"la tecla [F1], y a continuación ingrese >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<<.\n" "\n" "(*) Necesita un disquete formateado con FAT (para crear uno bajo GNU/Linux\n" "teclee \"mformat a:\")" @@ -1913,7 +1878,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mandrake Linux system. If partitions have already been\n" -"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or from another\n" +"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" "partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" @@ -1923,43 +1888,40 @@ msgid "" "\n" "To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"Clear all\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard\n" -"drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" "\n" -" * \"Auto allocate\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3\n" -"and swap partitions in free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" "\n" -"\"More\": gives access to additional features:\n" +"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" -" * \"Save partition table\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful\n" -"for later partition-table recovery, if necessary. It is strongly\n" -"recommended that you perform this step.\n" +" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n" +"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n" +"perform this step.\n" "\n" -" * \"Restore partition table\": allows you to restore a previously saved\n" -"partition table from a floppy disk.\n" +" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n" +"floppy disk.\n" "\n" -" * \"Rescue partition table\": if your partition table is damaged, you can\n" -"try to recover it using this option. Please be careful and remember that it\n" -"doesn't always work.\n" +" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n" +"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it doesn't always\n" +"work.\n" "\n" -" * \"Reload partition table\": discards all changes and reloads the\n" -"partition table that was originally on the hard drive.\n" +" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" +"originally on the hard drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"Removable media automounting\": unchecking this option will force\n" -"users to manually mount and unmount removable medias such as floppies and\n" -"CD-ROMs.\n" +" * \"%s\": unchecking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" +"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" -" * \"Wizard\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition\n" -"your hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good\n" -"understanding of partitioning.\n" +" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" +"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"partitioning.\n" "\n" -" * \"Undo\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" +" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" -" * \"Toggle to normal/expert mode\": allows additional actions on\n" -"partitions (type, options, format) and gives more information about the\n" -"hard drive.\n" +" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" +"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"Done\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -1999,42 +1961,42 @@ msgstr "" "Para particionar el disco rígido seleccionado, puede utilizar estas\n" "opciones:\n" "\n" -" * \"Borrar todo\": esta opción borra todas las particiones sobre el disco\n" +" * \"%s\": esta opción borra todas las particiones sobre el disco\n" "seleccionado.\n" "\n" -" * \"Asignación automática\": esta opción le permite crear particiones ext3\n" -"y swap automáticamente en el espacio libre de su disco rígido.\n" +" * \"%s\": esta opción le permite crear particiones ext3 y swap\n" +"automáticamente en el espacio libre de su disco rígido.\n" "\n" -" * \"Más\": le da acceso a características adicionales:\n" +" * \"%s\": le da acceso a características adicionales:\n" "\n" -" * \"Guardar tabla de particiones\": guarda la tabla de particiones en\n" -"un disquete. Útil para recuperar la tabla de particiones más adelante en\n" -"caso que sea necesario. Es altamente recomendable realizar este paso.\n" +" * \"%s\": guarda la tabla de particiones en un disquete. Útil para\n" +"recuperar la tabla de particiones más adelante en caso que sea necesario.\n" +"Es altamente recomendable realizar este paso.\n" "\n" -" * \"Recuperar tabla de particiones\": esta opción le permitirá\n" -"restaurar una tabla de particiones guardada previamente en un disquete.\n" +" * \"%s\": esta opción le permitirá restaurar una tabla de particiones\n" +"guardada previamente en un disquete.\n" "\n" -" * \"Rescatar tabla de particiones\": si su tabla de particiones está\n" -"dañada puede intentar recuperarla utilizando esta opción. Por favor, tenga\n" -"cuidado y recuerde que puede fallar.\n" +" * \"%s\": si su tabla de particiones está dañada puede intentar\n" +"recuperarla utilizando esta opción. Por favor, tenga cuidado y recuerde que\n" +"puede fallar.\n" "\n" -" * \"Volver a cargar\": descarta todos los cambios y carga su tabla de\n" -"particiones inicial.\n" +" * \"%s\": descarta todos los cambios y carga su tabla de particiones\n" +"inicial.\n" "\n" -" * \"Montaje automático de soportes removibles\": si desmarca esta\n" -"opción los usuarios estarán forzados a montar y desmontar manualmente los\n" -"soportes removibles como los disquetes y los CD-ROMs.\n" +" * \"%s\": si desmarca esta opción los usuarios estarán forzados a\n" +"montar y desmontar manualmente los soportes removibles como los disquetes y\n" +"los CD-ROM.\n" "\n" -" * \"Asistente\": use esta opción si desea utilizar un asistente para\n" -"particionar su disco rígido. Se recomienda esto si no tiene un buen\n" -"conocimiento del particionado.\n" +" * \"%s\": use esta opción si desea utilizar un asistente para particionar\n" +"su disco rígido. Se recomienda esto si no tiene un buen conocimiento del\n" +"particionado.\n" "\n" -" * \"Deshacer\": use esta opción para cancelar sus cambios.\n" +" * \"%s\": use esta opción para cancelar sus cambios.\n" "\n" -" * \"Cambiar a modo normal/experto\": permite realizar acciones adicionales\n" -"sobre las particiones (tipo, opciones, formatear) y brinda más información.\n" +" * \"%s\": permite realizar acciones adicionales sobre las particiones\n" +"(tipo, opciones, formatear) y brinda más información.\n" "\n" -" * \"Hecho\": cuando ha terminado de particionar su disco rígido, esto\n" +" * \"%s\": cuando ha terminado de particionar su disco rígido, esto\n" "guardará sus cambios en el disco.\n" "\n" "Cuando se define el tamaño de una partición, puede realizar un ajuste fino\n" diff --git a/perl-install/share/po/help-fr.pot b/perl-install/share/po/help-fr.pot index 009098f95..7b7474dbe 100644 --- a/perl-install/share/po/help-fr.pot +++ b/perl-install/share/po/help-fr.pot @@ -1,3 +1,6 @@ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-15\n" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -18,51 +21,49 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Depending on your hard drive configuration, several options are available:\n" "\n" -" * \"Use free space\": this option will perform an automatic partitioning\n" -"of your blank drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further\n" -"prompts.\n" -"\n" -" * \"Use existing partition\": the wizard has detected one or more existing\n" -"Linux partitions on your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this\n" -"option. You will then be asked to choose the mount points associated with\n" -"each of the partitions. The legacy mount points are selected by default,\n" -"and for the most part it's a good idea to keep them.\n" -"\n" -" * \"Use the free space on the Windows partition\": if Microsoft Windows is\n" -"installed on your hard drive and takes all the space available on it, you\n" -"have to create free space for Linux data. To do so, you can delete your\n" -"Microsoft Windows partition and data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution)\n" -"or resize your Microsoft Windows FAT partition. Resizing can be performed\n" -"without the loss of any data, provided you previously defragment the\n" -"Windows partition and that it uses the FAT format. Backing up your data is\n" -"strongly recommended.. Using this option is recommended if you want to use\n" -"both Mandrake Linux and Microsoft Windows on the same computer.\n" +" * \"%s\": this option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" +"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": the wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" +"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" +"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" +"a good idea to keep them.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": if Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" +"Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and data\n" +"(see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows FAT\n" +"partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any data, provided\n" +"you have previously defragmented the Windows partition and that it uses the\n" +"FAT format. Backing up your data is strongly recommended.. Using this\n" +"option is recommended if you want to use both Mandrake Linux and Microsoft\n" +"Windows on the same computer.\n" "\n" " Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n" "procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n" "then when you started. You will have less free space under Microsoft\n" "Windows to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" -" * \"Erase entire disk\": if you want to delete all data and all partitions\n" -"present on your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandrake Linux\n" -"system, choose this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to\n" -"undo your choice after you confirm.\n" +" * \"%s\": if you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" +"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandrake Linux system,\n" +"choose this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo your\n" +"choice after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"Remove Windows\": this will simply erase everything on the drive and\n" -"begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch. All data on your disk\n" -"will be lost.\n" +" * \"%s\": this will simply erase everything on the drive and begin fresh,\n" +"partitioning everything from scratch. All data on your disk will be lost.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"Custom disk partitioning\": choose this option if you want to manually\n" -"partition your hard drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous\n" -"choice and you can very easily lose all your data. That's why this option\n" -"is really only recommended if you have done something like this before and\n" -"have some experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake\n" -"utility, refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions '' section in the\n" -"``Starter Guide''." +" * \"%s\": choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n" +"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n" +"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n" +"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n" +"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n" +"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions '' section in the ``Starter\n" +"Guide''." msgstr "" "Cette �tape vous permet de d�terminer pr�cis�ment l'emplacement de votre\n" "installation de Mandrake Linux. Si votre disque est vide ou utilis� par un\n" @@ -79,63 +80,61 @@ msgstr "" "Selon la configuration de votre disque, plusieurs options sont disponibles\n" ":\n" "\n" -" * ��Utilisez l'espace disponible�� : cette option tentera simplement de\n" -"partitionner automatiquement l'espace inutilis� sur votre disque. Il n'y\n" -"aura pas d'autre question.\n" -"\n" -" * ��Utiliser les partitions existantes�� : l' assistant a d�tect� une ou\n" -"plusieurs partitions existants sur votre disque. Si vous voulez les\n" -"utiliser, choisissez cette option. Il vous sera alors demand� de choisir\n" -"les points de montage associ�s � chacune des partitions. Les anciens points\n" -"de montage sont s�lectionn�s par d�faut, et vous devriez g�n�ralement les\n" -"garder.\n" -"\n" -" * ��Utilisez l'espace libre sur une partition Windows�� : si Microsoft\n" -"Windows est install� sur votre disque et en prend toute la place vous devez\n" -"faire de la place pour votre installation Linux. Pour ce faire, vous pouvez\n" -"tout effacer (voir ��effacer tout le disque��) ou vous pouvez\n" -"redimensionner la partition FAT Windows. Le redimensionnement peut �tre\n" -"effectu� sans pertes de donn�es, � condition que vous ayez pr�alablement\n" -"d�fragment� la partition Windows, et qu'elle utilise le format FAT. Une\n" -"sauvegarde de vos donn�es ne fera pas de mal non plus. Cette solution est\n" -"recommand�e pour faire cohabiter Linux et Windows sur le m�me ordinateur.\n" +" * ��%s�� : cette option tentera simplement de partitionner automatiquement\n" +"l'espace inutilis� sur votre disque. Il n'y aura pas d'autre question.\n" +"\n" +" * ��%s�� : l' assistant a d�tect� une ou plusieurs partitions existants\n" +"sur votre disque. Si vous voulez les utiliser, choisissez cette option. Il\n" +"vous sera alors demand� de choisir les points de montage associ�s � chacune\n" +"des partitions. Les anciens points de montage sont s�lectionn�s par d�faut,\n" +"et vous devriez g�n�ralement les garder.\n" +"\n" +" * ��%s�� : si Microsoft Windows est install� sur votre disque et en prend\n" +"toute la place vous devez faire de la place pour votre installation Linux.\n" +"Pour ce faire, vous pouvez tout effacer (voir ��effacer tout le disque��)\n" +"ou vous pouvez redimensionner la partition FAT Windows. Le\n" +"redimensionnement peut �tre effectu� sans pertes de donn�es, � condition\n" +"que vous ayez pr�alablement d�fragment� la partition Windows, et qu'elle\n" +"utilise le format FAT. Une sauvegarde de vos donn�es ne fera pas de mal non\n" +"plus. Cette solution est recommand�e pour faire cohabiter Linux et Windows\n" +"sur le m�me ordinateur.\n" "\n" " Avant de choisir cette option, il faut comprendre qu'apr�s cette\n" "proc�dure l'espace disponible pour Windows sera r�duit. Vous aurez moins\n" "d'espace pour installer des logiciels ou sauvegarder de l'information avec\n" "Windows.\n" "\n" -" * ��Effacer tout le disque��: si vous voulez effacer toutes les donn�es et\n" -"les applications install�es sur votre syst�me et les remplacer par votre\n" -"nouveau syst�me Mandrake Linux, choisissez cette option. Soyez prudent, car\n" -"ce choix est irr�versible et permanent. Il vous sera impossible de\n" -"retrouver vos donn�es effac�es.\n" +" * ��%s��: si vous voulez effacer toutes les donn�es et les applications\n" +"install�es sur votre syst�me et les remplacer par votre nouveau syst�me\n" +"Mandrake Linux, choisissez cette option. Soyez prudent, car ce choix est\n" +"irr�versible et permanent. Il vous sera impossible de retrouver vos donn�es\n" +"effac�es.\n" "\n" " !! En choisissant cette option, l'ensemble du contenu de votre disque\n" "sera d�truit. !!\n" "\n" -" * ��Supprimer Microsoft Windows��: ce choix effacera tout simplement ce\n" -"que contient le disque et recommencera � z�ro. Toutes les donn�es et les\n" -"programmes pr�sents sur le disque seront effac�s.\n" +" * ��%s��: ce choix effacera tout simplement ce que contient le disque et\n" +"recommencera � z�ro. Toutes les donn�es et les programmes pr�sents sur le\n" +"disque seront effac�s.\n" "\n" " !! En choisissant cette option, l'ensemble de votre disque sera effac�\n" "!!\n" "\n" -" * ��Partitionnement personnalis頻 : permet de partitionner manuellement\n" -"votre disque. Soyez prudent, car bien que plus puissante, cette option est\n" -"dangereuse. Vous pouvez facilement perdre l'ensemble du contenu d'un\n" -"disque. Donc, ne choisissez pas cette option si vous ne savez pas\n" -"exactement ce que vous devez faire. Pour en savoir plus sur DiskDrake,\n" -"r�f�rez vous � ��G�rer ses partitions�� du ��Guide de d�marrage��." +" * ��%s�� : permet de partitionner manuellement votre disque. Soyez\n" +"prudent, car bien que plus puissante, cette option est dangereuse. Vous\n" +"pouvez facilement perdre l'ensemble du contenu d'un disque. Donc, ne\n" +"choisissez pas cette option si vous ne savez pas exactement ce que vous\n" +"devez faire. Pour en savoir plus sur DiskDrake, r�f�rez vous � ��G�rer ses\n" +"partitions�� du ��Guide de d�marrage��." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "Resolution\n" "\n" -" You can choose here resolutions and color depth between those available\n" -"for your hardware. Choose the one that best suit your needs (you will be\n" -"able to change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n" +" Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n" +"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n" +"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n" "configuration is shown in the monitor." msgstr "" "R�solution\n" @@ -149,43 +148,42 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system, meaning each user can have their own\n" +"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system, meaning each user may have their own\n" "preferences, their own files and so on. You can read the ``Starter Guide''\n" -"to learn more about multi-user systems. But unlike \"root\", which is the\n" +"to learn more about multi-user systems. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n" "system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be\n" "authorized to change anything except their own files and their own\n" -"configuration, protecting the system from unintentional or malicious\n" -"changes that impact the system as a whole. You will have to create at least\n" -"one regular user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use\n" -"for routine, day-to-day use. Although it is very easy to log in as \"root\"\n" -"to do anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A mistake\n" -"could mean that your system would not work any more. If you make a serious\n" -"mistake as a regular user, the worst that will happen is that you will lose\n" -"some information, but not affect the entire system.\n" +"configurations, protecting the system from unintentional or malicious\n" +"changes that impact on the system as a whole. You will have to create at\n" +"least one regular user for yourself -- this is the account which you should\n" +"use for routine, day-to-day use. Although it is very easy to log in as\n" +"\"root\" to do anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A\n" +"very simple mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If\n" +"you make a serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that will happen is\n" +"that you will lose some information, but not affect the entire system.\n" "\n" "The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n" "-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n" -"you typed in and copy it to the \"User name\" field, which is the name this\n" -"user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override the\n" -"default and change the username. The next step is to enter a password. From\n" -"a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is not\n" -"as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that is no reason to neglect it by\n" -"making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones at\n" -"risk.\n" -"\n" -"Once you click on \"Accept user\", you can add other users. Add a user for\n" -"each one of your friends: your father or your sister, for example. Click\n" -"\"Next ->\" when you have finished adding users.\n" -"\n" -"Clicking the \"Advanced\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\"\n" -"for that user (bash by default).\n" -"\n" -"When you are finished adding all users, you will be asked to choose a user\n" +"you typed in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" field, which is the name\n" +"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n" +"the default and change the username. The next step is to enter a password.\n" +"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n" +"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that is no reason to neglect\n" +"it by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the\n" +"ones at risk.\n" +"\n" +"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n" +"of your friends: your father or your sister, for example. Click \"%s\" when\n" +"you have finished adding users.\n" +"\n" +"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n" +"that user (bash by default).\n" +"\n" +"When you have finished adding users, you will be asked to choose a user\n" "that can automatically log into the system when the computer boots up. If\n" "you are interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n" -"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click \"Next\n" -"->\". If you are not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"Do you want\n" -"to use this feature?\" box." +"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click \"%s\".\n" +"If you are not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box." msgstr "" "GNU/Linux est un syst�me multiutilisateurs, ce qui signifie g�n�ralement\n" "que chaque utilisateur peut avoir des pr�f�rences diff�rentes, ses propres\n" @@ -202,27 +200,26 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Il faut d'abord entrer le vrai nom de la personne. �videmment, vous pouvez\n" "y inscrire n'importe quoi. DrakX prendra le premier mot ins�r� et le\n" -"transposera comme ��Nom de login��. C'est le nom qui sera utilis� pour se\n" -"connecter au syst�me. Vous pouvez le modifier. Il faut maintenant entrer un\n" -"mot de passe. Celui-ci n'est pas aussi crucial que le mot de passe de\n" -"��root��, mais ce n'est pas une raison pour rentrer 123456. Apr�s tout,\n" -"ceci mettrait vos fichiers en p�ril.\n" +"transposera comme ��%s��. C'est le nom qui sera utilis� pour se connecter\n" +"au syst�me. Vous pouvez le modifier. Il faut maintenant entrer un mot de\n" +"passe. Celui-ci n'est pas aussi crucial que le mot de passe de ��root��,\n" +"mais ce n'est pas une raison pour rentrer 123456. Apr�s tout, ceci mettrait\n" +"vos fichiers en p�ril.\n" "\n" -"Apr�s avoir cliqu� sur ��Accepter l'utilisateur��, il vous sera possible\n" -"d'ajouter d'autres utilisateurs. Cr�ez un utilisateur diff�rent pour chaque\n" -"personne devant utiliser votre ordinateur. Une fois chaque utilisateur\n" -"d�fini, cliquez sur ��Suivant ->��.\n" +"Apr�s avoir cliqu� sur ��%s��, il vous sera possible d'ajouter d'autres\n" +"utilisateurs. Cr�ez un utilisateur diff�rent pour chaque personne devant\n" +"utiliser votre ordinateur. Une fois chaque utilisateur d�fini, cliquez sur\n" +"��%s��.\n" "\n" -"En cliquant sur ��Avanc頻, vous pourrez s�lectionner un ��shell��\n" -"diff�rent pour cet utilisateur (bash est assign� par d�faut).\n" +"En cliquant sur ��%s��, vous pourrez s�lectionner un ��shell�� diff�rent\n" +"pour cet utilisateur (bash est assign� par d�faut).\n" "\n" "Lorsque vous avez fini d'installer tous les utilisateurs, il vous est\n" "propos� de choisir un utilisateur qui sera automatiquement connect� lors du\n" "d�marrage de l'ordinateur. Si cela vous int�resse (et que la s�curit�\n" "locale n'est pas trop un probl�me), choisissez l'utilisateur et le\n" -"gestionnaire de fen�tres, puis cliquez sur ��Suivant ->��. Si cela ne vous\n" -"int�resse pas, d�cochez la case ��Voulez-vous utiliser cette\n" -"fonctionnalit�?��." +"gestionnaire de fen�tres, puis cliquez sur ��%s��. Si cela ne vous\n" +"int�resse pas, d�cochez la case ��%s��." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -246,8 +243,8 @@ msgid "" "choose between CD, OF boot, MacOS or Linux;\n" "\n" " * Kernel Boot Timeout: this timeout is similar to the LILO boot delay.\n" -"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second before your\n" -"default kernel description is selected;\n" +"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second increments\n" +"before your default kernel description is selected;\n" "\n" " * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``C'' for CD\n" "at the first boot prompt.\n" @@ -258,36 +255,42 @@ msgid "" " * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open\n" "Firmware Delay expires." msgstr "" -"Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld MacIntosh hardware. It is able to boot\n" -"either GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX if present on your computer. Normally,\n" -"these other operating systems are correctly detected and installed. If this\n" -"is not the case, you can add an entry by hand in this screen. Be careful to\n" -"choose the correct parameters.\n" -"\n" -"Yaboot's main options are:\n" -"\n" -" * Init Message: a simple text message displayed before the boot prompt;\n" -"\n" -" * Boot Device: indicates where you want to place the information required\n" -"to boot to GNU/Linux. Generally, you set up a bootstrap partition earlier\n" -"to hold this information;\n" -"\n" -" * Open Firmware Delay: unlike LILO, there are two delays available with\n" -"yaboot. The first delay is measured in seconds and at this point, you can\n" -"choose between CD, OF boot, MacOS or Linux;\n" -"\n" -" * Kernel Boot Timeout: this timeout is similar to the LILO boot delay.\n" -"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second before your\n" -"default kernel description is selected;\n" -"\n" -" * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ��C�� for CD\n" -"at the first boot prompt;\n" -"\n" -" * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ��N�� for\n" -"Open Firmware at the first boot prompt;\n" -"\n" -" * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open\n" -"Firmware Delay expires." +"Yaboot est un chargeur de d�marrage pour les �quipements NewWorld\n" +"MacIntosh. Il est capable de d�marrer soit GNU/Linux, MacOS ou MacOSX,\n" +"s'ils sont pr�sents sur votre ordinateur bien entendu. Normalement, ces\n" +"syst�mes d'exploitation sont correctement d�tect�s et install�s. Si ce\n" +"n'est pas le cas, vous pouvez maintenant ajouter une entr�e � la main.\n" +"Soyez prudent et choisissez les bons param�tres.\n" +"\n" +"Les options principales de Yaboot sont :\n" +"\n" +" * Message Init : un message texte appara�t l'invite de d�marrage ;\n" +"\n" +" * P�riph�rique de d�marrage (��Boot��) : indique o� vous voulez placer\n" +"l'information n�cessaire pour d�marrer GNU/Linux. G�n�ralement, il est\n" +"pr�f�rable de cr�er une partition bootstrap avant l'installation pour\n" +"contenir cette information ;\n" +"\n" +" * D�lai Open Firmware : contrairement � LILO, deux d�lais sont disponibles\n" +"pour yaboot. Le premier se mesure en secondes et � cette �tape, vous pouvez\n" +"choisir entre le CD, l'amor�age OF (Open Firmware), MacOS ou Linux ;\n" +"\n" +" * Expiration du d�marrage du noyau (��Kernel Boot Timeout�� : cette\n" +"expiration de temps est similaire au d�lai de d�marrage de LILO. Apr�s\n" +"avoir choisi Linux, il y aura un d�lai de 0,1 secondes avant que le noyau\n" +"par d�faut soit choisi ;\n" +"\n" +" * Activer le d�marrage via un CD ? : en cochant cette option, vous pourrez\n" +"choisir l'option ��C�� pour d�marrer avec un CD lors de la premi�re invite\n" +"de d�marrage ;\n" +"\n" +" * Activer le d�marrage OF ? : en choisissant cette option, vous pourrez\n" +"s�lectionner la touche ��N�� pour activer Open Firmware lors de la premi�re\n" +"invite de d�marrage ;\n" +"\n" +" * OS par d�faut : vous pouvez choisir le syst�me d'exploitation qui\n" +"d�marrera par d�faut lorsque le d�lai de temps attribu� � Open Firmware\n" +"expire." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -298,13 +301,12 @@ msgid "" "DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new install or an upgrade\n" "of an existing Mandrake Linux system:\n" "\n" -" * \"Install\": For the most part, this completely wipes out the old\n" -"system. If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or\n" -"change the file system, you should use this option. However, depending on\n" -"your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of your existing data from\n" -"being over- written.\n" +" * \"%s\": For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system. If\n" +"you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or change the file\n" +"system, you should use this option. However, depending on your partitioning\n" +"scheme, you can prevent some of your existing data from being over-written.\n" "\n" -" * \"Upgrade\": this installation class allows you to update the packages\n" +" * \"%s\": this installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mandrake Linux system. Your current\n" "partitioning scheme and user data is not altered. Most of other\n" "configuration steps remain available, similar to a standard installation.\n" @@ -317,22 +319,20 @@ msgstr "" "votre disque dur.\n" "\n" "DrakX doit maintenant savoir quel type d'installation vous d�sirez\n" -"r�aliser. Deux types d'installations sont propos�s : Par d�faut (��\n" -"Recommand�e��), qui limite le nombre de questions � l'utilisateur au\n" -"minimum ou ��Expert�� qui vous permet de s�lectionner individuellement\n" -"chacune des composantes � installer. Il vous est �galement propos� de faire\n" -"une ��Installation�� ou une ��Mise � jour�� d'un syst�me Mandrake Linux\n" -"d�j� install� :\n" -"\n" -" * ��Installation�� : Remplace l'ancien syst�me. En fait, selon ce que\n" -"votre machine comporte, vous pourrez garder intactes certaines des\n" -"anciennes partitions (Linux ou autres) ;\n" -"\n" -" * ��Mise � jour�� : cette classe d'installation permet de mettre � jour\n" -"seulement les paquetages qui composent votre syst�me Mandrake Linux. Elle\n" -"conserve les partitions existantes, ainsi que la configuration des\n" -"utilisateurs. La plupart des autres �tapes d'une installation classique\n" -"sont accessibles ;\n" +"r�aliser. Deux types d'installations sont propos�s : Par d�faut (��%s��),\n" +"qui limite le nombre de questions � l'utilisateur au minimum ou ��%s�� qui\n" +"vous permet de s�lectionner individuellement chacune des composantes �\n" +"installer. Il vous est �galement propos� de faire une ��%s�� ou une ��%s��\n" +"d'un syst�me Mandrake Linux d�j� install� :\n" +"\n" +" * ��%s�� : Remplace l'ancien syst�me. En fait, selon ce que votre machine\n" +"comporte, vous pourrez garder intactes certaines des anciennes partitions\n" +"(Linux ou autres) ;\n" +"\n" +" * ��%s�� : cette classe d'installation permet de mettre � jour seulement\n" +"les paquetages qui composent votre syst�me Mandrake Linux. Elle conserve\n" +"les partitions existantes, ainsi que la configuration des utilisateurs. La\n" +"plupart des autres �tapes d'une installation classique sont accessibles ;\n" "\n" "La mise � jour devrait fonctionner correctement pour les syst�me Mandrake\n" "Linux � partir de la version ��8.1��. Essayer de lancer une mise � jour sur\n" @@ -344,84 +344,82 @@ msgid "" "At the time you are installing Mandrake Linux, it is likely that some\n" "packages have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been\n" "fixed, security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these\n" -"updates, you are now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"Yes\"\n" -"if you have a working Internet connection, or \"No\" if you prefer to\n" +"updates, you are now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\"\n" +"if you have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to\n" "install updated packages later.\n" "\n" -"Choosing \"Yes\" will display a list of places from which updates can be\n" -"retrieved. Choose the one nearest you. A package-selection tree will\n" -"appear: review the selection, and press \"Install\" to retrieve and install\n" -"the selected package(s), or \"Cancel\" to abort." +"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of places from which updates can be\n" +"retrieved. You should choose one nearer to you. A package-selection tree\n" +"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n" +"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort." msgstr "" "Au moment o� vous �tes en train d'installer Mandrake Linux, il est possible\n" "que certains paquetages aient �t� mis � jour depuis la sortie du produit.\n" "Des bogues ont pu �tre corrig�s, et des probl�mes de s�curit� r�solus. Pour\n" "vous permettre de b�n�ficier de ces mises � jour, il vous est maintenant\n" -"propos� de les t�l�charger depuis Internet. Choisissez ��Oui�� si vous avez\n" -"une connexion Internet, ou ��Non�� si vous pr�f�rez installer les mises �\n" +"propos� de les t�l�charger depuis Internet. Choisissez ��%s�� si vous avez\n" +"une connexion Internet, ou ��%s�� si vous pr�f�rez installer les mises �\n" "jour plus tard.\n" "\n" -"En choisissant ��Oui��, la liste des sites depuis lesquels les mises � jour\n" +"En choisissant ��%s��, la liste des sites depuis lesquels les mises � jour\n" "peuvent �tre t�l�charg�es est affich�e. Choisissez le site le plus proche.\n" "Puis un arbre de choix des paquetages appara�t : v�rifiez la s�lection,\n" -"puis cliquez sur ��Installer�� pour t�l�-charger et installer les mises �\n" -"jour s�lectionn�es, ou ��Annuler�� pour abandonner." +"puis cliquez sur ��%s�� pour t�l�-charger et installer les mises � jour\n" +"s�lectionn�es, ou ��%s�� pour abandonner." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"This dialog allows to finely tune your bootloader:\n" +"This dialog allows you to fine tune your bootloader:\n" "\n" -" * \"Bootloader to use\": there are three choices for your bootloader:\n" +" * \"%s\": there are three choices for your bootloader:\n" "\n" -" * \"GRUB\": if you prefer grub (text menu).\n" +" * \"%s\": if you prefer grub (text menu).\n" "\n" -" * \"LILO with text menu\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu\n" -"interface.\n" +" * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu interface.\n" "\n" -" * \"LILO with graphical menu\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical\n" -"interface.\n" +" * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical interface.\n" "\n" -" * \"Boot device\": in most cases, you will not change the default\n" -"(\"/dev/hda\"), but if you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the\n" -"second hard drive (\"/dev/hdb\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"/dev/fd0\");\n" +" * \"%s\": in most cases, you will not change the default (\"%s\"), but if\n" +"you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the second hard drive\n" +"(\"%s\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"%s\");\n" "\n" -" * \"Delay before booting the default image\": after a boot or a reboot of\n" -"the computer, this is the delay given to the user at the console to select\n" -"a boot entry other than the default.\n" +" * \"%s\": after a boot or a reboot of the computer, this is the delay\n" +"given to the user at the console to select a boot entry other than the\n" +"default.\n" "\n" "!! Beware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting\n" -"\"Skip\"), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake Linux\n" -"system! Be sure you know what you do before changing any of the options. !!\n" +"\"%s\"), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake Linux\n" +"system! Be sure you know what you are doing before changing any of the\n" +"options. !!\n" "\n" -"Clicking the \"Advanced\" button in this dialog will offer advanced options\n" -"that are reserved for the expert user." +"Clicking the \"%s\" button in this dialog will offer advanced options which\n" +"are normally reserved for the expert user." msgstr "" "Ce dialogue permet de contr�ler finement le chargeur de d�marrage :\n" "\n" -" * ��Programme d'amor�age � utiliser�� vous propose trois choix :\n" +" * ��%s�� vous propose trois choix :\n" "\n" -" * ��GRUB�� : si vous pr�f�rez GRUB (menu texte).\n" +" * ��%s�� : si vous pr�f�rez GRUB (menu texte).\n" "\n" -" * ��LILO en mode texte�� : si vous pr�f�rez la version texte de LILO.\n" +" * ��%s�� : si vous pr�f�rez la version texte de LILO.\n" "\n" -" * ��LILO en mode graphique�� : si vous pr�f�rez l'interface graphique.\n" +" * ��%s�� : si vous pr�f�rez l'interface graphique.\n" "\n" -" * ��P�riph�riques de d�marrage��: dans la plupart des cas, vous n'aurez\n" -"pas � changer le disque par d�faut (��/dev/hda��, mais si vous le d�sirez,\n" -"le programme d'amorce peut �tre install� sur un second disque,\n" -"��/dev/hdb��, ou m�me sur une disquette, ��/dev/fd0��.\n" +" * ��%s��: dans la plupart des cas, vous n'aurez pas � changer le disque\n" +"par d�faut (��%s��, mais si vous le d�sirez, le programme d'amorce peut\n" +"�tre install� sur un second disque, ��%s��, ou m�me sur une disquette,\n" +"��%s��.\n" "\n" -" * ��D�lais avant l'activation du choix par d�faut��: au red�marrage de\n" -"l'ordinateur, il s'agit du temps accord� � l'utilisateur pour d�marrer un\n" -"autre syst�me d'exploitation.\n" +" * ��%s��: au red�marrage de l'ordinateur, il s'agit du temps accord� �\n" +"l'utilisateur pour d�marrer un autre syst�me d'exploitation.\n" "\n" "!! Prenez garde, si vous d�cidez de ne pas installer de programme d'amorce\n" -"(en cliquant sur ��Passer��), vous devez vous assurer d'avoir une m�thode\n" -"pour d�marrer le syst�me. Aussi, assurez-vous de bien savoir ce que vous\n" -"faites si vous modifiez les options. !!\n" +"(en cliquant sur ��%s��), vous devez vous assurer d'avoir une m�thode pour\n" +"d�marrer le syst�me. Aussi, assurez-vous de bien savoir ce que vous faites\n" +"si vous modifiez les options. !!\n" "\n" -"En cliquant sur ��Avanc�e��, vous aurez acc�s � plusieurs autres options de\n" +"En cliquant sur ��%s��, vous aurez acc�s � plusieurs autres options de\n" "configuration. Sachez que celles-ci sont r�serv�es aux experts en la\n" "mati�re." @@ -429,7 +427,7 @@ msgstr "" # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" -"Please choose the one you want to resize in order to install your new\n" +"Please choose which one you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mandrake Linux operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" @@ -496,32 +494,32 @@ msgid "" "on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n" "WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandrake Linux rely upon.\n" "\n" -"You will be presented the list of different parameters to change to get an\n" -"optimal graphical display: Graphic Card\n" +"You will be presented with a list of different parameters to change to get\n" +"an optimal graphical display: Graphic Card\n" "\n" -" The installer can normally automatically detect and configure the\n" +" The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n" "graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n" -"choose in this list the card you actually own.\n" +"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n" "\n" " In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n" -"without 3D acceleration, you are then proposed to choose the server that\n" -"best suits your needs.\n" +"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n" +"suits your needs.\n" "\n" "\n" "\n" "Monitor\n" "\n" -" The installer can normally automatically detect and configure the\n" -"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not the case, you can choose in\n" -"this list the monitor you actually own.\n" +" The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n" +"monitor connected to your machine. If it is correct, you can choose from\n" +"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer.\n" "\n" "\n" "\n" "Resolution\n" "\n" -" You can choose here resolutions and color depth between those available\n" -"for your hardware. Choose the one that best suit your needs (you will be\n" -"able to change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n" +" Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n" +"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n" +"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n" "configuration is shown in the monitor.\n" "\n" "\n" @@ -529,7 +527,7 @@ msgid "" "Test\n" "\n" " the system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n" -"resolution. If you can see the message during the test and answer \"Yes\",\n" +"resolution. If you can see the message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n" "then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you cannot see the message, it\n" "means that some part of the autodetected configuration was incorrect and\n" "the test will automatically end after 12 seconds, bringing you back to the\n" @@ -539,14 +537,14 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Options\n" "\n" -" You can here choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n" +" Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n" "switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n" -"\"No\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n" +"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n" "in getting the display configured." msgstr "" "X (pour le syst�me X Window) est le coeur de votre interface graphique sous\n" -"GNU/Linux. Tous les environnements graphiques (KDE, GNOME, WindowMaker et.)\n" -"pr�sents sur Mandrake Linux d�pendent de X.\n" +"GNU/Linux. Tous les environnements graphiques (KDE, GNOME, WindowMaker\n" +"etc.) pr�sents sur Mandrake Linux d�pendent de X.\n" "\n" "Il vous sera pr�sent� la liste de divers param�tres � changer pour obtenir\n" "un affichage optimal : Carte graphique\n" @@ -584,7 +582,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " le syst�me va ici essayer d'ouvrir un �cran graphique � la r�solution\n" "choisie. Si vous pouvez voir le message pendant le test, et r�pondez\n" -"��Oui��, alors DrakX passera � l'�tape suivante. Si vous ne pouvez pas voir\n" +"��%s��, alors DrakX passera � l'�tape suivante. Si vous ne pouvez pas voir\n" "de message, cela signifie que vos param�tres sont incompatibles, et le test\n" "terminera automatiquement apr�s 12 secondes. Changez la configuration\n" "jusqu'� obtenir un affichage correct lors du test.\n" @@ -594,7 +592,7 @@ msgstr "" "Options\n" "\n" " Vous pourrez finalement choisir ici de d�marrer l'interface graphique au\n" -"lancement de la machine. Il est pr�f�rable de choisir ��Non�� si vous �tes\n" +"lancement de la machine. Il est pr�f�rable de choisir ��%s�� si vous �tes\n" "en train d'installer un serveur, ou si vous n'avez pas r�ussi � configurer\n" "l'�cran correctement." @@ -602,23 +600,23 @@ msgstr "" # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other OSs may\n" -"offer you one, but Mandrake Linux offers two. Each of the printing systems\n" -"is best for a particular type of configuration.\n" +"offer you one, but Mandrake Linux offers two. Each of the printing system\n" +"is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n" "\n" -" * \"pdq\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, don't queue'', is the choice\n" +" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, don't queue'', is the choice\n" "if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n" -"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"pdq\n" -"\" will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when\n" -"used with networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n" -"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n" +"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n" +"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n" +"with networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your first\n" +"experience with GNU/Linux.\n" "\n" -" * \"CUPS\" - `` Common Unix Printing System'', is an excellent choice for\n" +" * \"%s\" - `` Common Unix Printing System'', is an excellent choice for\n" "printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the planet. It is\n" "simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for the ancient\n" "\"lpd \" printing system, so it compatible with older operating systems\n" -"that may still need print services. While quite powerful, the basic setup\n" +"which may still need print services. While quite powerful, the basic setup\n" "is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to emulate a \"lpd\" server, make\n" -"sure to turn on the \"cups-lpd \" daemon. \"CUPS\" includes graphical\n" +"sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd \" daemon. \"%s\" includes graphical\n" "front-ends for printing or choosing printer options and for managing the\n" "printer.\n" "\n" @@ -629,7 +627,7 @@ msgstr "" "Il faut choisir ici un syst�me d'impression pour votre ordinateur. D'autres\n" "OSs offrent un, Mandrake Linux en propose deux.\n" "\n" -" * ��pdq�� - qui veut dire ��print, don't queue��, (ou, impression sans\n" +" * ��%s�� - qui veut dire ��print, don't queue��, (ou, impression sans\n" "passer par la file d'attente) est un bon choix si votre imprimante est\n" "branch�e directement sur votre poste et que vous voulez pouvoir arr�ter\n" "l'impression directement en cas de probl�me et que vous n'avez pas\n" @@ -637,9 +635,9 @@ msgstr "" "les performances sont plut�t mauvaises dans ces cas. Choisissez pdq si vous\n" "�tes � une premi�re exp�rience avec Linux. Vous pourrez toujours changer de\n" "syst�me plus tard avec PrinterDrake � partir du Centre de contr�le Mandrake\n" -"en cliquant sur ��Expert��.\n" +"en cliquant sur ��%s��.\n" "\n" -" * ��CUPS�� - ��Common Unix Printing System��, est fabuleux tant pour\n" +" * ��%s�� - ��Common Unix Printing System��, est fabuleux tant pour\n" "imprimante local que pour imprimer � l'autre bout du monde. C'est simple et\n" "il peu agir comme serveur ou un client avec l'ancien syst�me d'impression\n" "��lpd��. Il s'agit d'un outil tr�s puissant, mais les configurations de\n" @@ -648,7 +646,7 @@ msgstr "" "pour imprimer et choisir les imprimantes.\n" "\n" "Vous pourrez changer ult�rieurement de syst�me d'impression en lan�ant\n" -"PrinterDrake depuis le Mandrake Control Center." +"PrinterDrake depuis le Centre de contr�le Mandrake." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -661,47 +659,45 @@ msgid "" "Packages are sorted into groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n" "machine. Mandrake Linux has four predefined installations available. You\n" "can think of these installation classes as containers for various packages.\n" -"You can mix and match applications from the various containers, so a\n" +"You can mix and match applications from the various groups, so a\n" "``Workstation'' installation can still have applications from the\n" -"``Development'' container installed.\n" +"``Development'' group installed.\n" "\n" -" * \"Workstation\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation,\n" -"select one or more of the applications that are in the workstation\n" -"container.\n" +" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n" +"more of the applications that are in the workstation group.\n" "\n" -" * \"Development\": if plan on using your machine for programming, choose\n" -"the appropriate packages from the container.\n" +" * \"%s\": if plan on using your machine for programming, choose the\n" +"appropriate packages from that group.\n" "\n" -" * \"Server\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of\n" -"the more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n" +" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n" +"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n" "\n" -" * \"Graphical Environment\": this is where you will choose your preferred\n" -"graphical environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a\n" -"graphical interface available.\n" +" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n" +"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n" +"interface available.\n" "\n" "Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n" "text about that group. If you unselect all groups when performing a regular\n" "installation (as opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n" "different options for a minimal installation:\n" "\n" -" * \"With X\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n" +" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n" "working graphical desktop.\n" "\n" -" * \"With basic documentation\": installs the base system plus basic\n" -"utilities and their documentation. This installation is suitable for\n" -"setting up a server.\n" +" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n" +"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n" "\n" -" * \"Truly minimal install\": will install the absolute minimum number of\n" -"packages necessary to get a working Linux system. With this installation\n" -"you will only have a command line interface. The total size of this\n" -"installation is 65 megabytes.\n" +" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n" +"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n" +"command line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n" +"megabytes.\n" "\n" -"You can check the \"Individual package selection\" box, which is useful if\n" -"you are familiar with the packages being offered or if you want to have\n" -"total control over what will be installed.\n" +"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you are familiar with the\n" +"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n" +"be installed.\n" "\n" -"If you started the installation in \"Upgrade\" mode, you can unselect all\n" -"groups to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n" +"If you started the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can unselect all groups\n" +"to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n" "updating an existing system." msgstr "" "C'est maintenant le moment de choisir les paquetages qui seront install�s\n" @@ -712,18 +708,18 @@ msgstr "" "Les paquetages sont regroup�s selon la nature de l'installation. Les\n" "groupes sont divis�s en quatre sections principales :\n" "\n" -" * ��Station de travail��: si vous comptez utiliser votre machine ainsi,\n" -"s�lectionner un ou plusieurs groupes y correspondant.\n" +" * ��%s��: si vous comptez utiliser votre machine ainsi, s�lectionner un ou\n" +"plusieurs groupes y correspondant.\n" "\n" -" * ��D�veloppement��: si votre syst�me doit �tre utilis� pour la\n" -"programmation, choisissez les groupes d�sir�s.\n" +" * ��%s��: si votre syst�me doit �tre utilis� pour la programmation,\n" +"choisissez les groupes d�sir�s.\n" "\n" -" * ��Serveur��: finalement, si votre syst�me doit agir en tant que serveur,\n" -"vous pourrez s�lectionner les services que vous voulez installer.\n" +" * ��%s��: finalement, si votre syst�me doit agir en tant que serveur, vous\n" +"pourrez s�lectionner les services que vous voulez installer.\n" "\n" -" * ��Environnement graphique��: ce groupe vous permettra de d�terminer quel\n" -"environnement graphique vous voulez avoir sur votre syst�me. �videmment, il\n" -"vous en faut au moins un pour utiliser votre station en mode graphique.\n" +" * ��%s��: ce groupe vous permettra de d�terminer quel environnement\n" +"graphique vous voulez avoir sur votre syst�me. �videmment, il vous en faut\n" +"au moins un pour utiliser votre station en mode graphique.\n" "\n" "En pla�ant votre souris au dessus d'un nom de groupe, vous verrez\n" "appara�tre une courte description de ce groupe. Si vous d�-s�lectionnez\n" @@ -731,23 +727,22 @@ msgstr "" "mise � jour), un dialogue appara�tra proposant diff�rentes options pour une\n" "installation minimale :\n" "\n" -" * ��Avec X�� : installe le moins de paquetages possible pour avoir un\n" +" * ��%s�� : installe le moins de paquetages possible pour avoir un\n" "environnement de travail graphique ;\n" "\n" -" * ��Avec la documentation de base�� : installe le syst�me de base plus\n" -"certains utilitaires de base et leur documentation. Cette installation est\n" -"utilisable comme base pour monter un serveur ;\n" +" * ��%s�� : installe le syst�me de base plus certains utilitaires de base\n" +"et leur documentation. Cette installation est utilisable comme base pour\n" +"monter un serveur ;\n" "\n" -" * ��Installation vraiment minimale�� : installera le strict minimum\n" -"n�cessaire pour obtenir un syst�me GNU/Linux fonctionnel, en ligne de\n" -"commande. Cette installation prends � peu pr�s 65Mo.\n" +" * ��%s�� : installera le strict minimum n�cessaire pour obtenir un syst�me\n" +"GNU/Linux fonctionnel, en ligne de commande. Cette installation prends �\n" +"peu pr�s 65 MO.\n" "\n" -"Vous pouvez finalement cocher l'option ��S�lection individuelle des\n" -"paquetages��. Cette option est � utiliser si vous connaissez exactement le\n" -"paquetage d�sir� ou si vous voulez avoir le contr�le total de votre\n" -"installation.\n" +"Vous pouvez finalement cocher l'option ��%s��. Cette option est � utiliser\n" +"si vous connaissez exactement le paquetage d�sir� ou si vous voulez avoir\n" +"le contr�le total de votre installation.\n" "\n" -"Si vous avez d�marr� l'installation en mode ��mise � jour��, vous pouvez\n" +"Si vous avez d�marr� l'installation en mode ��%s��, vous pouvez\n" "��d�-s�lectionner�� tous les groupes afin d'�viter l'installation de\n" "nouveaux programmes. Cette option est tr�s utile pour restaurer un syst�me\n" "d�fectueux." @@ -769,19 +764,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n" "system: you have to enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n" -"administrator and is the only one authorized to make updates, add users,\n" +"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n" "change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n" "do everything! That is why you must choose a password that is difficult to\n" "guess - DrakX will tell you if the password that you chose too easy. As you\n" "can see, you are not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise you\n" -"against. GNU/Linux is as prone to operator error as any other operating\n" -"system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and unintentionally\n" -"erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the partitions\n" -"themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become \"root\".\n" +"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n" +"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n" +"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n" +"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n" +"\"root\".\n" "\n" "The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n" -"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it too\n" -"easy to compromise a system.\n" +"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n" +"too easy to compromise a system.\n" "\n" "One caveat -- do not make the password too long or complicated because you\n" "must be able to remember it!\n" @@ -789,18 +785,19 @@ msgid "" "The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it in. To reduce\n" "the chance of a blind typing error you will need to enter the password\n" "twice. If you do happen to make the same typing error twice, this\n" -"``incorrect'' password will have to be used the first time you connect.\n" +"``incorrect'' password will be the one you will have use the first time you\n" +"connect.\n" "\n" "If you wish access to this computer to be controlled by an authentication\n" -"server, click the \"Advanced\" button.\n" +"server, click the \"%s\" button.\n" "\n" "If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n" -"services, select the appropriate one as \"authentication\". If you do not\n" -"know which to use, ask your network administrator.\n" +"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n" +"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n" "\n" -"If you happen to have problems with reminding passwords, you can choose to\n" -"have \"No password\", if your computer won't be connected to the Internet,\n" -"and if you trust anybody having access to it." +"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, if your computer\n" +"will never be connected to the internet or that you absolutely trust\n" +"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"." msgstr "" "Vous devez prendre ici une d�cision cruciale pour la s�curit� de votre\n" "syst�me. L'utilisateur ��root�� est l'administrateur du syst�me qui a tous\n" @@ -831,34 +828,33 @@ msgstr "" "demandez � votre administrateur de r�seau.\n" "\n" "Si vous souhaitez que l'acc�s � cette machine soit contr�l� par un serveur\n" -"d'authentification, cliquez sur le bouton ��Avanc頻.\n" +"d'authentification, cliquez sur le bouton ��%s��.\n" "\n" "Si votre r�seau utilise soit LDAP, NIS, ou un PDC Windows, choisissez-le\n" "comme protocole d'authentification. En cas de doute, demandez � votre\n" "administrateur r�seau.\n" "\n" "Si vous avez des probl�mes � vous souvenir de vos mots de passe, vous\n" -"pouvez choisir ��Pas de mot de passe��, si votre ordinateur ne sera pas\n" -"connect� � Internet, et si vous avez confiance en tous ceux qui auront\n" -"acc�s � cette machine." +"pouvez choisir ��%s��, si votre ordinateur ne sera pas connect� � Internet,\n" +"et si vous avez confiance en tous ceux qui auront acc�s � cette machine." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Click on \"Next ->\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present\n" -"on this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"Next ->\", you will not\n" -"be able to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive,\n" -"including any Windows data.\n" +"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" +"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"any Windows data.\n" "\n" -"Click on \"<- Previous\" to stop this operation without losing any data and\n" +"Click on \"%s\" to stop this operation without losing any data and\n" "partitions present on this hard drive." msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur ��OK�� si vous voulez vraiment effacer toute l'information et\n" -"les partitions. Soyez prudent, apr�s avoir cliqu� sur ��OK��, vous ne\n" +"Cliquez sur ��%s�� si vous voulez vraiment effacer toute l'information et\n" +"les partitions. Soyez prudent, apr�s avoir cliqu� sur ��%s��, vous ne\n" "pourrez plus r�cup�rer les donn�es ou les partitions, y compris les donn�es\n" "Windows.\n" "\n" -"Cliquez ��annuler�� pour annuler cette op�ration sans perdre de donn�es." +"Cliquez ��%s�� pour annuler cette op�ration sans perdre de donn�es." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -877,17 +873,17 @@ msgid "" "installed. By default Mandrake Linux will automatically start any installed\n" "services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n" "the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that that\n" -"security holes are discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was\n" +"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was\n" "finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do\n" -"or why it is being installed, then click \"No\". Clicking \"Yes \" will\n" +"or why it is being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will\n" "install the listed services and they will be started automatically by\n" "default during boot. !!\n" "\n" -"The \"Automatic dependencies\" option is used to disable the warning dialog\n" -"which appears whenever the installer automatically selects a package to\n" -"resolve a dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each\n" -"other such that installation of a package requires that some other program\n" -"is already installed. The installer can determine which packages are\n" +"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n" +"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n" +"dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each other such\n" +"that installation of a package requires that some other program is also\n" +"rerquired to be installed. The installer can determine which packages are\n" "required to satisfy a dependency to successfully complete the installation.\n" "\n" "The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n" @@ -904,10 +900,10 @@ msgstr "" "paquetages individuels.\n" "\n" "D�s que vous s�lectionnez un paquetage dans l'arbre, une description\n" -"appara�t � droite. Une fois votre s�lection termin�e, cliquez sur\n" -"��Installation�� pour lancer le processus. Soyez patient, car en fonction\n" -"du type d'installation choisi ou du nombre de paquetages s�lectionn�s, le\n" -"temps requis peut �tre substantiellement diff�rent. Une estimation du temps\n" +"appara�t � droite. Une fois votre s�lection termin�e, cliquez sur ��%s��\n" +"pour lancer le processus. Soyez patient, car en fonction du type\n" +"d'installation choisi ou du nombre de paquetages s�lectionn�s, le temps\n" +"requis peut �tre substantiellement diff�rent. Une estimation du temps\n" "requis est pr�sent�e sur l'�cran en cours d'op�ration afin de vous\n" "permettre d'�valuer de combien de temps vous disposez pour prendre votre\n" "d�jeuner.\n" @@ -919,13 +915,13 @@ msgstr "" "possible que certaines failles de s�curit� affectes les serveurs install�s\n" "au-del� de la date de publication. Si vous ne savez pas pr�cis�ment � quoi\n" "sert un serveur en particulier ou pourquoi il est install�, cliquez sur\n" -"��NON��. En cliquant sur ��OUI��, le serveur sera install� et le service\n" +"��%s��. En cliquant sur ��%s��, le serveur sera install� et le service\n" "rendu disponible au d�marrage. !!\n" "\n" -"L'option ��D�pendances automatiques�� d�sactive les avertissements qui\n" -"apparaissent � chaque fois que l'installeur s�lectionne un nouveau paquet.\n" -"Ces avertissements surviennent parce que DrakX a d�termin� que pour qu'un\n" -"paquetage soit fonctionnel, il lui en faut un autre dont il est d�pendant.\n" +"L'option ��%s�� d�sactive les avertissements qui apparaissent � chaque fois\n" +"que l'installeur s�lectionne un nouveau paquet. Ces avertissements\n" +"surviennent parce que DrakX a d�termin� que pour qu'un paquetage soit\n" +"fonctionnel, il lui en faut un autre dont il est d�pendant.\n" "\n" "La petite ic�ne de disquette qui appara�t au bas de la liste permet de\n" "r�cup�rer une liste de paquetages s�lectionn�s durant une autre\n" @@ -948,17 +944,12 @@ msgid "" "one.\n" "\n" "If it cannot make a determination, DrakX will ask you where to place the\n" -"bootloader.\n" -"\n" -"\"Boot device\": in most cases, you will not change the default (\"First\n" -"sector of drive (MBR)\"), but if you prefer, the bootloader can be\n" -"installed on the second hard drive (\"/dev/hdb\"), or even on a floppy disk\n" -"(\"On Floppy\")." +"bootloader." msgstr "" "LILO et grub sont deux programmes d'amorce pour GNU/Linux. Cette �tape est\n" "normalement compl�tement automatique. En fait, DrakX analyse le secteur de\n" -"d�marrage (master boot record) et agit en fonction de ce qu'il peut y lire\n" -":\n" +"d�marrage (��master boot record��) et agit en fonction de ce qu'il peut y\n" +"lire :\n" "\n" " * Si un secteur de d�marrage Windows est d�tect�, il sera remplac� par\n" "grub/LILO. Donc, vous serez capable de d�marrer GNU/Linux et tout autre\n" @@ -966,12 +957,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " * si grub ou LILO est d�tect�, il sera remplac� par la nouvelle version;\n" "\n" -"En cas de doute, DrakX affiche diff�rentes options.\n" -"\n" -"��P�riph�rique d'amor�age�� : dans la plupart des cas vous ne devrez pas\n" -"changer la configuration propos�e (��Premier secteur du lecteur (MBR)��),\n" -"mais si vous pr�f�rez, le chargeur peut �tre install� sur le deuxi�me\n" -"disque (��/dev/hdb��), ou m�me sur une disquette (��Sur disquette��)." +"En cas de doute, DrakX affiche diff�rentes options." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -981,7 +967,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, You'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1025,8 +1011,8 @@ msgid "" " * Label: this is the name you will have to type at the yaboot prompt to\n" "select this boot option.\n" "\n" -" * Image: this would be the name of the kernel to boot. Typically, vmlinux\n" -"or a variation of vmlinux with an extension.\n" +" * Image: this is the name of the kernel to boot. Typically, vmlinux or a\n" +"variation of vmlinux with an extension.\n" "\n" " * Root: the \"root\" device or ``/'' for your Linux installation.\n" "\n" @@ -1060,51 +1046,56 @@ msgid "" "selectable by pressing ENTER at the yaboot prompt. This entry will also be\n" "highlighted with a ``*'' if you press [Tab] to see the boot selections." msgstr "" -"You can add additional entries for yaboot, either for other operating\n" -"systems, alternate kernels, or for an emergency boot image.\n" +"Vous pouvez ajouter des entr�es suppl�mentaires au menu yaboot, soit pour\n" +"d'autres syst�mes d'exploitation, des noyaux alternatifs, ou pour des\n" +"images de d�marrage en cas de probl�me.\n" "\n" -"For other OSs, the entry consists only of a label and the ��root��\n" -"partition.\n" +"Pour les autres OS, l'entr�e n'est constitu�e que d'une �tiquette et d'une\n" +"partition ��root��.\n" "\n" -"For Linux, there are a few possible options:\n" +"Pour Linux, quelques options sont disponibles :\n" "\n" -" * Label: this is simply the name you will have to type at the yaboot\n" -"prompt to select this boot option;\n" +" * �tiquette : c'est simplement le nom que vous devrez taper lors de\n" +"l'invite yaboot pour choisir cette option de d�marrage ;\n" "\n" -" * Image: this would be the name of the kernel to boot. Typically, vmlinux\n" -"or a variation of vmlinux with an extension;\n" +" * Image : c'est le nom de l'image noyau � d�marrer. G�n�ralement, on\n" +"utilise vmlinux ou une variante de vmlinux avec une extension ;\n" "\n" -" * Root: the ��root�� device or ��/�� for your Linux installation;\n" +" * Root : le p�riph�rique ��root�� ou ��/�� pour votre installation Linux ;\n" "\n" -" * Append: on Apple hardware, the kernel append option is used quite often\n" -"to assist in initializing video hardware, or to enable keyboard mouse\n" -"button emulation for the often lacking 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock\n" -"Apple mouse. The following are some examples:\n" +" * Adjonction (��Append��) : sur le mat�riel Apple, l'option d'adjonction\n" +"noyau est utilis�e assez souvent afin d'aider � l'initialisation de\n" +"mat�riel vid�o ou pour permettre l'�mulation de la souris clavier, vu que\n" +"les souris Apple n'ont souvent qu'un bouton. Voici quelques exemples :\n" "\n" " video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n" "hda=autotune\n" "\n" " video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n" "\n" -" * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules, before\n" -"the boot device is available, or to load a ramdisk image for an emergency\n" -"boot situation;\n" -"\n" -" * Initrd-size: the default ramdisk size is generally 4,096 bytes. If you\n" -"need to allocate a large ramdisk, this option can be used;\n" -"\n" -" * Read-write: normally the ��root�� partition is initially brought up in\n" -"read-only, to allow a file system check before the system becomes ��live��.\n" -"Here, you can override this option;\n" -"\n" -" * NoVideo: should the Apple video hardware prove to be exceptionally\n" -"problematic, you can select this option to boot in ��novideo�� mode, with\n" -"native frame buffer support;\n" -"\n" -" * Default: selects this entry as being the default Linux selection,\n" -"selectable by just pressing ENTER at the yaboot prompt. This entry will\n" -"also be highlighted with a ��*��, if you press [Tab] to see the boot\n" -"selections." +" * Initrd : cette option peut �tre utilis�e pour charger des modules\n" +"initiaux avant que le p�riph�rique de d�marrage ne soit disponible, ou pour\n" +"charger une image de disque virtuel (��ramdisk��) dans le cas o� une\n" +"situation de d�marrage d'urgence surviendrait ;\n" +"\n" +" * Initrd-size : la taille par d�faut de l'image de disque virtuel est\n" +"normalement 4 096 octets. Si vous avez besoin d'un grand espace de disque\n" +"virtuel, cette option peut �tre utilis�e ;\n" +"\n" +" * Lecture-�criture : normalement, la partition ��root�� est mont�e en\n" +"��lecture seulement�� pour permettre une v�rification du syst�me de\n" +"fichiers avant que le syst�me ne soit ��live��. Vous pouvez changer ces\n" +"options dans cette section ;\n" +"\n" +" * NoVideo : si le mat�riel vid�o Apple devait tr�s mal fonctionner, vous\n" +"pouvez s�lectionner cette option pour d�marrer en mode ��novideo��, avec\n" +"une prise en charge native de la m�moire d'image (��frame buffer��) ;\n" +"\n" +" * D�faut : s�lectionne cette entr�e en tant que choix Linux par d�faut. En\n" +"tapant sur ENTR�E lors de l'invite de yaboot, vous y acc�derez\n" +"automatiquement. Cette entr�e sera mise en �vidence par le biais d'une\n" +"ast�risque (��*��) et si vous cliquez sur la touche [Tab], vous verrez\n" +"toutes les s�lections de d�marrage possibles." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -1113,21 +1104,20 @@ msgid "" "documentation, the installer and the system in general. Select first the\n" "region you are located in, and then the language you speak.\n" "\n" -"Clicking on the \"Advanced\" button will allow you to select other\n" -"languages to be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the\n" -"language-specific files for system documentation and applications. For\n" -"example, if you will host users from Spain on your machine, select English\n" -"as the default language in the tree view and \"Espanol\" in the Advanced\n" -"section.\n" +"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n" +"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n" +"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if you will\n" +"host users from Spain on your machine, select English as the default\n" +"language in the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n" "\n" "Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n" -"may choose several ones, or even install them all by selecting the \"All\n" -"languages\" box. Selecting support for a language means translations,\n" -"fonts, spell checkers, etc. for that language will be installed.\n" -"Additionally, the \"Use Unicode by default\" checkbox allows to force the\n" -"system to use unicode (UTF-8). Note however that this is an experimental\n" -"feature. If you select different languages requiring different encoding the\n" -"unicode support will be installed anyway.\n" +"may choose several ones, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\"\n" +"box. Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell\n" +"checkers, etc. for that language will be installed. Additionally, the\n" +"\"%s\" checkbox allows you to force the system to use unicode (UTF-8). Note\n" +"however that this is an experimental feature. If you select different\n" +"languages requiring different encoding the unicode support will be\n" +"installed anyway.\n" "\n" "To switch between the various languages installed on the system, you can\n" "launch the \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the\n" @@ -1140,23 +1130,22 @@ msgstr "" "le syst�me en g�n�ral. Commencez par choisir la r�gion o� vous vous situez,\n" "puis la langue que vous parlez.\n" "\n" -"En cliquant sur ��Avanc頻, le programme vous proposera �galement des\n" -"langues compl�mentaires pouvant �tre install�es sur votre station de\n" -"travail. En choisissant des langues suppl�mentaires, le programme vous\n" -"installera toute la documentation et les applications n�cessaires �\n" -"l'utilisation de ces langues. Par exemple, si vous pr�voyez d'accueillir\n" -"des utilisateurs d'Espagne sur votre machine, choisissez le fran�ais comme\n" -"langue principale dans l'arborescence, et ��Espa�ol��, dans la section\n" -"avanc�e.\n" +"En cliquant sur ��%s��, le programme vous proposera �galement des langues\n" +"compl�mentaires pouvant �tre install�es sur votre station de travail. En\n" +"choisissant des langues suppl�mentaires, le programme vous installera toute\n" +"la documentation et les applications n�cessaires � l'utilisation de ces\n" +"langues. Par exemple, si vous pr�voyez d'accueillir des utilisateurs\n" +"d'Espagne sur votre machine, choisissez le fran�ais comme langue principale\n" +"dans l'arborescence, et ��%s��, dans la section avanc�e.\n" "\n" "Remarquez que vous n'�tes pas limit� � une langue suppl�mentaire. Vous\n" "pouvez en choisir plusieurs, ou m�me les installer toutes en choisissant\n" -"��Toutes les langues��. Choisir le support pour une langue signifie ajouter\n" -"les traductions, les polices, correcteurs orthographiques, etc. La case\n" -"��Utiliser Unicode par d�faut�� force le syst�me � utiliser l'encodage\n" -"unicode (UTF-8). Mais c'est une fonctionnalit� exp�rimentale. Toutefois, si\n" -"vous s�lectionnez des langages qui n�cessitent des encodages incompatibles,\n" -"le support unicode sera install� de toutes fa�ons.\n" +"��%s��. Choisir le support pour une langue signifie ajouter les\n" +"traductions, les polices, correcteurs orthographiques, etc. La case ��%s��\n" +"force le syst�me � utiliser l'encodage unicode (UTF-8). Mais c'est une\n" +"fonctionnalit� exp�rimentale. Toutefois, si vous s�lectionnez des langages\n" +"qui n�cessitent des encodages incompatibles, le support unicode sera\n" +"install� de toutes fa�ons.\n" "\n" "Pour passer d'une langue � l'autre, vous pouvez lancer l'utilitaire\n" "��/usr/sbin/localedrake�� en tant que ��root�� pour changer la langue\n" @@ -1166,13 +1155,13 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"\"Sound card\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n" -"here. If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is\n" -"actually present on your system, you can click on the button and choose\n" -"another driver." +"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n" +"If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is actually\n" +"present on your system, you can click on the button and choose another\n" +"driver." msgstr "" -"��Carte son�� : si une carte son a �t� d�tect�e, elle appara�tra ici. Si\n" -"vous remarquez que la carte configur�e n'est pas celle qui se trouve\n" +"��%s�� : si une carte son a �t� d�tect�e, elle appara�tra ici. Si vous\n" +"remarquez que la carte configur�e n'est pas celle qui se trouve\n" "effectivement sur votre syst�me, vous pouvez cliquer sur le bouton pour en\n" "choisir une autre." @@ -1184,9 +1173,9 @@ msgid "" "\n" "If there are other operating systems installed on your machine they will\n" "automatically be added to the boot menu. You can fine-tune the existing\n" -"options by clicking \"Add\" to create a new entry; selecting an entry and\n" -"clicking \"Modify\" or \"Remove\" to modify or remove it. \"OK\" validates\n" -"your changes.\n" +"options by clicking \"%s\" to create a new entry; selecting an entry and\n" +"clicking \"%s\" or \"%s\" to modify or remove it. \"%s\" validates your\n" +"changes.\n" "\n" "You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to\n" "anyone who goes to the console and reboots the machine. You can delete the\n" @@ -1199,9 +1188,9 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Si d'autres syst�mes d'exploitation sont d�tect�s, il seront\n" "automatiquement ajout�s au menu d�marrage. Vous pouvez ici affiner votre\n" -"configuration. Cliquez sur ��Ajouter�� pour cr�er une nouvelle entr�e;\n" -"Choisissez une entr�e, cliquez ��Modifier�� pour l'�diter, ou ��Supprimer��\n" -"pour l'enlever. ��OK�� validera vos changements.\n" +"configuration. Cliquez sur ��%s�� pour cr�er une nouvelle entr�e;\n" +"Choisissez une entr�e, cliquez ��%s�� pour l'�diter, ou ��%s�� pour\n" +"l'enlever. ��%s�� validera vos changements.\n" "\n" "Il est possible que vous vouliez limiter l'acc�s � ce syst�me\n" "d'exploitation. Il vous suffit de retirer l'entr�e dans les options de\n" @@ -1211,8 +1200,8 @@ msgstr "" # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" -"Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data present on it will be lost\n" -"and will not be recoverable!" +"Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data present on this partition\n" +"will be lost and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" "Choisissez le disque dur � effacer pour installer votre partition\n" "GNU/Linux. Soyez prudent, toute l'information stock�e sur le disque sera\n" @@ -1221,29 +1210,30 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"\"Printer\": clicking on the \"Configure\" button will open the printer\n" -"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n" -"Guide'' for more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface\n" -"presented there is similar to the one used during installation." +"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n" +"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n" +"information on how to setup a new printer. The interface presented there is\n" +"similar to the one used during installation." msgstr "" -"��Imprimante��: en cliquant sur ��Configurer��, l'outil de configuration\n" -"d'impression sera d�marr�. Consultez le chapitre correspondant du ��Guide\n" -"de d�marrage�� pour plus de renseignements. L'interface qui y est\n" -"document�e est similaire � celle rencontr�e lors de l'installation." +"��%s��: en cliquant sur ��%s��, l'outil de configuration d'impression sera\n" +"d�marr�. Consultez le chapitre correspondant du ��Guide de d�marrage�� pour\n" +"plus de renseignements. L'interface qui y est document�e est similaire �\n" +"celle rencontr�e lors de l'installation." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Finally, you will be asked whether you want to see the graphical interface\n" -"at boot. Note this question will be asked even if you chose not to test the\n" -"configuration. Obviously, you want to answer \"No\" if your machine is to\n" -"act as a server, or if you were not successful in getting the display\n" -"configured." +"Options\n" +"\n" +" Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n" +"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n" +"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n" +"in getting the display configured." msgstr "" "Options\n" "\n" " Vous pourrez finalement choisir ici de d�marrer l'interface graphique au\n" -"lancement de la machine. Il est pr�f�rable de choisir ��Non�� si vous �tes\n" +"lancement de la machine. Il est pr�f�rable de choisir ��%s�� si vous �tes\n" "en train d'installer un serveur, ou si vous n'avez pas r�ussi � configurer\n" "l'�cran correctement." @@ -1265,149 +1255,146 @@ msgid "" "directly exposed to the Internet. The trade-off of a higher security level\n" "is generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n" "\n" -"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option." +"If you do not know what to choose, stay with the default option." msgstr "" "� cette �tape, vous devrez d�terminer le niveau de s�curit� requis par\n" "votre syst�me. Le niveau de s�curit� requis se d�termine en fonction de\n" "l'exposition du syst�me � d'autres utilisateurs (s'il est connect�\n" "directement sur Internet par exemple) et selon le niveau de sensibilit� de\n" -"l'information contenu dans le syst�me (des num�ros de carte de cr�dit par\n" -"exemple). Sachez que, de mani�re g�n�rale, plus la s�curit� d'un syst�me\n" -"est �lev�e, plus il est complexe � utiliser.\n" +"l'information contenu dans le syst�me. Sachez que, de mani�re g�n�rale,\n" +"plus la s�curit� d'un syst�me est �lev�e, plus il est complexe � utiliser.\n" "\n" "Si vous ne savez pas quel niveau choisir, gardez la s�lection par d�faut." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of various information it has\n" -"about your system. Depending on your installed hardware, you may have some\n" -"or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the configuration\n" -"item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n" -"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"Configure\" button to change\n" -"that.\n" +"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has about your\n" +"system. Depending on your installed hardware, you may have some or all of\n" +"the following entries. Each entry is made up of the configuration item to\n" +"be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current configuration.\n" +"Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to change that.\n" "\n" -" * \"Keyboard\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change\n" -"that if necessary.\n" +" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change that if\n" +"necessary.\n" "\n" -" * \"Country\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n" -"country, click on the \"Configure\" button and choose another one. If your\n" -"country is not in the first list shown, click the \"More\" button to get\n" -"the complete country list.\n" +" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n" +"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n" +"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n" +"country list.\n" "\n" -" * \"Timezone\": By default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the\n" -"country you have chosen. You can click on the \"Configure\" button here if\n" -"this is not correct.\n" +" * \"%s\": By default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n" +"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n" +"correct.\n" "\n" -" * \"Mouse\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n" -"to change it if necessary.\n" +" * \"%s\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button to\n" +"change it if necessary.\n" "\n" -" * \"Printer\": clicking on the \"Configure\" button will open the printer\n" +" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n" "configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n" "Guide'' for more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface\n" "presented there is similar to the one used during installation.\n" "\n" -" * \"Sound card\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is\n" -"displayed here. If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that\n" -"is actually present on your system, you can click on the button and choose\n" +" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n" +"here. If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is\n" +"actually present on your system, you can click on the button and choose\n" "another driver.\n" "\n" -" * \"Graphical Interface\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical\n" -"interface in \"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suits\n" -"you, click on \"Configure\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n" +" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n" +"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n" +"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n" "\n" -" * \"TV card\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n" -"here. If you have a TV card and it is not detected, click on \"Configure\"\n" -"to try to configure it manually.\n" +" * \"%s\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n" +"If you have a TV card and it is not detected, click on \"%s\" to try to\n" +"configure it manually.\n" "\n" -" * \"ISDN card\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it will be\n" -"displayed here. You can click on \"Configure\" to change the parameters\n" -"associated with the card.\n" +" * \"%s\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it will be displayed\n" +"here. You can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with the\n" +"card.\n" "\n" -" * \"Network\": If you want to configure your Internet or local network\n" -"access now.\n" +" * \"%s\": If you want to configure your Internet or local network access\n" +"now.\n" "\n" -" * \"Security Level\": this entry offers you to redefine the security level\n" -"as set in a previous step ().\n" +" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n" +"previous step ().\n" "\n" -" * \"Firewall\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's\n" -"a good idea to protect you from intrusions by setting up a firewall.\n" -"Consult the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details\n" -"about firewall settings.\n" +" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n" +"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n" +"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n" +"firewall settings.\n" "\n" -" * \"Bootloader\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration,\n" -"click that button. This should be reserved to advanced users.\n" +" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click that\n" +"button. This should be reserved to advanced users.\n" "\n" -" * \"Services\": you'll be able here to control finely which services will\n" -"be run on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a\n" -"good idea to review this setup." +" * \"%s\": here you'll be able to fine control which services will be run\n" +"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n" +"idea to review this setup." msgstr "" "On vous pr�sente ici diverses informations sur la configuration actuelle.\n" "Selon le mat�riel install�, certaines entr�es seront pr�sentes et d'autres\n" "pas. Chaque param�tre est constitu� du nom de la configuration, suivi d'un\n" -"cours r�sum� de la configuration actuelle. Cliquez sur le bouton\n" -"��Configurer�� correspondant pour changer cela.\n" +"cours r�sum� de la configuration actuelle. Cliquez sur le bouton ��%s��\n" +"correspondant pour changer cela.\n" "\n" -" * ��Clavier��: v�rifiez la configuration choisie pour le clavier.\n" +" * ��%s��: v�rifiez la configuration choisie pour le clavier.\n" "\n" -" * ��Country��: v�rifiez la section du pays. Si vous ne vous trouvez pas\n" -"dans ce pays, cliquez sur le bouton ��Configurer�� et choisissez le bon. Si\n" -"votre pays ne se trouve pas dans la premi�re liste, cliquez sur ��Plus��\n" -"pour avoir la liste compl�te.\n" +" * ��%s��: v�rifiez la section du pays. Si vous ne vous trouvez pas dans ce\n" +"pays, cliquez sur le bouton ��%s�� et choisissez le bon. Si votre pays ne\n" +"se trouve pas dans la premi�re liste, cliquez sur ��%s�� pour avoir la\n" +"liste compl�te.\n" "\n" -" * ��Fuseau horaire��: DrakX, par d�faut, configure le fuseau horaire selon\n" -"le pays dans lequel vous �tes.\n" +" * ��%s��: DrakX, par d�faut, configure le fuseau horaire selon le pays\n" +"dans lequel vous �tes.\n" "\n" -" * ��Souris��: pour v�rifier la configuration actuelle de la souris.\n" -"Cliquez sur le bouton pour modifier les options.\n" +" * ��%s��: pour v�rifier la configuration actuelle de la souris. Cliquez\n" +"sur le bouton pour modifier les options.\n" "\n" -" * ��Imprimante��: en cliquant sur ��Configurer��, l'outil de configuration\n" -"d'impression sera d�marr�. Consultez le chapitre correspondant du ��Guide\n" -"de d�marrage�� pour plus de renseignements. L'interface qui y est\n" -"document�e est similaire � celle rencontr�e lors de l'installation.\n" +" * ��%s��: en cliquant sur ��%s��, l'outil de configuration d'impression\n" +"sera d�marr�. Consultez le chapitre correspondant du ��Guide de d�marrage��\n" +"pour plus de renseignements. L'interface qui y est document�e est similaire\n" +"� celle rencontr�e lors de l'installation.\n" "\n" -" * ��Carte son�� : si une carte son a �t� d�tect�e, elle appara�tra ici. Si\n" -"vous remarquez que la carte configur�e n'est pas celle qui se trouve\n" +" * ��%s�� : si une carte son a �t� d�tect�e, elle appara�tra ici. Si vous\n" +"remarquez que la carte configur�e n'est pas celle qui se trouve\n" "effectivement sur votre syst�me, vous pouvez cliquer sur le bouton pour en\n" "choisir une autre.\n" "\n" -" * ��Interface graphique�� : par d�faut, DrakX configure votre interface\n" -"graphique avec une r�solution de ��800x600�� ou ��1024x768��. Si cela ne\n" -"vous convient pas, cliquez sur ��Configurer�� pour changer la configuration\n" -"de votre interface graphique.\n" +" * ��%s�� : par d�faut, DrakX configure votre interface graphique avec une\n" +"r�solution de ��800x600�� ou ��1024x768��. Si cela ne vous convient pas,\n" +"cliquez sur ��%s�� pour changer la configuration de votre interface\n" +"graphique.\n" "\n" -" * ��Carte TV�� : si une carte d'entr�e/sortie vid�o (carte TV) a �t�\n" -"d�tect�e, elle appara�tra ici. Si vous avez une carte TV et qu'elle n'a pas\n" -"�t� d�tect�e, cliquez sur ce bouton pour la configurer � la main.\n" +" * ��%s�� : si une carte d'entr�e/sortie vid�o (carte TV) a �t� d�tect�e,\n" +"elle appara�tra ici. Si vous avez une carte TV et qu'elle n'a pas �t�\n" +"d�tect�e, cliquez sur ce bouton pour la configurer � la main.\n" "\n" -" * ��Carte RNIS�� : si une carte RNIS (ISDN) est d�tect�e, elle appara�tra\n" -"ici. Vous pouvez cliquer sur le bouton pour en modifier les param�tres.\n" +" * ��%s�� : si une carte RNIS (ISDN) est d�tect�e, elle appara�tra ici.\n" +"Vous pouvez cliquer sur le bouton pour en modifier les param�tres.\n" "\n" -" * ��R�seau�� : Si vous souhaitez configurer votre acc�s Internet ou r�seau\n" +" * ��%s�� : Si vous souhaitez configurer votre acc�s Internet ou r�seau\n" "local d�s maintenant.\n" "\n" -" * ��Niveau de s�curit頻: il vous est ici propos� de red�finir votre\n" -"niveau de s�curit� tel que d�fini dans une �tape pr�c�dente ().\n" +" * ��%s��: il vous est ici propos� de red�finir votre niveau de s�curit�\n" +"tel que d�fini dans une �tape pr�c�dente ().\n" "\n" -" * ��Pare-feu�� : si vous avez l'intention de connecter votre ordinateur �\n" +" * ��%s�� : si vous avez l'intention de connecter votre ordinateur �\n" "Internet, c'est une bonne id�e de le prot�ger des intrusions gr�ce � un\n" "pare-feu. Consultez la section correspondante du ��Guide de d�marrage��\n" "pour plus de renseignements.\n" "\n" -" * ��Chargeur de d�marrage�� : Si vous souhaitez changer la configuration\n" -"par d�faut de votre chargeur de d�marrage. � r�server aux utilisateurs\n" -"exp�riment�s.\n" +" * ��%s�� : Si vous souhaitez changer la configuration par d�faut de votre\n" +"chargeur de d�marrage. � r�server aux utilisateurs exp�riment�s.\n" "\n" -" * ��Services�� : vous pourrez ici contr�ler finement les services\n" -"disponibles sur votre machine. si vous envisagez de monter un serveur,\n" -"c'est une bonne id�e de v�rifier cette configuration." +" * ��%s�� : vous pourrez ici contr�ler finement les services disponibles\n" +"sur votre machine. si vous envisagez de monter un serveur, c'est une bonne\n" +"id�e de v�rifier cette configuration." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n" -"without 3D acceleration, you are then proposed to choose the server that\n" -"best suits your needs." +"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n" +"suits your needs." msgstr "" "Dans le cas o� diff�rents serveurs seraient disponible pour votre carte,\n" "avec ou sans acc�l�ration 3D, il vous est alors propos� de choisir le\n" @@ -1424,7 +1411,7 @@ msgid "" "a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n" "\n" "If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n" -"from the provided list.\n" +"from the list provided.\n" "\n" "If you choose a mouse other than the default, a test screen will be\n" "displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n" @@ -1435,11 +1422,11 @@ msgid "" "Wheel mice are occasionally not detected automatically, so you will need to\n" "select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n" "the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n" -"pressing the \"Next ->\" button, a mouse image is displayed on-screen.\n" -"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activated correctly. Once you\n" -"see the on-screen scroll wheel moving as you scroll your mouse wheel, test\n" -"the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you move\n" -"your mouse." +"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image is displayed on-screen. Scroll\n" +"the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activated correctly. Once you see the\n" +"on-screen scroll wheel moving as you scroll your mouse wheel, test the\n" +"buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you move your\n" +"mouse." msgstr "" "DrakX d�tecte g�n�ralement le nombre de boutons de votre souris. Sinon, il\n" "prend pour acquis que vous avez une souris � deux boutons et configurera\n" @@ -1459,7 +1446,7 @@ msgstr "" "Les souris � roulette ne sont pas d�tect�es parfois. Vous devrez alors\n" "s�lectionner manuellement une souris dans la liste. Assurez vous de choisir\n" "celle qui correspond � votre mod�le et au bon port de connexion. Apr�s\n" -"avoir press� le bouton ��OK��, une image de souris appara�t. Vous devez\n" +"avoir press� le bouton ��%s��, une image de souris appara�t. Vous devez\n" "alors faire tourner la molette afin de l'activer correctement. Testez alors\n" "que tous les mouvements et boutons fonctionnent correctement." @@ -1467,11 +1454,11 @@ msgstr "" # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "You will now set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to\n" -"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"Next\n" -"->\". Mandrake Linux will attempt to autodetect network devices and modems.\n" -"If this detection fails, uncheck the \"Use auto detection\" box. You may\n" -"also choose not to configure the network, or to do it later, in which case\n" -"clicking the \"Cancel\" button will take you to the next step.\n" +"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"%s\".\n" +"Mandrake Linux will attempt to autodetect network devices and modems. If\n" +"this detection fails, uncheck the \"%s\" box. You may also choose not to\n" +"configure the network, or to do it later, in which case clicking the \"%s\"\n" +"button will take you to the next step.\n" "\n" "When configuring your network, the available connections options are:\n" "traditional modem, ISDN modem, ADSL connection, cable modem, and finally a\n" @@ -1486,11 +1473,10 @@ msgid "" "installed and use the program described there to configure your connection." msgstr "" "Si vous d�sirez connecter votre syst�me � un r�seau ou � Internet, cliquez\n" -"sur ��OK��. L'auto-d�tection des p�riph�riques r�seau et modem sera alors\n" -"lanc�e. Si cette d�tection �choue, d�cochez la case ��Utiliser\n" -"l'auto-d�tection��. Vous pouvez aussi choisir de ne pas configurer le\n" -"r�seau, ou de le faire plus tard. Dans ce cas, cliquez simplement sur\n" -"��Annuler��.\n" +"sur ��%s��. L'auto-d�tection des p�riph�riques r�seau et modem sera alors\n" +"lanc�e. Si cette d�tection �choue, d�cochez la case ��%s��. Vous pouvez\n" +"aussi choisir de ne pas configurer le r�seau, ou de le faire plus tard.\n" +"Dans ce cas, cliquez simplement sur ��%s��.\n" "\n" "Les types de connexion support�es sont : modem t�l�phonique, modem ISDN,\n" "connexion ADSL, modem c�ble ou simplement LAN (r�seau Ethernet).\n" @@ -1509,27 +1495,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n" "covers the entire Mandrake Linux distribution. If you do agree with all the\n" -"terms in it, check the \"Accept\" box. If not, simply turn off your\n" -"computer." +"terms in it, check the \"%s\" box. If not, simply turn off your computer." msgstr "" "Avant d'aller plus loin, il est fortement recommand� de lire attentivement\n" "les termes et conditions d'utilisations de la licence. Celle-ci r�git\n" "l'ensemble de la distribution Mandrake Linux. Si vous en acceptez tous les\n" -"termes, cochez la case ��Accepter��, sinon, �teignez simplement votre\n" -"ordinateur." +"termes, cochez la case ��%s��, sinon, �teignez simplement votre ordinateur." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "Graphic Card\n" "\n" -" The installer can normally automatically detect and configure the\n" +" The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n" "graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n" -"choose in this list the card you actually own.\n" +"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n" "\n" " In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n" -"without 3D acceleration, you are then proposed to choose the server that\n" -"best suits your needs." +"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n" +"suits your needs." msgstr "" "Carte graphique\n" "\n" @@ -1548,8 +1532,8 @@ msgid "" "time.\n" "\n" "DrakX will list all the services available on the current installation.\n" -"Review each one carefully and uncheck those which are not always needed at\n" -"boot time.\n" +"Review each one carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n" +"time.\n" "\n" "A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n" "selected. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n" @@ -1581,9 +1565,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Monitor\n" "\n" -" The installer can normally automatically detect and configure the\n" -"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not the case, you can choose in\n" -"this list the monitor you actually own." +" The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n" +"monitor connected to your machine. If it is correct, you can choose from\n" +"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer." msgstr "" "Moniteur\n" "\n" @@ -1598,35 +1582,34 @@ msgid "" "GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n" "local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n" "motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n" -"\"Hardware clock set to GMT \", which will let GNU/Linux know that the\n" -"system clock and the hardware clock are in the same timezone. This is\n" -"useful when the machine also hosts another operating system like Windows.\n" -"\n" -"The \"Automatic time synchronization \" option will automatically regulate\n" -"the clock by connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this\n" -"feature to work, you must have a working Internet connection. It is best to\n" -"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n" -"server that can used by other machines on your local network." +"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n" +"hardware clock are in the same timezone. This is useful when the machine\n" +"also hosts another operating system like Windows.\n" +"\n" +"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the clock by connecting to a\n" +"remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to work, you must have\n" +"a working Internet connection. It is best to choose a time server located\n" +"near you. This option actually installs a time server that can used by\n" +"other machines on your local network as well." msgstr "" -"GNU/Linux manipule l'heure au format GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) et la\n" +"GNU/Linux manipule l'heure au format GMT (��Greenwich Mean Time��) et la\n" "convertit en temps local selon le fuseau horaire choisi. Il est n�anmoins\n" -"possible de d�sactiver cela en d�s�lectionnant ��Horloge syst�me r�gl�e sur\n" -"le m�ridien de Greenwich�� de fa�on � ce que l'horloge mat�rielle soit la\n" -"m�me que celle du syst�me. Cela est particuli�rement utile si la machine\n" -"accueille un autre syst�me d'exploitation tel que Windows.\n" -"\n" -"La ��Synchronisation automatique�� permet de r�gler l'heure automatiquement\n" -"en se connectant � un serveur de temps sur Internet. Dans la liste qui est\n" -"alors pr�sent�e, choisissez un serveur g�ographiquement proche de vous.\n" -"Vous devez avoir une connexion Internet pour que cela fonctionne bien\n" -"entendu. Cela installera en fait sur votre machine un serveur de temps\n" -"local qui pourra, en option, �tre lui-m�me utilis� par d'autres machines de\n" -"votre r�seau local." +"possible de d�sactiver cela en d�s�lectionnant ��%s�� de fa�on � ce que\n" +"l'horloge mat�rielle soit la m�me que celle du syst�me. Cela est\n" +"particuli�rement utile si la machine accueille un autre syst�me\n" +"d'exploitation tel que Windows.\n" +"\n" +"La ��%s�� permet de r�gler l'heure automatiquement en se connectant � un\n" +"serveur de temps sur Internet. Dans la liste qui est alors pr�sent�e,\n" +"choisissez un serveur g�ographiquement proche de vous. Vous devez avoir une\n" +"connexion Internet pour que cela fonctionne bien entendu. Cela installera\n" +"en fait sur votre machine un serveur de temps local qui pourra, en option,\n" +"�tre lui-m�me utilis� par d'autres machines de votre r�seau local." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Here are Listed the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -1694,15 +1677,15 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"\"Country\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n" -"country, click on the \"Configure\" button and choose another one. If your\n" -"country is not in the first list shown, click the \"More\" button to get\n" -"the complete country list." +"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n" +"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n" +"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n" +"country list." msgstr "" -"��Country��: v�rifiez la section du pays. Si vous ne vous trouvez pas dans\n" -"ce pays, cliquez sur le bouton ��Configurer�� et choisissez le bon. Si\n" -"votre pays ne se trouve pas dans la premi�re liste, cliquez sur ��Plus��\n" -"pour avoir la liste compl�te." +"��%s��: v�rifiez la section du pays. Si vous ne vous trouvez pas dans ce\n" +"pays, cliquez sur le bouton ��%s�� et choisissez le bon. Si votre pays ne\n" +"se trouve pas dans la premi�re liste, cliquez sur ��%s�� pour avoir la\n" +"liste compl�te." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -1724,13 +1707,13 @@ msgid "" "the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n" "it.\n" "\n" -"Click on \"Next ->\" when you are ready to format partitions.\n" +"Click on \"%s\" when you are ready to format partitions.\n" "\n" -"Click on \"<- Previous\" if you want to choose another partition for your\n" -"new Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n" +"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n" +"Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n" "\n" -"Click on \"Advanced\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked\n" -"for bad blocks on the disk." +"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked for\n" +"bad blocks on the disk." msgstr "" "Les partitions ayant �t� nouvellement d�finies doivent �tre format�es (ce\n" "qui implique la cr�ation d'un syst�me de fichiers).\n" @@ -1741,32 +1724,32 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Sachez qu'il n'est pas n�cessaire de reformater toutes les partitions\n" "existantes. Vous devez formater les partitions contenant le syst�me\n" -"d'exploitation (comme ��/��,�� /usr�� ou ��/var��, mais il n'est pas\n" +"d'exploitation (comme ��/��, ��/usr�� ou ��/var��, mais il n'est pas\n" "n�cessaire de formater les partitions de donn�es, notamment ��/home��...\n" "\n" "Soyez prudent. Une fois que les partitions s�lectionn�es seront\n" "reformat�es, il sera impossible de r�cup�rer des donn�es.\n" "\n" -"Cliquez sur ��OK�� lorsque vous �tes pr�t � formater les partitions.\n" +"Cliquez sur ��%s�� lorsque vous �tes pr�t � formater les partitions.\n" "\n" -"Cliquez sur ��Annuler�� pour ajouter ou enlever une partition � formater.\n" +"Cliquez sur ��%s�� pour ajouter ou enlever une partition � formater.\n" "\n" -"Cliquer sur ��Avancer�� si vous d�sirez s�lectionner des partitions pour\n" -"une v�rification des secteurs d�fectueux (��Bad Blocks��)." +"Cliquer sur ��%s�� si vous d�sirez s�lectionner des partitions pour une\n" +"v�rification des secteurs d�fectueux (��Bad Blocks��)." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "Depending on the default language you chose in Section , DrakX will\n" "automatically select a particular type of keyboard configuration. However,\n" -"you might not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your language:\n" -"for example, if you are an English speaking Swiss person, you may have a\n" -"Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English but are located in Quebec, you may\n" -"find yourself in the same situation where your native language and keyboard\n" -"do not match. In either case, this installation step will allow you to\n" -"select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n" -"\n" -"Click on the \"More \" button to be presented with the complete list of\n" +"you may not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your language: for\n" +"example, if you are an English speaking Swiss person, you may have a Swiss\n" +"keyboard. Or if you speak English but are located in Quebec, you may find\n" +"yourself in the same situation where your native language and keyboard do\n" +"not match. In either case, this installation step will allow you to select\n" +"an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n" +"\n" +"Click on the \"%s\" button to be presented with the complete list of\n" "supported keyboards.\n" "\n" "If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n" @@ -1782,7 +1765,7 @@ msgstr "" "po�sie. Dans ces cas, il vous faudra revenir � cette �tape d'installation\n" "et s�lectionner un autre clavier � partir de la liste.\n" "\n" -"Cliquez sur ��Davantage�� pour voir toutes les options propos�es.\n" +"Cliquez sur ��%s�� pour voir toutes les options propos�es.\n" "\n" "Si vous choisissez un clavier bas� sur un alphabet non-latin, on vous\n" "demandera au prochain �cran de choisir la combinaison de cl�s permettant\n" @@ -1792,64 +1775,62 @@ msgstr "" # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n" -"ready to use. Just click \"Next ->\" to reboot the system. The first thing\n" -"you should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is\n" -"the bootloader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to\n" -"start.\n" +"ready to use. Just click \"%s\" to reboot the system. The first thing you\n" +"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n" +"bootloader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n" "\n" -"The \"Advanced\" button shows two more buttons to:\n" +"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n" "\n" -" * \"generate auto-install floppy\": to create an installation floppy disk\n" -"that will automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an\n" -"operator, similar to the installation you just configured.\n" +" * \"%s\": to create an installation floppy disk that will automatically\n" +"perform a whole installation without the help of an operator, similar to\n" +"the installation you just configured.\n" "\n" " Note that two different options are available after clicking the button:\n" "\n" -" * \"Replay\". This is a partially automated installation. The\n" -"partitioning step is the only interactive procedure.\n" +" * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n" +"step is the only interactive procedure.\n" "\n" -" * \"Automated\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is\n" -"completely rewritten, all data is lost.\n" +" * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n" +"rewritten, all data is lost.\n" "\n" " This feature is very handy when installing a number of similar machines.\n" "See the Auto install section on our web site for more information.\n" "\n" -" * \"Save packages selection\"(*): saves a list of the package selected in\n" -"this installation. To use this selection with another installation, insert\n" -"the floppy and start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key\n" -"and type >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\" <<.\n" +" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n" +"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n" +"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key and type >>linux\n" +"defcfg=\"floppy\" <<.\n" "\n" "(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy (to create one under GNU/Linux, type\n" "\"mformat a:\")" msgstr "" "Votre installation de Mandrake Linux est maintenant termin�e et votre\n" -"syst�me est pr�t � �tre utilis�. Cliquez sur ��OK�� pour red�marrer votre\n" +"syst�me est pr�t � �tre utilis�. Cliquez sur ��%s�� pour red�marrer votre\n" "syst�me. Vous aurez alors le choix de d�marrer GNU/Linux ou Windows (s'il\n" "est pr�sent).\n" "\n" -"Le bouton ��Avanc�e�� (en mode Expert uniquement) permet deux autres\n" -"options :\n" +"Le bouton ��%s�� (en mode Expert uniquement) permet deux autres options :\n" "\n" -" * ��G�n�rer une disquette d'auto-install��: Pour cr�er une disquette\n" -"d'installation qui permettra de reproduire l'installation que vous venez de\n" -"r�aliser sans l'aide d'un administrateur.\n" +" * ��%s��: Pour cr�er une disquette d'installation qui permettra de\n" +"reproduire l'installation que vous venez de r�aliser sans l'aide d'un\n" +"administrateur.\n" "\n" " Notez que les deux options suivantes apparaissent apr�s avoir cliqu� sur\n" "le bouton :\n" "\n" -" * ��Replay��. C'est une installation partiellement automatique o� il\n" -"est possible de personnaliser le partitionnement du disque (exclusivement).\n" +" * ��%s��. C'est une installation partiellement automatique o� il est\n" +"possible de personnaliser le partitionnement du disque (exclusivement).\n" "\n" -" * ��Automatique��. Compl�tement automatique, cette installation\n" -"reformate le disque au complet.\n" +" * ��%s��. Compl�tement automatique, cette installation reformate le\n" +"disque au complet.\n" "\n" " Cette fonctionnalit� est particuli�rement pratique pour l'installation\n" -"de multiples syst�mes. Voir la sectionAuto install de notre site Web.\n" +"de multiples syst�mes. Voir la section Auto install de notre site Web.\n" "\n" -" * ��Sauvegarder les paquetages s�lectionn�s�� (*) sauve la s�lection des\n" -"paquetages install�s. Puis, lorsque vous ferez une autre installation,\n" -"ins�rez la disquette dans le lecteur et acc�dez au menu d'aide en tapant\n" -"[f1], et entrez la commande suivante : ��linux defcfg=\"floppy\"��.\n" +" * ��%s�� (*) sauve la s�lection des paquetages install�s. Puis, lorsque\n" +"vous ferez une autre installation, ins�rez la disquette dans le lecteur et\n" +"acc�dez au menu d'aide en tapant [f1], et entrez la commande suivante :\n" +"��linux defcfg=\"floppy\"��.\n" "\n" "(*) Vous avez besoin d'une disquette format�e avec FAT (pour la cr�er sous\n" "Linux, tapez ��mformat a:��)" @@ -1859,7 +1840,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mandrake Linux system. If partitions have already been\n" -"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or from another\n" +"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" "partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" @@ -1869,43 +1850,40 @@ msgid "" "\n" "To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"Clear all\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard\n" -"drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" "\n" -" * \"Auto allocate\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3\n" -"and swap partitions in free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" "\n" -"\"More\": gives access to additional features:\n" +"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" -" * \"Save partition table\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful\n" -"for later partition-table recovery, if necessary. It is strongly\n" -"recommended that you perform this step.\n" +" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n" +"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n" +"perform this step.\n" "\n" -" * \"Restore partition table\": allows you to restore a previously saved\n" -"partition table from a floppy disk.\n" +" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n" +"floppy disk.\n" "\n" -" * \"Rescue partition table\": if your partition table is damaged, you can\n" -"try to recover it using this option. Please be careful and remember that it\n" -"doesn't always work.\n" +" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n" +"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it doesn't always\n" +"work.\n" "\n" -" * \"Reload partition table\": discards all changes and reloads the\n" -"partition table that was originally on the hard drive.\n" +" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" +"originally on the hard drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"Removable media automounting\": unchecking this option will force\n" -"users to manually mount and unmount removable medias such as floppies and\n" -"CD-ROMs.\n" +" * \"%s\": unchecking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" +"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" -" * \"Wizard\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition\n" -"your hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good\n" -"understanding of partitioning.\n" +" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" +"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"partitioning.\n" "\n" -" * \"Undo\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" +" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" -" * \"Toggle to normal/expert mode\": allows additional actions on\n" -"partitions (type, options, format) and gives more information about the\n" -"hard drive.\n" +" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" +"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"Done\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -1945,44 +1923,41 @@ msgstr "" "Pour partitionner, le disque dur s�lectionn�, vous pouvez utiliser les\n" "options suivantes :\n" "\n" -" * ��Tout effacer��: cette option effacera toutes les partitions sur le\n" -"disque s�lectionn�;\n" +" * ��%s��: cette option effacera toutes les partitions sur le disque\n" +"s�lectionn�;\n" "\n" -" * ��Attribution Automatique��: cette option permet de cr�er un syst�me de\n" -"ficher ext3 et ��Swap�� dans l'espace libre sur votre disque;\n" +" * ��%s��: cette option permet de cr�er un syst�me de ficher ext3 et\n" +"��Swap�� dans l'espace libre sur votre disque;\n" "\n" -"��Plus d'options��: permet d'acc�der � des fonctionnalit�s additionnelles :\n" +"��%s��: permet d'acc�der � des fonctionnalit�s additionnelles :\n" "\n" -" * ��Sauvegarder la table de partition��: sauve la table de partition sur\n" -"un disque amovibles. Cette option s'av�re particuli�rement pratique pour\n" -"r�parer des partitions endommag�es. Il est fortement recommand� de proc�der\n" -"ainsi;\n" +" * ��%s��: sauve la table de partition sur un disque amovibles. Cette\n" +"option s'av�re particuli�rement pratique pour r�parer des partitions\n" +"endommag�es. Il est fortement recommand� de proc�der ainsi;\n" "\n" -" * ��Restaurer la table de partition��: permet de restaurer une table de\n" -"partition sauv�e au pr�alable sur une disquette.\n" +" * ��%s��: permet de restaurer une table de partition sauv�e au pr�alable\n" +"sur une disquette.\n" "\n" -" * ��R�cup�rer une partition��: si votre table de partition est endommag�e,\n" -"vous pouvez essayer de la r�cup�rer avec ces options. Soyez prudent et\n" -"sachez que cela ne fonctionne pas � coup s�r.\n" +" * ��%s��: si votre table de partition est endommag�e, vous pouvez essayer\n" +"de la r�cup�rer avec ces options. Soyez prudent et sachez que cela ne\n" +"fonctionne pas � coup s�r.\n" "\n" -" * ��Recharger la table de partition��: �carte les changements et charge la\n" -"table de partition initiale;\n" +" * ��%s��: �carte les changements et charge la table de partition initiale;\n" "\n" -" * ��Chargement automatique des m�dias amovibles��: en cochant cette case,\n" -"les CD-ROM et disquettes (et autres support) seront charg�s\n" -"automatiquement.\n" +" * ��%s��: en cochant cette case, les CD-ROM et disquettes (et autres\n" +"support) seront charg�s automatiquement.\n" "\n" -" * ��Assistant��: utilisez cette option si vous souhaitez utiliser un\n" -"assistant pour partitionner votre disque. Cette option est particuli�rement\n" +" * ��%s��: utilisez cette option si vous souhaitez utiliser un assistant\n" +"pour partitionner votre disque. Cette option est particuli�rement\n" "recommand�e si vous faites vos premiers pas avec les partitions.\n" "\n" -" * ��D�faire��: utilisez cette option pour annuler vos changements;\n" +" * ��%s��: utilisez cette option pour annuler vos changements;\n" "\n" -" * �� Changez de mode normal/expert��: permet des actions additionnelles\n" -"sur les partitions (type, options, format) et donne plus d'informations;\n" +" * ��%s��: permet des actions additionnelles sur les partitions (type,\n" +"options, format) et donne plus d'informations;\n" "\n" -" * ��Terminer��: une fois le partitionnement termin�, ce bouton vous\n" -"permettra de sauvegarder vos changements sur le disque.\n" +" * ��%s��: une fois le partitionnement termin�, ce bouton vous permettra de\n" +"sauvegarder vos changements sur le disque.\n" "\n" "Lorsque vous d�finissez la taille d'une partition, vous pouvez choisir\n" "pr�cis�ment la taille de celle-ci en utilisant les Fl�ches de votre\n" diff --git a/perl-install/share/po/help-it.pot b/perl-install/share/po/help-it.pot index 1257b489e..14c511349 100644 --- a/perl-install/share/po/help-it.pot +++ b/perl-install/share/po/help-it.pot @@ -1,80 +1,6 @@ - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of\n" -"boot options that will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n" -"\n" -"If there are other operating systems installed on your machine they will\n" -"automatically be added to the boot menu. You can fine-tune the existing\n" -"options by clicking \"Add\" to create a new entry; selecting an entry and\n" -"clicking \"Modify\" or \"Remove\" to modify or remove it. \"OK\" validates\n" -"your changes.\n" -"\n" -"You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to\n" -"anyone who goes to the console and reboots the machine. You can delete the\n" -"corresponding entries for the operating systems to remove them from the\n" -"bootloader menu, but you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other\n" -"operating systems!" msgstr "" -"Dopo aver configurato i parametri generali del bootloader, verrà mostrata\n" -"la lista delle opzioni che saranno disponibili al momento dell'avvio del\n" -"sistema.\n" -"\n" -"Se sulla vostra macchina è installato un altro sistema operativo, verrà\n" -"automaticamente aggiunto al menu di avvio. Qui potete scegliere una\n" -"configurazione più precisa delle opzioni disponibili. Cliccate su una delle\n" -"voci e poi su \"Modifica\" per modificarla o rimuoverla; \"Aggiungi\" crea\n" -"una nuova voce; cliccando su \"Fatto\" passerete alla fase successiva.\n" -"\n" -"Potreste anche non voler dare l'accesso a questi sistemi operativi a\n" -"chiunque, nel qual caso potete cancellare le voci corrispondenti, ma così\n" -"facendo, per caricarli, avrete bisogno di un boot disk!" - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"Your choice of preferred language will affect the language of the\n" -"documentation, the installer and the system in general. Select first the\n" -"region you are located in, and then the language you speak.\n" -"\n" -"Clicking on the \"Advanced\" button will allow you to select other\n" -"languages to be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the\n" -"language-specific files for system documentation and applications. For\n" -"example, if you will host users from Spain on your machine, select English\n" -"as the default language in the tree view and \"Espanol\" in the Advanced\n" -"section.\n" -"\n" -"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. Once\n" -"you have selected additional locales, click the \"Next ->\" button to\n" -"continue.\n" -"\n" -"To switch between the various languages installed on the system, you can\n" -"launch the \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the\n" -"language used by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user\n" -"will only change the language settings for that particular user." -msgstr "" -"Il primo passo è scegliere la lingua che preferite.\n" -"\n" -"Scegliete la lingua che intendete usare per la fase di installazione e\n" -"l'uso del sistema.\n" -"\n" -"Cliccando sul pulsante \"Avanzato\" potrete scegliere altre lingue da\n" -"installare sul vostro computer. La selezione di altre lingue comporta\n" -"l'installazione dei file relativi alla documentazione e alle applicazioni\n" -"per ciascuna di esse. Se il vostro computer dovrà essere usato, ad esempio,\n" -"anche da persone di madre lingua spagnola, potete scegliere l'italiano come\n" -"lingua principale nella struttura ad albero e, nella sezione \"Avanzato\",\n" -"apporre un segno di spunta sul pulsante grigio corrispondente a\n" -"\"Spanish|Spain\".\n" -"\n" -"È possibile installare i file per più lingue allo stesso tempo. Dopo aver\n" -"scelto quelle che preferite cliccate sul pulsante \"Ok\" per proseguire.\n" -"\n" -"Per passare da una lingua all'altra potete utilizzare il comando\n" -"\"/usr/sbin/localedrake\": come \"root\" per cambiare la lingua utilizzata\n" -"in tutto il sistema, o come utente normale per cambiare solamente la lingua\n" -"usata da quell'utente." +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -95,51 +21,49 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Depending on your hard drive configuration, several options are available:\n" "\n" -" * \"Use free space\": this option will perform an automatic partitioning\n" -"of your blank drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further\n" -"prompts.\n" -"\n" -" * \"Use existing partition\": the wizard has detected one or more existing\n" -"Linux partitions on your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this\n" -"option. You will then be asked to choose the mount points associated with\n" -"each of the partitions. The legacy mount points are selected by default,\n" -"and for the most part it's a good idea to keep them.\n" -"\n" -" * \"Use the free space on the Windows partition\": if Microsoft Windows is\n" -"installed on your hard drive and takes all the space available on it, you\n" -"have to create free space for Linux data. To do so, you can delete your\n" -"Microsoft Windows partition and data (see `` Erase entire disk'' solution)\n" -"or resize your Microsoft Windows FAT partition. Resizing can be performed\n" -"without the loss of any data, provided you previously defragment the\n" -"Windows partition and that it uses the FAT format. Backing up your data is\n" -"strongly recommended.. Using this option is recommended if you want to use\n" -"both Mandrake Linux and Microsoft Windows on the same computer.\n" +" * \"%s\": this option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" +"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": the wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" +"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" +"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" +"a good idea to keep them.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": if Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" +"Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and data\n" +"(see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows FAT\n" +"partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any data, provided\n" +"you have previously defragmented the Windows partition and that it uses the\n" +"FAT format. Backing up your data is strongly recommended.. Using this\n" +"option is recommended if you want to use both Mandrake Linux and Microsoft\n" +"Windows on the same computer.\n" "\n" " Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n" "procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n" "then when you started. You will have less free space under Microsoft\n" "Windows to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" -" * \"Erase entire disk\": if you want to delete all data and all partitions\n" -"present on your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandrake Linux\n" -"system, choose this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to\n" -"undo your choice after you confirm.\n" +" * \"%s\": if you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" +"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandrake Linux system,\n" +"choose this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo your\n" +"choice after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"Remove Windows\": this will simply erase everything on the drive and\n" -"begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch. All data on your disk\n" -"will be lost.\n" +" * \"%s\": this will simply erase everything on the drive and begin fresh,\n" +"partitioning everything from scratch. All data on your disk will be lost.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"Custom disk partitionning\": choose this option if you want to\n" -"manually partition your hard drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but\n" -"dangerous choice and you can very easily lose all your data. That's why\n" -"this option is really only recommended if you have done something like this\n" -"before and have some experience. For more instructions on how to use the\n" -"DiskDrake utility, refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions '' section in\n" -"the ``Starter Guide''." +" * \"%s\": choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n" +"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n" +"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n" +"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n" +"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n" +"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions '' section in the ``Starter\n" +"Guide''." msgstr "" "A questo punto dovete scegliere dove installare il vostro sistema operativo\n" "Mandrake Linux sul disco rigido. Se il vostro disco è vuoto, oppure se un\n" @@ -148,129 +72,124 @@ msgstr "" "suddividerlo logicamente in maniera da creare lo spazio sufficiente per\n" "installare il vostro nuovo sistema operativo Mandrake Linux.\n" "\n" -"Dato che gli effetti del partizionamento sono di solito irreversibili,\n" -"questa operazione può intimidire e rivelarsi stressante per un utente\n" -"inesperto. Fortunatamente, avete a vostra disposizione un assistente che\n" -"semplifica questo passo. Prima di iniziare leggete attentamente il manuale,\n" -"e prendete tutto il tempo che vi serve.\n" -"\n" -"Se state effettuando l'installazione in modalità Esperto, verrà lanciato\n" -"DiskDrake, il programma di partizionamento di Mandrake Linux, che vi\n" -"permetterà di impostare accuratamente le vostre partizioni. Consultate il\n" -"capitolo relativo a DiskDrake nella ''Guida introduttiva''. Dal programma\n" -"di installazione potete richiamare gli assistenti descritti qui di seguito\n" -"cliccando sul pulsante \"Assistente\" (ingl. ''Wizard'').\n" -"\n" -"Se le partizioni sono già state definite (per una precedente installazione,\n" -"o da un'altra utilità di partizionamento), dovrete solo scegliere quelle da\n" -"usare per installare il vostro sistema Linux.\n" -"\n" -"Se le partizioni non sono ancora state definite, dovete crearle usando\n" -"l'assistente. In base alla configurazione del vostro disco rigido, saranno\n" -"disponibili diverse soluzioni:\n" -"\n" -" * \"Usa spazio disponibile\": questa opzione causerà un partizionamento\n" -"automatico del vostro disco rigido (o dischi, se ne avete più di uno). Non\n" -"vi verrà posta nessun'altra domanda.\n" -"\n" -" * \"Usa partizioni esistenti\": l'assistente ha trovato una o più\n" -"partizioni Linux sul vostro disco rigido. Se desiderate usarle scegliete\n" -"questa opzione. Vi verrà chiesto di scegliere il punto di mount associato a\n" -"ciascuna partizione. Come opzione predefinita verranno mantenuti i punti di\n" -"mount precedenti e, in genere, è buona norma non modificarli.\n" -"\n" -" * \"Usa lo spazio libero nella partizione Windows\": se Microsoft Windows\n" -"è installato sul vostro disco rigido e occupa tutto lo spazio disponibile,\n" -"dovrete creare spazio libero per i dati relativi a Linux. Per farlo potete\n" -"cancellare la vostra partizione Microsoft Windows e i dati che contiene\n" -"(usando le soluzioni \"Cancella l'intero disco\" o \"Modo Esperto\"),\n" -"oppure ridimensionarla. Il ridimensionamento può essere effettuato evitando\n" -"la perdita di dati a patto che prima di procedere la partizione Windows sia\n" -"stata deframmentata. Vi raccomandiamo anche di fare un backup dei vostri\n" -"dati. Questa è la soluzione consigliata se desiderate usare sia Mandrake\n" -"Linux sia Microsoft Windows sullo stesso computer.\n" +"Dato che gli effetti del partizionamento sono di solito irreversibili e\n" +"possono causare la perdita di dati se sul disco rigido è già installato un\n" +"sistema operativo, questa operazione può intimidire e rivelarsi stressante\n" +"per un utente inesperto. Per fortuna DrakX mette a vostra disposizione un\n" +"assistente che semplifica questo passo. Prima di cominciare leggete\n" +"attentamente questa sezione e, soprattutto, fate le cose con calma.\n" +"\n" +"In base alla configurazione del vostro disco rigido, saranno disponibili\n" +"diverse opzioni:\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": questa opzione causerà un partizionamento automatico del vostro\n" +"disco rigido (o dischi, se ne avete più di uno). Non vi verrà posta\n" +"nessun'altra domanda.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": l'assistente ha trovato una o più partizioni Linux sul vostro\n" +"disco rigido. Se desiderate usarle scegliete questa opzione. Vi verrà\n" +"chiesto di scegliere il punto di mount associato a ciascuna partizione.\n" +"Come opzione predefinita verranno mantenuti i punti di mount precedenti e,\n" +"in genere, è buona norma non modificarli.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": se Microsoft Windows è installato sul vostro disco rigido e\n" +"occupa tutto lo spazio disponibile, dovrete creare spazio libero per i dati\n" +"relativi a Linux. Per farlo potete cancellare la vostra partizione\n" +"Microsoft Windows e i dati che contiene (ricorrendo all'opzione ''Cancella\n" +"l'intero disco''), oppure ridimensionarla se è di tipo FAT. Il\n" +"ridimensionamento può essere effettuato evitando la perdita di dati a patto\n" +"che prima di procedere la partizione Windows sia stata deframmentata. Vi\n" +"raccomandiamo anche di fare un backup dei vostri dati. Questa è la\n" +"soluzione consigliata se desiderate usare sia Mandrake Linux sia Microsoft\n" +"Windows sullo stesso computer.\n" "\n" " Prima di scegliere questa opzione, tenete presente che la dimensione\n" "della partizione su cui risiede Microsoft Windows sarà ridotta rispetto a\n" "quella attuale. Ciò significa che avrete meno spazio libero per archiviare\n" "i vostri dati o installare nuovo software su Windows.\n" "\n" -" * \"Cancella l'intero disco\": se desiderate cancellare tutti i dati e\n" -"tutte le partizioni presenti sul vostro disco rigido e rimpiazzarli con il\n" -"vostro nuovo sistema Mandrake Linux, potete selezionare questa opzione.\n" -"Fate attenzione nello scegliere questa soluzione, dopo la conferma non\n" -"potrete più tornare indietro.\n" +" * \"%s\": se desiderate cancellare tutti i dati e tutte le partizioni\n" +"presenti sul vostro disco rigido e rimpiazzarli con il vostro nuovo sistema\n" +"Mandrake Linux, potete selezionare questa opzione. Fate attenzione nello\n" +"scegliere questa soluzione, dopo la conferma non potrete più tornare\n" +"indietro.\n" "\n" " !! Se scegliete questa opzione, tutti i dati sul vostro disco andranno\n" "persi. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"Cancella Windows\": l'effetto di questa opzione sarà di cancellare\n" -"tutto quello che si trova sul disco e di ricominciare da capo, creando le\n" -"partizioni su un disco vuoto. Tutti i dati presenti sul vostro disco\n" -"andranno persi.\n" +" * \"%s\": l'effetto di questa opzione sarà di cancellare tutto quello che\n" +"si trova sul disco e di ricominciare da capo, creando le partizioni su un\n" +"disco vuoto. Tutti i dati presenti sul vostro disco andranno persi.\n" "\n" " !! Se scegliete questa opzione, tutti i dati sul vostro disco andranno\n" "persi. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"Modo Esperto\": se volete partizionare manualmente il vostro disco\n" -"rigido potete scegliere questa opzione. Fate attenzione prima di optare per\n" -"questa soluzione: è potente, ma molto pericolosa. Potreste facilmente\n" -"causare la perdita di tutti i vostri dati. Quindi, non sceglietela se non\n" -"sapete cosa state facendo. Per ulteriori informazioni riguardo il\n" -"funzionamento di DiskDrake, consultate la sezione ''Gestione delle\n" -"partizioni'' della ''''Guida introduttiva''''." +" * \"%s\": se volete partizionare manualmente il vostro disco rigido potete\n" +"scegliere questa opzione. Fate attenzione prima di optare per questa\n" +"soluzione: è potente, ma molto pericolosa, potreste facilmente causare la\n" +"perdita di tutti i vostri dati. Pertanto la suggeriamo soltanto nel caso\n" +"che abbiate già fatto qualcosa di simile in precedenza e abbiate una certa\n" +"esperienza. Per ulteriori informazioni riguardo il funzionamento di\n" +"DiskDrake, consultate la sezione ''Gestione delle partizioni'' della\n" +"''Guida introduttiva''." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" -"Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data present on it will be lost\n" -"and will not be recoverable!" +"Resolution\n" +"\n" +" Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n" +"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n" +"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n" +"configuration is shown in the monitor." msgstr "" -"Scegliete il disco rigido che volete cancellare per poter installare la\n" -"nuova partizione per Mandrake Linux. Attenzione! tutti i dati presenti\n" -"andranno perduti e non saranno più recuperabili!" +"Risoluzione\n" +"\n" +" Qui potete scegliere risoluzione e profondità di colore tra quelle\n" +"disponibili per il vostro hardware. Scegliete le impostazioni che meglio si\n" +"adattano ai vostri bisogni (potrete cambiare la configurazione anche dopo\n" +"l'installazione, comunque). All'interno del monitor è visibile un'anteprima\n" +"della configurazione selezionata." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system, meaning each user can have their own\n" +"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system, meaning each user may have their own\n" "preferences, their own files and so on. You can read the ``Starter Guide''\n" -"to learn more about multi-user systems. But unlike \"root\", which is the\n" +"to learn more about multi-user systems. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n" "system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be\n" "authorized to change anything except their own files and their own\n" -"configuration, protecting the system from unintentional or malicious\n" -"changes that impact the system as a whole. You will have to create at least\n" -"one regular user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use\n" -"for routine, day-to-day use. Although it is very easy to log in as \"root\"\n" -"to do anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A mistake\n" -"could mean that your system would not work any more. If you make a serious\n" -"mistake as a regular user, the worst that will happen is that you will lose\n" -"some information, but not affect the entire system.\n" +"configurations, protecting the system from unintentional or malicious\n" +"changes that impact on the system as a whole. You will have to create at\n" +"least one regular user for yourself -- this is the account which you should\n" +"use for routine, day-to-day use. Although it is very easy to log in as\n" +"\"root\" to do anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A\n" +"very simple mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If\n" +"you make a serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that will happen is\n" +"that you will lose some information, but not affect the entire system.\n" "\n" "The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n" "-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n" -"you typed in and copy it to the \"User name\" field, which is the name this\n" -"user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override the\n" -"default and change the username. The next step is to enter a password. From\n" -"a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is not\n" -"as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that is no reason to neglect it by\n" -"making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones at\n" -"risk.\n" -"\n" -"Once you click on \"Accept user\", you can add other users. Add a user for\n" -"each one of your friends: your father or your sister, for example. Click\n" -"\"Next ->\" when you have finished adding users.\n" -"\n" -"Clicking the \"Advanced\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\"\n" -"for that user (bash by default).\n" -"\n" -"When you are finished adding all users, you will be asked to choose a user\n" +"you typed in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" field, which is the name\n" +"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n" +"the default and change the username. The next step is to enter a password.\n" +"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n" +"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that is no reason to neglect\n" +"it by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the\n" +"ones at risk.\n" +"\n" +"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n" +"of your friends: your father or your sister, for example. Click \"%s\" when\n" +"you have finished adding users.\n" +"\n" +"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n" +"that user (bash by default).\n" +"\n" +"When you have finished adding users, you will be asked to choose a user\n" "that can automatically log into the system when the computer boots up. If\n" "you are interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n" -"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click \"Next\n" -"->\". If you are not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"Do you want\n" -"to use this feature?\" box." +"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click \"%s\".\n" +"If you are not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box." msgstr "" "GNU/Linux è un sistema operativo multiutente, ciò significa che ciascun\n" "utente può disporre di una configurazione personalizzata, di uno spazio per\n" @@ -288,18 +207,18 @@ msgstr "" "Prima di tutto, inserite il vostro nome reale. Naturalmente questo non è\n" "obbligatorio: potete digitare quello che volete. Fatto questo, DrakX\n" "prenderà la prima parola che avete inserito nel campo di testo e la copierà\n" -"alla voce \"Nome utente\". Questo è il nome che l'utente dovrà usare per\n" -"accedere al sistema, ma potete cambiarlo. Poi digitate una password per\n" -"questo utente. La password di un utente non privilegiato dal punto di vista\n" -"della sicurezza non è cruciale come quella di \"root\", ovviamente, ma non\n" -"c'è motivo di essere frettolosi: dopo tutto, si tratta dei vostri file.\n" -"\n" -"Se cliccate su \"Accetta utente\", potrete poi aggiungerne un altro, e\n" -"altri ancora, a vostra discrezione. Aggiungete un utente per ciascuno dei\n" -"vostri amici, oppure per vostro padre e vostro fratello, ad esempio. Dopo\n" -"aver aggiunto tutti gli utenti che volete, selezionate \"Fatto\".\n" -"\n" -"Cliccando sul pulsante \"Avanzato\" potrete cambiare la \"shell\" per\n" +"alla voce \"%s\". Questo è il nome che l'utente dovrà usare per accedere al\n" +"sistema, ma potete cambiarlo. Poi digitate una password per questo utente.\n" +"La password di un utente non privilegiato dal punto di vista della\n" +"sicurezza non è cruciale come quella di \"root\", ovviamente, ma non c'è\n" +"motivo di essere frettolosi: dopo tutto, si tratta dei vostri file.\n" +"\n" +"Se cliccate su \"%s\", potrete poi aggiungerne un altro, e altri ancora, a\n" +"vostra discrezione. Aggiungete un utente per ciascuno dei vostri amici,\n" +"oppure per vostro padre e vostro fratello, ad esempio. Dopo aver aggiunto\n" +"tutti gli utenti che volete, selezionate \"%s\".\n" +"\n" +"Cliccando sul pulsante \"%s\" potrete cambiare la \"shell\" per\n" "quell'utente (quella predefinita è bash).\n" "\n" "Quando avrete finito di aggiungere utenti al sistema, vi verrà proposto di\n" @@ -307,23 +226,8 @@ msgstr "" "computer ha terminato la fase di boot. Se questa caratteristica vi\n" "interessa (e non tenete particolarmente alla sicurezza locale), scegliete\n" "l'utente desiderato e l'ambiente grafico che preferite, poi cliccate su\n" -"\"Sì\". Se la cosa non vi interessa, cliccate su \"No\"." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"Finally, you will be asked whether you want to see the graphical interface\n" -"at boot. Note this question will be asked even if you chose not to test the\n" -"configuration. Obviously, you want to answer \"No\" if your machine is to\n" -"act as a server, or if you were not successful in getting the display\n" -"configured." -msgstr "" -"Per finire, vi verrà chiesto se desiderate avviare automaticamente\n" -"l'interfaccia grafica subito dopo il boot. Si noti che tale domanda verrà\n" -"fatta anche se avete deciso di non provare la vostra configurazione di X.\n" -"Ovviamente è opportuno rispondere \"No\" nel caso in cui la vostra macchina\n" -"svolga le funzioni di server, oppure se non siete riuscite a configurare il\n" -"server grafico." +"\"%s\". Se la cosa non vi interessa, rimuovete il segno di spunta dalla\n" +"casella \"%s\"." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -347,8 +251,8 @@ msgid "" "choose between CD, OF boot, MacOS or Linux;\n" "\n" " * Kernel Boot Timeout: this timeout is similar to the LILO boot delay.\n" -"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second before your\n" -"default kernel description is selected;\n" +"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second increments\n" +"before your default kernel description is selected;\n" "\n" " * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``C'' for CD\n" "at the first boot prompt.\n" @@ -382,7 +286,7 @@ msgstr "" "After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second before your\n" "default kernel description is selected.\n" "\n" -" * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose \"C\" for CD\n" +" * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ''C'' for CD\n" "at the first boot prompt.\n" "\n" " * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose \"N\" for\n" @@ -394,136 +298,18 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level desired\n" -"for the machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n" -"higher if the machine will contain crucial data, or if it will be a machine\n" -"directly exposed to the Internet. The trade-off of a higher security level\n" -"is generally obtained at the expense of ease of use. Refer to the \"msec\"\n" -"chapter of the ``Command Line Manual'' to get more information about the\n" -"meaning of these levels.\n" -"\n" -"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option." -msgstr "" -"Ora è il momento di scegliere il livello di sicurezza desiderato per il\n" -"vostro sistema. Come regola generale, quanto più esposta è la macchina e\n" -"quanto più sono importanti i dati che contiene, tanto più alto dovrebbe\n" -"essere il livello di sicurezza. Tenete presente, tuttavia, che un livello\n" -"di sicurezza molto alto in genere viene ottenuto a spese della facilità\n" -"d'uso. Per maggiori informazioni riguardo il significato di questi livelli\n" -"potete consultare il capitolo \"msec\" del ''Manuale di Riferimento''.\n" -"\n" -"Se non sapete cosa scegliere, mantenete l'opzione predefinita." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n" -"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux." -msgstr "" -"Scegliete la porta appropriata. La porta \"COM1\" sotto Windows, ad\n" -"esempio, è chiamata \"ttyS0\" sotto GNU/Linux." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of various information it has\n" -"about your system. Depending on your installed hardware, you may have some\n" -"or all of the following entries:\n" -"\n" -" * \"Mouse\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n" -"to change it if necessary.\n" -"\n" -" * \"Keyboard\": check the current keyboard map configuration and click on\n" -"the button to change that if necessary.\n" -"\n" -" * \"Country\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n" -"country, click on the button and choose another one.\n" -"\n" -" * \"Timezone\": By default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the\n" -"primary language you have chosen. But here, just as in your choice of a\n" -"keyboard, you may not be in the country with which the chosen language\n" -"should correspond. You may need to click on the \"Timezone\" button to\n" -"configure the clock for the correct timezone.\n" -"\n" -" * \"Printer\": clicking on the \"No Printer\" button will open the printer\n" -"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n" -"Guide'' for more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface\n" -"presented there is similar to the one used during installation.\n" -"\n" -" * \"Bootloader\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration,\n" -"click that button. This should be reserved to advanced users.\n" -"\n" -" * \"Graphical Interface\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical\n" -"interface in \"800x600\" resolution. If that does not suits you, click on\n" -"the button to reconfigure your grapical interface.\n" -"\n" -" * \"Network\": If you want to configure your Internet or local network\n" -"access now, you can by clicking on this button.\n" -"\n" -" * \"Sound card\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is\n" -"displayed here. If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that\n" -"is actually present on your system, you can click on the button and choose\n" -"another driver.\n" -"\n" -" * \"TV card\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n" -"here. If you have a TV card and it is not detected, click on the button to\n" -"try to configure it manually.\n" -"\n" -" * \"ISDN card\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it will be\n" -"displayed here. You can click on the button to change the parameters\n" -"associated with the card." -msgstr "" -"Qui sono riportati vari parametri relativi al vostro sistema. In base\n" -"all'hardware installato, potrebbero essere visualizzate le seguenti voci:\n" -"\n" -" * \"Mouse\": controllate la configurazione attuale del mouse, e cliccate\n" -"sul pulsante per cambiarla, se necessario.\n" -"\n" -" * \"Tastiera\": controllate l'attuale impostazione della tastiera, e\n" -"cliccate sul pulsante per cambiarla, se necessario.\n" -"\n" -" * DrakX, inizialmente \"Fuso orario\": il fuso orario è dedotto dalla\n" -"lingua che avete scelto. Ma anche in questo caso, come per la tastiera,\n" -"potreste non trovarvi nella nazione cui corrisponde la lingua che avete\n" -"scelto; in tal caso sarà necessario cliccare su questo pulsante per\n" -"configurare il fuso orario in base a quello dell'area geografica in cui\n" -"vivete.\n" -"\n" -" * \"Stampante\": cliccando sul pulsante \"Nessuna stampante\" verrà\n" -"lanciato l'assistente di configurazione della stampante. Consultate il\n" -"relativo capitolo della ''Guida introduttiva'' per avere maggiori\n" -"informazioni su come configurare una nuova stampante. L'interfaccia\n" -"descritta in tale sede è simile a quella utilizzata nel corso\n" -"dell'installazione.\n" -"\n" -" * \"Scheda audio\": se sul vostro sistema è stata individuata una scheda\n" -"audio, verrà mostrata qui. Al momento dell'installazione non è possibile\n" -"apportare alcuna modifica.\n" -"\n" -" * \"Scheda TV\": se sul vostro sistema è stata individuata una scheda TV,\n" -"verrà mostrata qui. Se disponete di una scheda TV che non è stata\n" -"individuata, cliccate sul pulsante per cercare di configurarla a mano.\n" -"\n" -" * se sul vostro sistema è stata \"Scheda ISDN\": individuata una scheda\n" -"ISDN, verrà mostrata qui. Potete cliccare sul pulsante relativo per\n" -"cambiarne i parametri." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"This step is activated only if an ols GNU/Linux partition has been found on\n" +"This step is activated only if an old GNU/Linux partition has been found on\n" "your machine.\n" "\n" "DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new install or an upgrade\n" "of an existing Mandrake Linux system:\n" "\n" -" * \"Install\": For the most part, this completely wipes out the old\n" -"system. If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or\n" -"change the file system, you should use this option. However, depending on\n" -"your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of your existing data from\n" -"being over- written.\n" +" * \"%s\": For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system. If\n" +"you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or change the file\n" +"system, you should use this option. However, depending on your partitioning\n" +"scheme, you can prevent some of your existing data from being over-written.\n" "\n" -" * \"Upgrade\": this installation class allows you to update the packages\n" +" * \"%s\": this installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mandrake Linux system. Your current\n" "partitioning scheme and user data is not altered. Most of other\n" "configuration steps remain available, similar to a standard installation.\n" @@ -532,48 +318,28 @@ msgid "" "running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an Upgrade on versions prior\n" "to Mandrake Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended." msgstr "" +"Questo passo viene attivato soltanto se sulla vostra macchina è presente\n" +"una vecchia partizione GNU/Linux.\n" +"\n" "A questo punto DrakX deve sapere se intendete effettuare un'installazione\n" -"in modalità standard (\"Raccomandata\") o se preferite avere un maggior\n" -"controllo su di essa (\"Esperto\"). Inoltre potete scegliere se effettuare\n" -"una nuova installazione o un aggiornamento di un sistema Mandrake Linux\n" -"esistente:\n" -"\n" -" * \"Installazione\" Cancella completamente il vecchio sistema. A seconda\n" -"di come è strutturato il sistema preesistente, tuttavia, è possibile\n" -"mantenere inalterate alcune delle vecchie partizioni (Linux e altre).\n" -"\n" -" * \"Aggiornamento\" Questo tipo di installazione vi permette di effettuare\n" -"un semplice aggiornamento dei pacchetti installati sul vostro sistema\n" -"Mandrake Linux. Conserva tutte le partizioni attuali del disco rigido, come\n" -"pure le configurazioni individuali degli utenti. Tutti gli altri passi\n" -"relativi alla configurazione restano disponibili, come per una\n" +"in modalità standard (\"%s\") o se preferite avere un maggior controllo su\n" +"di essa (\"%s\"). Inoltre potete scegliere se effettuare una nuova\n" +"installazione o un aggiornamento di un sistema Mandrake Linux esistente:\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\" Cancella completamente il vecchio sistema. A seconda di come è\n" +"strutturato il sistema preesistente, tuttavia, è possibile mantenere\n" +"inalterate alcune delle vecchie partizioni (Linux e altre).\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\" Questo tipo di installazione vi permette di effettuare un\n" +"semplice aggiornamento dei pacchetti installati sul vostro sistema Mandrake\n" +"Linux. Conserva tutte le partizioni attuali del disco rigido, come pure le\n" +"configurazioni e i dati individuali degli utenti. La maggior parte degli\n" +"altri passi relativi alla configurazione restano disponibili, come per una\n" "installazione da zero.\n" "\n" -" * \"Solo aggiornamento pacchetti\" Questa nuova opzione vi permette di\n" -"aggiornare un sistema Mandrake Linux esistente lasciando intatta la\n" -"configurazione globale del sistema. È anche possibile aggiungere nuovi\n" -"pacchetti all'installazione corrente.\n" -"\n" -"Gli aggiornamenti dovrebbero svolgersi senza difficoltà per sistemi\n" -"Mandrake Linux a partire dalla versione \"8.1\".\n" -"\n" -"Scegliete una delle seguenti modalità di installazione, in base alla vostra\n" -"conoscenza di GNU/Linux:\n" -"\n" -" * Raccomandata: se non avete mai installato il sistema operativo\n" -"GNU/Linux, scegliete questa modalità. L'installazione sarà molto semplice e\n" -"vi verranno poste solo poche domande;\n" -"\n" -" * Esperto: se avete abbastanza familiarità con GNU/Linux potete scegliere\n" -"questa modalità, che vi permetterà di effettuare un'installazione altamente\n" -"personalizzata. Rispondere ad alcune delle domande che vi verranno poste\n" -"potrebbe presentare difficoltà se non avete una buona conoscenza di\n" -"GNU/Linux, pertanto vi sconsigliamo di scegliere questa modalità se non\n" -"disponete dell'esperienza necessaria.\n" -"\n" -"Questo manuale descrive in maniera esauriente la modalità d'installazione\n" -"\"Esperto\". Se scegliete la modalità \"Raccomandata\", potete\n" -"semplicemente ignorare i passi relativi alla sola modalità \"Esperto\"." +"L'opzione \"%s\" non dovrebbe comportare difficoltà per sistemi Mandrake\n" +"Linux a partire dalla versione \"8.1\". L'aggiornamento di sistemi Mandrake\n" +"Linux in versioni precedenti la \"8.1\" non è consigliato." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -581,109 +347,91 @@ msgid "" "At the time you are installing Mandrake Linux, it is likely that some\n" "packages have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been\n" "fixed, security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these\n" -"updates, you are now able to download them from the Internet. Choose\n" -"\"Yes\" if you have a working Internet connection, or \"No\" if you prefer\n" -"to install updated packages later.\n" -"\n" -"Choosing \"Yes\" displays a list of places from which updates can be\n" -"retrieved. Choose the one nearest you. A package-selection tree will\n" -"appear: review the selection, and press \"Install\" to retrieve and install\n" -"the selected package( s), or \"Cancel\" to abort." +"updates, you are now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\"\n" +"if you have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to\n" +"install updated packages later.\n" +"\n" +"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of places from which updates can be\n" +"retrieved. You should choose one nearer to you. A package-selection tree\n" +"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n" +"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort." msgstr "" "È molto probabile che, al momento in cui installate Mandrake Linux, alcuni\n" "pacchetti siano stati aggiornati rispetto alla versione iniziale. Potrebbe\n" "trattarsi di un ''bug fix'', o della soluzione di problemi relativi alla\n" "sicurezza. Per permettervi di beneficiare di questi aggiornamenti vi verrà\n" "proposto di scaricare la nuova versione dei pacchetti usando Internet.\n" -"Scegliete \"Sì\" se potete contare su una connessione a Internet\n" -"funzionante, oppure \"No\" se preferite installare i pacchetti aggiornati\n" -"in un secondo momento.\n" +"Scegliete \"%s\" se disponete di una connessione a Internet funzionante,\n" +"oppure \"%s\" se preferite installare i pacchetti aggiornati in un secondo\n" +"momento.\n" "\n" -"Se scegliete \"Sì\" comparirà una lista di siti da cui è possibile\n" +"Se scegliete \"%s\" comparirà una lista di siti da cui è possibile\n" "scaricare i pacchetti aggiornati. Selezionate quello più vicino a voi. A\n" "questo punto comparirà una finestra di selezione pacchetti: controllate la\n" -"lista e cliccate su \"Installa\" per scaricare e installare i pacchetti, o\n" -"su \"Annulla\" per annullare l'operazione." +"lista e cliccate su \"%s\" per scaricare e installare i pacchetti, o su\n" +"\"%s\" per annullare l'operazione." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"This dialog allows to finely tune your bootloader:\n" +"This dialog allows you to fine tune your bootloader:\n" "\n" -" * \"Bootloader to use\": there are three choices for your bootloader:\n" +" * \"%s\": there are three choices for your bootloader:\n" "\n" -" * \"GRUB\": if you prefer grub (text menu).\n" +" * \"%s\": if you prefer grub (text menu).\n" "\n" -" * \"LILO with text menu\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu\n" -"interface.\n" +" * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu interface.\n" "\n" -" * \"LILO with graphical menu\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical\n" -"interface.\n" +" * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical interface.\n" "\n" -" * \"Boot device\": in most cases, you will not change the default\n" -"(\"/dev/hda\"), but if you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the\n" -"second hard drive (\"/dev/hdb\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"/dev/fd0\");\n" +" * \"%s\": in most cases, you will not change the default (\"%s\"), but if\n" +"you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the second hard drive\n" +"(\"%s\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"%s\");\n" "\n" -" * \"Delay before booting the default image\": after a boot or a reboot of\n" -"the computer, this is the delay given to the user at the console to select\n" -"a boot entry other than the default.\n" +" * \"%s\": after a boot or a reboot of the computer, this is the delay\n" +"given to the user at the console to select a boot entry other than the\n" +"default.\n" "\n" "!! Beware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting\n" -"\"Skip\"), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake Linux\n" -"system! Be sure you know what you do before changing any of the options. !!\n" +"\"%s\"), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake Linux\n" +"system! Be sure you know what you are doing before changing any of the\n" +"options. !!\n" "\n" -"Clicking the \"Advanced\" button in this dialog will offer advanced options\n" -"that are reserved for the expert user." +"Clicking the \"%s\" button in this dialog will offer advanced options which\n" +"are normally reserved for the expert user." msgstr "" -"LILO e grub sono due ''bootloader'' di GNU/Linux. Un bootloader è un\n" -"programma per l'avvio di uno o più sistemi operativi. Questa fase, in\n" -"genere, è del tutto automatica; DrakX, infatti, analizza il settore di boot\n" -"del disco, e si comporta in base a quello che vi trova:\n" -"\n" -" * se trova un settore di boot di Windows, lo rimpiazza con un settore di\n" -"boot di grub o LILO, in modo da permettervi di lanciare GNU/Linux o un\n" -"altro OS;\n" -"\n" -" * se trova un settore di boot di grub o LILO, lo sostituisce con uno\n" -"nuovo.\n" -"\n" -"In caso di dubbio, DrakX mostrerà una finestra di dialogo con varie\n" -"opzioni:\n" +"Grazie a questa finestra di dialogo potrete impostare con precisione i\n" +"parametri del bootloader:\n" "\n" -" * \"Bootloader da usare\": avete tre scelte a disposizione:\n" +" * \"%s\": avete tre scelte a disposizione:\n" "\n" -" * \"GRUB\": se preferite grub (menu in modo testo);\n" +" * \"%s\": se preferite grub (menu in modo testo);\n" "\n" -" * \"LILO con menu grafico\": se preferite LILO con la sua interfaccia\n" -"grafica;\n" +" * \"%s\": se preferite LILO nella sua versione con menu in modo testo.\n" "\n" -" * \"LILO con menu in modo testo\": se preferite LILO nella sua versione\n" -"con menu in modo testo.\n" +" * \"%s\": se preferite LILO con la sua interfaccia grafica;\n" "\n" -" * \"Dispositivo di boot\": nella maggior parte dei casi non sarà\n" -"necessario cambiare le impostazioni predefinite (\"/dev/hda\"), ma, se lo\n" -"preferite, il bootloader può essere installato sul secondo disco rigido\n" -"(\"/dev/hdb\"), o persino su un floppy (\"/dev/fd0\");\n" +" * \"%s\": nella maggior parte dei casi non sarà necessario cambiare le\n" +"impostazioni predefinite (\"%s\"), ma, se lo preferite, il bootloader può\n" +"essere installato sul secondo disco rigido (\"%s\"), o persino su un floppy\n" +"(\"%s\").\n" "\n" -" * \"Ritardo prima di avviare con l'immagine predefinita\": è il tempo\n" -"lasciato all'utente per scegliere una voce diversa da quella predefinita\n" -"nel menu del bootloader.\n" +" * \"%s\": è il tempo lasciato all'utente per scegliere una voce diversa da\n" +"quella predefinita nel menu del bootloader.\n" "\n" "!! Prestate particolare attenzione al fatto che, se scegliete di non\n" -"installare un bootloader (scegliendo \"Annulla\" nella finestra di cui\n" -"sopra), dovete essere sicuri di poter avviare il vostro sistema Mandrake\n" -"Linux in altro modo! Accertatevi anche di sapere quello che fate se\n" -"modificate qualcuna delle opzioni. !!\n" -"\n" -"Cliccando sul pulsante \"Avanzato\" di questa finestra avrete la\n" -"possibilità di scegliere tra molte opzioni avanzate, riservate agli utenti\n" -"esperti." +"installare un bootloader (scegliendo \"%s\"), dovete essere sicuri di poter\n" +"avviare il vostro sistema Mandrake Linux in qualche modo! Accertatevi di\n" +"sapere quello che fate prima di modificare qualcuna delle opzioni. !!\n" +"\n" +"Cliccando sul pulsante \"%s\" di questa finestra avrete la possibilità di\n" +"scegliere tra molte opzioni avanzate, riservate agli utenti esperti." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" -"Please choose the one you want to resize in order to install your new\n" +"Please choose which one you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mandrake Linux operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" @@ -746,24 +494,135 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" +"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n" +"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n" +"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandrake Linux rely upon.\n" +"\n" +"You will be presented with a list of different parameters to change to get\n" +"an optimal graphical display: Graphic Card\n" +"\n" +" The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n" +"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n" +"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n" +"\n" +" In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n" +"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n" +"suits your needs.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"Monitor\n" +"\n" +" The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n" +"monitor connected to your machine. If it is correct, you can choose from\n" +"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"Resolution\n" +"\n" +" Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n" +"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n" +"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n" +"configuration is shown in the monitor.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"Test\n" +"\n" +" the system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n" +"resolution. If you can see the message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n" +"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you cannot see the message, it\n" +"means that some part of the autodetected configuration was incorrect and\n" +"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds, bringing you back to the\n" +"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"Options\n" +"\n" +" Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n" +"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n" +"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n" +"in getting the display configured." +msgstr "" +"X (abbreviazione per ''X Window System'') è il cuore dell'interfaccia\n" +"grafica di GNU/Linux, sulla quale sono basati tutti gli ambienti grafici\n" +"inclusi in Mandrake Linux (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep, WindowMaker, etc.).\n" +"\n" +"Vi verrà mostrata una lista dei parametri da configurare in modo da avere\n" +"un display grafico ottimale: Scheda Grafica\n" +"\n" +" Il programma di installazione normalmente è perfettamente in grado di\n" +"identificare e configurare automaticamente la scheda grafica installata sul\n" +"vostro computer. In caso contrario, potete scegliere in questa lista la\n" +"scheda di cui disponete.\n" +"\n" +" Se per la vostra scheda è disponibile più di un server grafico, con o\n" +"senza accelerazione 3D, vi verrà chiesto di scegliere il server che meglio\n" +"si adatta ai vostri bisogni.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"Monitor\n" +"\n" +" Il programma di installazione provvede anche a identificare e\n" +"configurare automaticamente il monitor connesso al vostro computer. Se così\n" +"non fosse, anche in questo caso potete scegliere da una lista il tipo di\n" +"monitor in vostro possesso.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"Risoluzione\n" +"\n" +" Qui potete scegliere risoluzione e profondità di colore tra quelle\n" +"disponibili per il vostro hardware. Scegliete le impostazioni che meglio si\n" +"adattano ai vostri bisogni (potrete cambiare la configurazione anche dopo\n" +"l'installazione, comunque). All'interno del monitor è visibile un'anteprima\n" +"della configurazione selezionata.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"Test\n" +"\n" +" Il sistema tenterà di aprire uno schermo grafico alla risoluzione\n" +"specificata. Se potete vedere il messaggio durante il test e rispondete\n" +"\"%s\", allora DrakX passerà alla fase successiva. Se non potete vedere il\n" +"messaggio, significa che la configurazione ottenuta con l'identificazione\n" +"automatica non è corretta in qualche punto: il test terminerà\n" +"automaticamente dopo 12 secondi, e vi riporterà al menu. Cambiate le\n" +"impostazioni finché non otterrete un display grafico corretto.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"Options\n" +"\n" +" Qui potete scegliere di avviare automaticamente l'interfaccia grafica\n" +"subito dopo il boot. Ovviamente è opportuno rispondere \"%s\" nel caso in\n" +"cui la vostra macchina svolga le funzioni di server, oppure se non siete\n" +"riuscite a configurare il server grafico." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" "Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other OSs may\n" -"offer you one, but Mandrake Linux offers two. Each of the printing systems\n" -"is best for a particular type of configuration.\n" +"offer you one, but Mandrake Linux offers two. Each of the printing system\n" +"is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n" "\n" -" * \"pdq\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, don't queue'', is the choice\n" +" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, don't queue'', is the choice\n" "if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n" -"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"pdq\n" -"\" will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when\n" -"used with networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq \" if this is your\n" -"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n" +"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n" +"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n" +"with networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your first\n" +"experience with GNU/Linux.\n" "\n" -" * \"CUPS\" - `` Common Unix Printing System'', is an excellent choice for\n" +" * \"%s\" - `` Common Unix Printing System'', is an excellent choice for\n" "printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the planet. It is\n" "simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for the ancient\n" "\"lpd \" printing system, so it compatible with older operating systems\n" -"that may still need print services. While quite powerful, the basic setup\n" +"which may still need print services. While quite powerful, the basic setup\n" "is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to emulate a \"lpd\" server, make\n" -"sure to turn on the \"cups-lpd \" daemon. \"CUPS\" includes graphical\n" +"sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd \" daemon. \"%s\" includes graphical\n" "front-ends for printing or choosing printer options and for managing the\n" "printer.\n" "\n" @@ -775,7 +634,7 @@ msgstr "" "Anche altri sistemi operativi possono offrirvene uno, ma Mandrake Linux ve\n" "ne offre ben tre.\n" "\n" -" * \"pdq\" - che sta per ''print, don't queue'' (''stampa, non mettere in\n" +" * \"%s\" - che sta per ''print, don't queue'' (''stampa, non mettere in\n" "coda''), è una buona scelta se avete una connessione diretta con la\n" "stampante e volete essere in grado di risolvere rapidamente eventuali\n" "problemi di inceppamento della carta, e inoltre non disponete di altre\n" @@ -786,171 +645,20 @@ msgstr "" "lanciando PrinterDrake dal Centro di controllo Mandrake e cliccando sul\n" "pulsante Esperto.\n" "\n" -" * \"CUPS\" - ''Common Unix Printing System'' (''Sistema di stampa\n" -"unificato per Unix''), offre risultati eccellenti sia che dobbiate stampare\n" -"sulla vostra stampante locale, sia nel caso che la stampa debba essere\n" -"effettuata sull'altra faccia del pianeta. È semplice da usare e può agire\n" -"come server o client per il vecchio sistema di stampa \"lpd\". E' infatti\n" -"compatibile con i sistemi precedenti. Questo sistema ha molte frecce al suo\n" -"arco, ma nonostante ciò la configurazione di base è quasi altrettanto\n" -"semplice di quella per \"pdq\". Se avete bisogno di emulare un server\n" -"\"lpd\" dovete attivare il demone \"cups-lpd\". Dispone poi di interfaccia\n" -"grafica per la stampa e per la configurazione delle opzioni della\n" -"stampante.\n" -"\n" -" * \"lprNG\" - ''line printer daemon New Generation'' (''demone di stampa\n" -"di nuova generazione''. Questo sistema è approssimativamente equivalente\n" -"agli altri, ma è anche in grado di stampare su dispositivi collegati per\n" -"mezzo di una rete Novell, dato che supporta il protocollo IPX, e può\n" -"stampare direttamente per messo di comandi shell. Se avete bisogno di una\n" -"connessione di tipo Novell, o di stampare senza fare uso di pipe,\n" -"utilizzate lprNG. In caso contrario, è preferibile usare CUPS dato che è\n" -"più semplice e migliore nel gestire stampanti di rete." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n" -"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n" -"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n" -"two-button mouse can be ``pressed'' by simultaneously clicking the left and\n" -"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n" -"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n" -"\n" -"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n" -"from the provided list.\n" -"\n" -"If you choose a mouse other than the default, a test screen will be\n" -"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n" -"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n" -"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and to\n" -"go back to the list of choices.\n" -"\n" -"Wheel mice are occasionally not detected automatically, so you will need to\n" -"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n" -"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n" -"pressing the \"Next ->\" button, a mouse image is displayed on-screen.\n" -"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activated correctly. Once you\n" -"see the on-screen scroll wheel moving as you scroll your mouse wheel, test\n" -"the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you move\n" -"your mouse." -msgstr "" -"In genere DrakX individua automaticamente il numero di pulsanti presenti\n" -"sul vostro mouse, in caso contrario conclude che il vostro è un mouse a due\n" -"tasti e lo imposta in modo da emulare il terzo tasto. DrakX, inoltre,\n" -"riconosce automaticamente se si tratta di un mouse PS/2, seriale o USB.\n" -"\n" -"Se volete specificare un diverso tipo di mouse, scegliete il vostro modello\n" -"dall'elenco che vi viene proposto.\n" -"\n" -"Se scegliete un mouse diverso dal tipo suggerito vi verrà mostrata una\n" -"finestra dove potrete provarlo. Provate sia i pulsanti che l'eventuale\n" -"rotellina per controllare che la configurazione sia corretta. Se il mouse\n" -"non funziona correttamente, premete la barra spaziatrice o il tasto [Invio]\n" -"per attivare il pulsante \"Annulla\" ed effettuare una nuova scelta.\n" -"\n" -"Talvolta i mouse con rotellina centrale potrebbero non essere individuati\n" -"automaticamente. In tal caso, dovrete selezionarli personalmente usando la\n" -"lista. Assicuratevi di indicare correttamente la porta alla quale il mouse\n" -"è collegato. Premete il pulsante \"OK\", e comparirà l'immagine di un\n" -"mouse. Fate scorrere la rotellina per attivarla correttamente, quindi\n" -"provate i pulsanti e spostate il mouse in modo da accertarvi che tutto sia\n" -"a posto." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"You will now set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to\n" -"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"Next\n" -"->\". Mandrake Linux will attempt to autodetect network devices and modems.\n" -"If this detection fails, uncheck the \"Use auto detection\" box. You may\n" -"also choose not to configure the network, or to do it later, in which case\n" -"clicking the \"Cancel\" button will take you to the next step.\n" -"\n" -"When configuring your network, the available connections options are:\n" -"traditional modem, ISDN modem, ADSL connection, cable modem, and finally a\n" -"simple LAN connection (Ethernet).\n" -"\n" -"We will not detail each configuration option - just make sure that you have\n" -"all the parameters, such as IP address, default gateway, DNS servers, etc.\n" -"from your Internet Service Provider or system administrator.\n" -"\n" -"You can consult the ``Starter Guide'' chapter about Internet connections\n" -"for details about the configuration, or simply wait until your system is\n" -"installed and use the program described there to configure your connection." -msgstr "" -"Se desiderate connettere il vostro computer a Internet o a una rete locale,\n" -"assicuratevi di scegliere l'opzione corretta. Accendete la periferica che\n" -"dovrete usare per connettervi prima di scegliere l'opzione adeguata, per\n" -"permettere a DrakX di individuarla automaticamente.\n" -"\n" -"Mandrake Linux vi permette di configurare la vostra connessione a Internet\n" -"durante il processo di installazione. Le connessioni disponibili sono:\n" -"modem tradizionale, modem ISDN, connessione ADSL, cable modem, e infine una\n" -"semplice connessione a una LAN (Ethernet).\n" -"\n" -"Non possiamo descrivere in dettaglio le caratteristiche di ogni\n" -"configurazione. In ogni caso, accertatevi di avere a portata di mano tutti\n" -"i parametri indicati dal vostro fornitore di servizi internet o dal vostro\n" -"amministratore di sistema.\n" -"\n" -"Per maggiori dettagli riguardo la configurazione della connessione a\n" -"Internet potete consultare il relativo capitolo della ''Guida\n" -"introduttiva''; in alternativa, potete attendere di aver portato a termine\n" -"l'installazione e usare poi il programma descritto in tale capitolo per\n" -"configurare la connessione." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n" -"covers the entire Mandrake Linux distribution. If you do agree with all the\n" -"terms in it, check the \"Accept\" box. If not, simply turn off your\n" -"computer." -msgstr "" -"Prima di proseguire dovreste leggere con attenzione le condizioni d'uso;\n" -"queste riguardano l'intera distribuzione Mandrake Linux, e se non siete\n" -"d'accordo con qualche punto della licenza cliccate sul pulsante\n" -"\"Rifiuta\": la procedura di installazione sarà immediatamente interrotta.\n" -"Per proseguire con l'installazione, invece, cliccate sul pulsante\n" -"\"Accetta\"." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"This step is used to choose which services you wish to start at boot time.\n" -"\n" -"DrakX will list all the services available on the current installation.\n" -"Review each one carefully and uncheck those which are not always needed at\n" -"boot time.\n" -"\n" -"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n" -"selected. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n" -"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n" -"\n" -"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n" -"server: you will probably not want to start any services that you do not\n" -"need. Please remember that several services can be dangerous if they are\n" -"enabled on a server. In general, select only the services you really need.\n" -"!!" -msgstr "" -"A questo punto potete scegliere i servizi da lanciare automaticamente\n" -"all'avvio del sistema.\n" -"\n" -"Qui sono elencati tutti i servizi disponibili con l'installazione attuale.\n" -"Esaminateli attentamente e disabilitate quelli che non sono sempre\n" -"necessari all'avvio.\n" -"\n" -"Selezionando un servizio comparirà un breve testo di aiuto che ne spiega le\n" -"caratteristiche. Se non siete realmente sicuri dell'utilità o meno di un\n" -"servizio, è più prudente non modificare le impostazioni predefinite.\n" -"\n" -"!! In questa fase dell'installazione dovete fare le vostre scelte con\n" -"particolare attenzione nel caso intendiate usare il vostro computer come\n" -"server: probabilmente non volete che siano abilitati servizi di cui non\n" -"avete bisogno. Ricordate che numerosi servizi sono potenzialmente\n" -"pericolosi se attivi su un server. Come regola generale, selezionate\n" -"soltanto quelli di cui avete effettivamente bisogno. !!" +" * \"%s\" - ''Common Unix Printing System'' (''Sistema di stampa unificato\n" +"per Unix''), offre risultati eccellenti sia che dobbiate stampare sulla\n" +"vostra stampante locale, sia nel caso che la stampa debba essere effettuata\n" +"sull'altra faccia del pianeta. È semplice da usare e può agire come server\n" +"o client per il vecchio sistema di stampa \"lpd\". E' infatti compatibile\n" +"con i sistemi precedenti. Questo sistema ha molte frecce al suo arco, ma\n" +"nonostante ciò la configurazione di base è quasi altrettanto semplice di\n" +"quella per \"pdq\". Se avete bisogno di emulare un server \"lpd\" dovete\n" +"attivare il demone \"cups-lpd\". Dispone poi di interfaccia grafica per la\n" +"stampa e per la configurazione delle opzioni della stampante.\n" +"\n" +"Se fate una scelta adesso e successivamente cambiate idea, potrete sempre\n" +"scegliere un diverso sistema di stampa scegliendo PrinterDrake nel Mandrake\n" +"Control Center e cliccando sul pulsante per il modo esperto." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -963,75 +671,66 @@ msgid "" "Packages are sorted into groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n" "machine. Mandrake Linux has four predefined installations available. You\n" "can think of these installation classes as containers for various packages.\n" -"You can mix and match applications from the various containers, so a\n" +"You can mix and match applications from the various groups, so a\n" "``Workstation'' installation can still have applications from the\n" -"``Development'' container installed.\n" +"``Development'' group installed.\n" "\n" -" * \"Workstation\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation,\n" -"select one or more of the applications that are in the workstation\n" -"container.\n" +" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n" +"more of the applications that are in the workstation group.\n" "\n" -" * \"Development\": if plan on using your machine for programming, choose\n" -"the appropriate packages from the container.\n" +" * \"%s\": if plan on using your machine for programming, choose the\n" +"appropriate packages from that group.\n" "\n" -" * \"Server\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of\n" -"the more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n" +" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n" +"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n" "\n" -" * \"Graphical Environment\": this is where you will choose your preferred\n" -"graphical environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a\n" -"graphical interface available.\n" +" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n" +"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n" +"interface available.\n" "\n" "Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n" "text about that group. If you unselect all groups when performing a regular\n" "installation (as opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n" "different options for a minimal installation:\n" "\n" -" * \"With X\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n" +" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n" "working graphical desktop.\n" "\n" -" * \"With basic documentation\": installs the base system plus basic\n" -"utilities and their documentation. This installation is suitable for\n" -"setting up a server.\n" +" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n" +"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n" "\n" -" * \"Truly minimal install\": will install the absolute minimum number of\n" -"packages necessary to get a working Linux system. With this installation\n" -"you will only have a command line interface. The total size of this\n" -"installation is 65 megabytes.\n" +" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n" +"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n" +"command line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n" +"megabytes.\n" "\n" -"You can check the \"Individual package selection\" box, which is useful if\n" -"you are familiar with the packages being offered or if you want to have\n" -"total control over what will be installed.\n" +"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you are familiar with the\n" +"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n" +"be installed.\n" "\n" -"If you started the installation in \"Upgrade\" mode, you can unselect all\n" -"groups to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n" +"If you started the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can unselect all groups\n" +"to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n" "updating an existing system." msgstr "" "Adesso è il momento di indicare i programmi che volete siano installati sul\n" "vostro sistema. Ci sono migliaia di programmi disponibili per Mandrake\n" "Linux, e nessuno si aspetta che li conosciate tutti a memoria.\n" "\n" -"Se state effettuando un'installazione standard da CD-ROM, per prima cosa vi\n" -"verrà chiesto di specificare quali sono i CD in vostro possesso (solo se\n" -"siete in modalità Esperto): controllate le etichette dei CD e cliccate\n" -"sulle caselle corrispondenti a quelli di cui disponete. Cliccate su \"Ok\"\n" -"quando siete pronti per continuare.\n" -"\n" "I pacchetti sono organizzati in gruppi corrispondenti a usi particolari\n" "della vostra macchina. I gruppi sono a loro volta divisi in quattro\n" "sezioni:\n" "\n" -" * \"Workstation\": scegliete uno o più dei gruppi di questa sezione se la\n" -"vostra macchina verrà utilizzata prevalentemente come workstation.\n" +" * \"%s\": scegliete uno o più dei gruppi di questa sezione se la vostra\n" +"macchina verrà utilizzata prevalentemente come workstation.\n" "\n" -" * \"Sviluppo\": se la macchina verrà usata per lo sviluppo di software\n" -"scegliete i gruppi appropriati.\n" +" * \"%s\": se la macchina verrà usata per lo sviluppo di software scegliete\n" +"i gruppi appropriati.\n" "\n" -" * \"Server\": se il computer sarà usato come server, qui potrete scegliere\n" -"i servizi più comuni da installare.\n" +" * \"%s\": se il computer sarà usato come server, qui potrete scegliere i\n" +"servizi più comuni da installare.\n" "\n" -" * \"Ambiente grafico\": scegliete qui il vostro ambiente grafico\n" -"preferito. Indicatene almeno uno se desiderate avere una workstation\n" -"grafica!\n" +" * \"%s\": scegliete qui il vostro ambiente grafico preferito. Indicatene\n" +"almeno uno se desiderate avere una workstation grafica!\n" "\n" "Spostando il puntatore del mouse sul nome di un gruppo verrà mostrato un\n" "breve testo di informazioni a riguardo. Se state effettuando\n" @@ -1039,23 +738,22 @@ msgstr "" "gruppi, comparirà una finestra di dialogo che vi proporrà alcune opzioni\n" "relative a un'installazione ''minima'':\n" "\n" -" * \"With X\": installa i pacchetti strettamente necessari per avere un\n" +" * \"%s\": installa i pacchetti strettamente necessari per avere un\n" "ambiente grafico funzionante;\n" "\n" -" * \"With basic documentation\": installa il sistema base più le utilità di\n" -"base e la relativa documentazione; questo tipo di installazione è utile se\n" -"si vuole configurare un server;\n" +" * \"%s\": installa il sistema base più le utilità di base e la relativa\n" +"documentazione; questo tipo di installazione è utile se si vuole\n" +"configurare un server;\n" "\n" -" * \"Truly minimal install\": provvederà all'installazione dello stretto\n" -"necessario per avere un sistema Linux funzionante, avente come unica\n" -"interfaccia la linea di comando.\n" +" * \"%s\": provvederà all'installazione dello stretto necessario per avere\n" +"un sistema Linux funzionante, avente come unica interfaccia la riga di\n" +"comando.\n" "\n" -"Se lo desiderate, potete abilitare l'opzione \"Selezione individuale dei\n" -"pacchetti\". Questa è utilissima se conoscete bene i pacchetti presenti\n" -"nella distribuzione o se desiderate avere il totale controllo di ciò che\n" -"verrà installato.\n" +"Se lo desiderate, potete abilitare l'opzione \"%s\". Questa è utilissima se\n" +"conoscete bene i pacchetti presenti nella distribuzione o se desiderate\n" +"avere il totale controllo di ciò che verrà installato.\n" "\n" -"Se avete cominciato l'installazione in modalità \"Aggiornamento\", potete\n" +"Se avete cominciato l'installazione in modalità \"%s\", potete\n" "deselezionare tutti i gruppi per evitare di installare nuovi pacchetti, in\n" "questo modo effettuerete soltanto il ripristino o l'aggiornamento del\n" "sistema esistente." @@ -1063,38 +761,6 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n" -"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n" -"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n" -"\"Hardware clock set to GMT \", which will let GNU/Linux know that the\n" -"system clock and the hardware clock are in the same timezone. This is\n" -"useful when the machine also hosts another operating system like Windows.\n" -"\n" -"The \"Automatic time synchronization \" option will automatically regulate\n" -"the clock by connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this\n" -"feature to work, you must have a working Internet connection. It is best to\n" -"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n" -"server that can used by other machines on your local network." -msgstr "" -"GNU/Linux gestisce il tempo in base al GMT (''Greenwich Mean Time'') e lo\n" -"traduce nell'ora locale secondo il fuso orario selezionato. Tuttavia è\n" -"possibile disabilitare questa opzione togliendo il segno di spunta alla\n" -"casella \"Hardware clock set to GMT\", in modo che l'orologio hardware\n" -"coincida con quello di sistema. Questa scelta può tornare utile nel caso\n" -"sulla macchina sia installato un altro sistema operativo, ad esempio\n" -"Windows.\n" -"\n" -"L'opzione \"Automatic time synchronization\" provvederà a gestire l'ora\n" -"grazie alla connessione via Internet con un server di orario remoto.\n" -"Scegliete un server vicino a voi nella lista che vi verrà mostrata. Perché\n" -"questa opzione funzioni, naturalmente, dovete disporre di una connessione a\n" -"Internet funzionante. Sulla vostra macchina verrà installato un server del\n" -"tempo che potrà essere usato anche per altre macchine che si trovano sulla\n" -"vostra rete locale." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" "The Mandrake Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. DrakX\n" "knows if a selected package is located on another CD-ROM so it will eject\n" "the current CD and ask you to insert the correct CD as required." @@ -1109,19 +775,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n" "system: you have to enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n" -"administrator and is the only one authorized to make updates, add users,\n" +"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n" "change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n" "do everything! That is why you must choose a password that is difficult to\n" "guess - DrakX will tell you if the password that you chose too easy. As you\n" "can see, you are not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise you\n" -"against. GNU/Linux is as prone to operator error as any other operating\n" -"system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and unintentionally\n" -"erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the partitions\n" -"themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become \"root\".\n" +"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n" +"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n" +"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n" +"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n" +"\"root\".\n" "\n" "The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n" -"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it too\n" -"easy to compromise a system.\n" +"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n" +"too easy to compromise a system.\n" "\n" "One caveat -- do not make the password too long or complicated because you\n" "must be able to remember it!\n" @@ -1129,18 +796,19 @@ msgid "" "The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it in. To reduce\n" "the chance of a blind typing error you will need to enter the password\n" "twice. If you do happen to make the same typing error twice, this\n" -"``incorrect'' password will have to be used the first time you connect.\n" +"``incorrect'' password will be the one you will have use the first time you\n" +"connect.\n" "\n" "If you wish access to this computer to be controlled by an authentication\n" -"server, clisk the \"Advanced\" button.\n" +"server, click the \"%s\" button.\n" "\n" "If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n" -"services, select the appropriate one as \"authentication\". If you do not\n" -"know which to use, ask your network administrator.\n" +"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n" +"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n" "\n" -"If you happen to have problems with reminding passwords, you can choose to\n" -"have \"No password\", if your computer won't be connected to the Internet,\n" -"and if you trust anybody having access to it." +"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, if your computer\n" +"will never be connected to the internet or that you absolutely trust\n" +"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"." msgstr "" "Questo è il punto più critico per la sicurezza del vostro sistema\n" "GNU/Linux: state per decidere la password di \"root\". \"root\" è\n" @@ -1171,156 +839,36 @@ msgstr "" "\"scorretta\" sarà quella che verrà richiesta la prima volta che vi\n" "connetterete al sistema.\n" "\n" -"In modalità Esperto vi verrà chiesto se il vostro computer è connesso a un\n" -"server di autenticazione, secondo il protocollo NIS, LDAP o PDC.\n" +"Se volete che l'accesso al vostro computer sia controllato da un server di\n" +"autenticazione, cliccate sul pulsante \"%s\".\n" "\n" "Se la vostra rete si basa sul protocollo LDAP, NIS o PDC per\n" "l'autenticazione, selezionate il pulsante appropriato per effettuare\n" "l'autenticazione. Se non siete sicuri, chiedete al vostro amministratore di\n" "rete.\n" "\n" -"Se il vostro computer non è connesso a una rete soggetta ad autenticazione,\n" -"scegliete \"File locali\"." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"Here are Listed the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" -"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" -"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" -"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" -"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n" -"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n" -"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n" -"\n" -"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" -"\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" -"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" -"\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" -"\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" -"\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" -"\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" -"\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" -"\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" -"\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" -"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." -msgstr "" -"In alto potete vedere l'elenco delle partizioni Linux individuate sul\n" -"vostro disco rigido. Potete attenervi alle scelte fatte dall'assistente,\n" -"vanno bene per la maggior parte delle installazioni. Se fate dei\n" -"cambiamenti, ricordate che dovete definire per lo meno una partizione root\n" -"(''radice'') (\"/\"). Non sceglietela troppo piccola, altrimenti non sarete\n" -"in grado di installare parte del software. Se poi volete archiviare i\n" -"vostri dati su una partizione separata, dovrete assegnare una partizione\n" -"anche a \"/home\" (ciò è possibile soltanto se avete a disposizione più\n" -"partizioni Linux).\n" -"\n" -"Ogni partizione è elencata in base a queste caratteristiche: \"Nome\",\n" -"\"Capacità\".\n" -"\n" -"Il \"Nome\" è strutturato in: \"tipo di disco rigido\", \"numero del\n" -"disco\", \"numero della partizione\" (ad esempio, \"hda1\").\n" -"\n" -"Il \"tipo di disco rigido\" è \"hd\" se il vostro disco è di tipo IDE, e\n" -"\"sd\" se, invece, è un disco SCSI.\n" -"\n" -"Il \"numero del disco\" è sempre una lettera che segue \"hd\" o \"sd\". Per\n" -"i dischi IDE:\n" -"\n" -" * \"a\" significa \"disco rigido master sul controller IDE primario\";\n" -"\n" -" * \"b\" significa \"disco rigido slave sul controller IDE primario\";\n" -"\n" -" * \"c\" significa \"disco rigido master sul controller IDE secondario\";\n" -"\n" -" * \"d\" significa \"disco rigido slave sul controller IDE secondario\".\n" -"\n" -"Per i dischi rigidi di tipo SCSI, invece, una \"a\" significa \"ID SCSI più\n" -"basso\", una \"b\" significa \"ID SCSI immediatamente successivo ad a\",\n" -"etc." +"Se l'obbligo di ricordarvi una password vi infastidisce, potete ricorrere\n" +"all'opzione \"%s\": sceglietela se il vostro computer non sarà collegato a\n" +"Internet e se avete piena fiducia nelle persone che lo useranno." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Click on \"Next ->\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present\n" -"on this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"Next ->\", you will not\n" -"be able to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive,\n" -"including any Windows data.\n" +"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" +"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"any Windows data.\n" "\n" -"Click on \"<- Previous\" to stop this operation without losing any data and\n" +"Click on \"%s\" to stop this operation without losing any data and\n" "partitions present on this hard drive." msgstr "" -"Cliccate sul pulsante \"OK\" se volete cancellare tutte le partizioni e i\n" +"Cliccate sul pulsante \"%s\" se volete cancellare tutte le partizioni e i\n" "dati presenti su questo disco rigido. Prestate attenzione, dopo aver\n" -"cliccato su \"OK\" non potrete più recuperare le partizioni e i dati\n" +"cliccato su \"%s\" non potrete più recuperare le partizioni e i dati\n" "presenti sul disco, compresi eventuali dati di Windows.\n" "\n" -"Cliccate su \"Annulla\" per annullare questa operazione senza che venga\n" -"perso nulla dei dati o partizioni presenti su questo disco rigido." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"Checking \"Create a boot disk\" allows you to have a rescue bot media\n" -"handy.\n" -"\n" -"The Mandrake Linux CD-ROM has a built-in rescue mode. You can access it by\n" -"booting the CD-ROM, pressing the >> F1<< key at boot and typing >>rescue<<\n" -"at the prompt. If your computer cannot boot from the CD-ROM, there are at\n" -"least two situations where having a boot floppy is critical:\n" -"\n" -" * when installing the bootloader, DrakX will rewrite the boot sector (MBR)\n" -"of your main disk (unless you are using another boot manager), to allow you\n" -"to start up with either Windows or GNU/Linux (assuming you have Windows on\n" -"your system). If at some point you need to reinstall Windows, the Microsoft\n" -"install process will rewrite the boot sector and remove your ability to\n" -"start GNU/Linux!\n" -"\n" -" * if a problem arises and you cannot start GNU/Linux from the hard disk,\n" -"this floppy will be the only means of starting up GNU/Linux. It contains a\n" -"fair number of system tools for restoring a system that has crashed due to\n" -"a power failure, an unfortunate typing error, a forgotten root password, or\n" -"any other reason.\n" -"\n" -"If you say \"Yes\", you will be asked to insert a disk in the drive. The\n" -"floppy disk must be blank or have non-critical data on it - DrakX will\n" -"format the floppy and will rewrite the whole disk." -msgstr "" -"Il CD-ROM di Mandrake Linux ha una modalità ''salvataggio'' preconfigurata.\n" -"Potete accedervi effettuando il boot dal CD-ROM, premendo il tasto >>F1<<\n" -"all'avvio e digitando >>rescue<< dal prompt. Ma se il vostro computer non\n" -"può essere avviato dal CD-ROM, dovete effettuare questa operazione (la\n" -"creazione di un disco di avvio) per almeno due ragioni:\n" -"\n" -" * quando il bootloader verrà installato, DrakX riscriverà il settore di\n" -"boot (MBR) del vostro disco principale (a meno che voi non usiate un altro\n" -"gestore del boot), in modo che possiate avviare sia Windows che GNU/Linux,\n" -"se sul vostro sistema è installato anche Windows. Tuttavia, se in futuro si\n" -"renderà necessario re-installare Windows, il programma di installazione\n" -"Microsoft riscriverà il settore di boot, e di conseguenza non sarete più in\n" -"grado di avviare GNU/Linux!\n" -"\n" -" * se si verifica un problema per cui non potete più lanciare GNU/Linux dal\n" -"disco rigido, questo dischetto sarà l'unico mezzo per avviare GNU/Linux:\n" -"contiene un buon numero di programmi di amministrazione del sistema per\n" -"rimettere in sesto un'installazione che ha subito un crash per\n" -"un'interruzione di corrente, uno sfortunato errore di battitura, una\n" -"password dimenticata o qualsiasi altra ragione.\n" -"\n" -"Quando cliccherete su \"Sì\", vi verrà chiesto di inserire un disco in un\n" -"lettore di floppy. Naturalmente il dischetto che utilizzerete deve essere\n" -"vuoto o contenere soltanto dati di cui non avete più bisogno. Non sarà\n" -"necessario formattarlo: DrakX riscriverà l'intero disco." +"Cliccate su \"%s\" per annullare questa operazione senza che venga perso\n" +"nulla dei dati o partizioni presenti su questo disco rigido." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -1339,17 +887,17 @@ msgid "" "installed. By default Mandrake Linux will automatically start any installed\n" "services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n" "the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that that\n" -"security holes are discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was\n" +"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was\n" "finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do\n" -"or why it is being installed, then click \"No\". Clicking \"Yes \" will\n" +"or why it is being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will\n" "install the listed services and they will be started automatically by\n" "default during boot. !!\n" "\n" -"The \"Automatic dependencies\" option is used to disable the warning dialog\n" -"which appears whenever the installer automatically selects a package to\n" -"resolve a dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each\n" -"other such that installation of a package requires that some other program\n" -"is already installed. The installer can determine which packages are\n" +"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n" +"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n" +"dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each other such\n" +"that installation of a package requires that some other program is also\n" +"rerquired to be installed. The installer can determine which packages are\n" "required to satisfy a dependency to successfully complete the installation.\n" "\n" "The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n" @@ -1366,7 +914,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Quando selezionate un pacchetto all'interno dell'albero, ne compare una\n" "descrizione sulla destra. Una volta terminata la scelta, cliccate sul\n" -"pulsante \"Installa\" che provvederà a far partire l'installazione vera e\n" +"pulsante \"%s\" che provvederà a far partire l'installazione vera e\n" "propria. Il tempo necessario varia in base al numero di pacchetti che\n" "devono essere installati e alla velocità del vostro hardware, l'attesa\n" "potrebbe anche essere lunga. Una stima del tempo richiesto per finire\n" @@ -1381,16 +929,15 @@ msgstr "" "al momento in cui è stata rilasciata questa versione della distribuzione,\n" "potrebbe accadere che successivamente vengano scoperte delle falle di\n" "sicurezza. Se poi non avete proprio idea di quale sia la funzione di uno di\n" -"questi pacchetti, cliccate sul pulsante \"No\". Cliccando su \"Sì\" i\n" +"questi pacchetti, cliccate sul pulsante \"%s\". Cliccando su \"%s\" i\n" "servizi elencati verranno installati e saranno attivati in maniera\n" "automatica. !!\n" "\n" -"L'opzione \"Mostra i pacchetti selezionati automaticamente\" vi permette di\n" -"disabilitare la finestra di dialogo che compare tutte le volte che il\n" -"programma di installazione seleziona automaticamente uno o più pacchetti.\n" -"Il programma determina infatti in modo automatico quali altri pacchetti\n" -"sono indispensabili a un dato pacchetto (''dipendenze'') perché\n" -"quest'ultimo possa essere installato con successo.\n" +"L'opzione \"%s\" vi permette di disabilitare la finestra di dialogo che\n" +"compare tutte le volte che il programma di installazione seleziona\n" +"automaticamente uno o più pacchetti. Il programma determina infatti in modo\n" +"automatico quali altri pacchetti sono indispensabili a un dato pacchetto\n" +"(''dipendenze'') perché quest'ultimo possa essere installato con successo.\n" "\n" "Il piccolo dischetto floppy in fondo alla lista vi permette di caricare una\n" "lista di pacchetti scelti durante una precedente installazione. Cliccando\n" @@ -1402,95 +949,6 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use\n" -"(formatting means creating a file system).\n" -"\n" -"At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to\n" -"erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those\n" -"partitions as well.\n" -"\n" -"Please note that it is not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n" -"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n" -"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to\n" -"reformat partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically\n" -"\"/home\").\n" -"\n" -"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on\n" -"the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n" -"it.\n" -"\n" -"Click on \"Next ->\" when you are ready to format partitions.\n" -"\n" -"Click on \"<- Previous\" if you want to choose another partition for your\n" -"new Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n" -"\n" -"Click on \"Advanced\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked\n" -"for bad blocks on the disk." -msgstr "" -"Qualsiasi partizione appena definita deve essere formattata prima di poter\n" -"essere usata (formattare significa creare un filesystem).\n" -"\n" -"Potreste anche voler riformattare alcune partizioni preesistenti, per\n" -"cancellare i dati che contengono. Se desiderate farlo, scegliete qui le\n" -"partizioni che intendete formattare.\n" -"\n" -"Tenete presente che non è necessario riformattare tutte le partizioni\n" -"preesistenti. La formattazione è necessaria per le partizioni che\n" -"contengono il sistema operativo (come \"/\", \"/usr\" o \"/var\"), ma\n" -"potete evitare di riformattare quelle che contengono dati che desiderate\n" -"conservare (tipicamente \"/home\").\n" -"\n" -"Fate molta attenzione nella scelta delle partizioni, dopo la formattazione\n" -"tutti i dati saranno cancellati e non potrete recuperarli.\n" -"\n" -"Cliccate su \"Ok\" quando siete pronti a formattare le partizioni.\n" -"\n" -"Cliccate su \"Annulla\" se desiderate scegliere altre partizioni sulle\n" -"quali installare il vostro nuovo sistema operativo Mandrake Linux.\n" -"\n" -"Cliccate su \"Avanzato\" se desiderate che le partizioni selezionate\n" -"vengano controllate per accertare la presenza di eventuali blocchi\n" -"danneggiati." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"Depending on the default language you chose in Section , DrakX will\n" -"automatically select a particular type of keyboard configuration. However,\n" -"you might not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your language:\n" -"for example, if you are an English speaking Swiss person, you may have a\n" -"Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English but are located in Quebec, you may\n" -"find yourself in the same situation where your native language and keyboard\n" -"do not match. In either case, this installation step will allow you to\n" -"select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n" -"\n" -"Click on the \"More \" button to be presented with the complete list of\n" -"supported keyboards.\n" -"\n" -"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n" -"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding that will switch the\n" -"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts." -msgstr "" -"Normalmente DrakX provvede a individuare automaticamente la tastiera\n" -"corretta (in base alla lingua che avete scelto). Tuttavia, potreste avere\n" -"una tastiera che non corrisponde esattamente alla vostra lingua: se siete\n" -"un francese che parla italiano, ad esempio, potreste comunque preferire una\n" -"tastiera francese. Oppure, se parlate italiano ma vivete nel Québec,\n" -"potreste trovarvi nella stessa situazione. In entrambi i casi, dovrete\n" -"tornare a questa fase dell'installazione e selezionare una tastiera\n" -"appropriata dalla lista.\n" -"\n" -"Cliccate sul pulsante \"Avanzato\" per vedere una lista completa delle\n" -"tastiere supportate.\n" -"\n" -"Se scegliete una mappa di tastiera basata su di un alfabeto non latino,\n" -"nella finestra di dialogo successiva vi verrà chiesto di scegliere una\n" -"scorciatoia da tastiera che vi permetterà in seguito di passare dalla mappa\n" -"latina a quella non latina e viceversa." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" "LILO and grub are GNU/Linux bootloaders. Normally, this stage is totally\n" "automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot sector and act according to\n" "what it finds there:\n" @@ -1503,115 +961,21 @@ msgid "" "one.\n" "\n" "If it cannot make a determination, DrakX will ask you where to place the\n" -"bootloader.\n" -"\n" -"\"Boot device\": in most cases, you will not change the default (\"First\n" -"sector of drive (MBR)\"), but if you prefer, the bootloader can be\n" -"installed on the second hard drive (\"/dev/hdb\"), or even on a floppy disk\n" -"(\"On Floppy\").\n" -"\n" -"Checking \"Create a boot disk\" allows you to have a rescue bot media\n" -"handy.\n" -"\n" -"The Mandrake Linux CD-ROM has a built-in rescue mode. You can access it by\n" -"booting the CD-ROM, pressing the >> F1<< key at boot and typing >>rescue<<\n" -"at the prompt. If your computer cannot boot from the CD-ROM, there are at\n" -"least two situations where having a boot floppy is critical:\n" -"\n" -" * when installing the bootloader, DrakX will rewrite the boot sector (MBR)\n" -"of your main disk (unless you are using another boot manager), to allow you\n" -"to start up with either Windows or GNU/Linux (assuming you have Windows on\n" -"your system). If at some point you need to reinstall Windows, the Microsoft\n" -"install process will rewrite the boot sector and remove your ability to\n" -"start GNU/Linux!\n" -"\n" -" * if a problem arises and you cannot start GNU/Linux from the hard disk,\n" -"this floppy will be the only means of starting up GNU/Linux. It contains a\n" -"fair number of system tools for restoring a system that has crashed due to\n" -"a power failure, an unfortunate typing error, a forgotten root password, or\n" -"any other reason.\n" -"\n" -"If you say \"Yes\", you will be asked to insert a disk in the drive. The\n" -"floppy disk must be blank or have non-critical data on it - DrakX will\n" -"format the floppy and will rewrite the whole disk." -msgstr "" -"Dovete adesso indicare dove volete che vengano collocate le informazioni\n" -"necessarie per effettuare il boot con GNU/Linux.\n" -"\n" -"A meno che non sappiate esattamente quello che state facendo, scegliete\n" -"\"Primo settore del disco rigido (MBR)\"." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n" -"ready to use. Just click \"Next ->\" to reboot the system. The first thing\n" -"you should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is\n" -"the bootloader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to\n" -"start.\n" -"\n" -"The \"Advanced\" button (in Expert mode only) shows two more buttons to:\n" -"\n" -" * \"generate auto-install floppy\": to create an installation floppy disk\n" -"that will automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an\n" -"operator, similar to the installation you just configured.\n" -"\n" -" Note that two different options are available after clicking the button:\n" -"\n" -" * \"Replay\". This is a partially automated installation. The\n" -"partitioning step is the only interactive procedure.\n" -"\n" -" * \"Automated\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is\n" -"completely rewritten, all data is lost.\n" -"\n" -" This feature is very handy when installing a number of similar machines.\n" -"See the Auto install section on our web site for more information.\n" -"\n" -" * \"Save packages selection\"(*): saves a list of the package selected in\n" -"this installation. To use this selection with another installation, insert\n" -"the floppy and start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key\n" -"and type >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\" <<.\n" -"\n" -"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy (to create one under GNU/Linux, type\n" -"\"mformat a:\")" +"bootloader." msgstr "" -"Ecco fatto: l'installazione è terminata, e il vostro sistema GNU/Linux è\n" -"pronto per essere usato. Dovete soltanto cliccare sul pulsante \"OK\" per\n" -"riavviare il sistema. Potete lanciare GNU/Linux o Windows (se presente),\n" -"qualunque preferiate dei due, non appena il computer avrà terminato di\n" -"effettuare il boot.\n" -"\n" -"Cliccando sul pulsante \"Avanzato\" (solo in modalità Esperto) avrete altri\n" -"due pulsanti a vostra disposizione:\n" -"\n" -" * \"Crea il floppy di installazione automatica\": per creare un floppy di\n" -"installazione che permette di eseguire automaticamente un' installazione\n" -"completa, del tutto simile a quella che avete appena finito di configurare,\n" -"senza che sia necessario l'intervento di un operatore.\n" -"\n" -" Notate che, dopo aver cliccato sul pulsante, saranno disponibili due\n" -"opzioni diverse:\n" -"\n" -" * \"Ripeti\": questa è un'installazione automatizzata solo in parte, in\n" -"quanto la fase di partizionamento del disco (e solo quella) resta\n" -"interattiva.\n" -"\n" -" * \"Automatizzata\": l'installazione è completamente automatizzata: il\n" -"disco rigido viene riscritto per intero, tutti tutti i dati che contiene\n" -"andranno persi.\n" +"LILO e grub sono due ''bootloader'' per GNU/Linux. Un bootloader è un\n" +"programma per l'avvio di uno o più sistemi operativi. Questa fase, in\n" +"genere, è del tutto automatica. DrakX, infatti, analizza il settore di boot\n" +"del disco, e si comporta in base a quello che vi trova:\n" "\n" -" Questa caratteristica è molto utile quando si deve installare il sistema\n" -"su un gran numero di macchine dalle caratteristiche simili. Si veda la\n" -"sezione Installazione automatica sul nostro sito web.\n" +" * se trova un settore di boot di Windows, lo rimpiazza con uno di grub o\n" +"LILO, in modo da permettervi di avviare GNU/Linux o un altro OS;\n" "\n" -" * \"Salva scelta pacchetti\" (*): salva la selezione dei pacchetti\n" -"effettuata in precedenza. Al momento di effettuare un'altra installazione,\n" -"potrete inserire il dischetto nel lettore e installare il sistema\n" -"richiamando la schermata di aiuto (premendo [F1]) e digitando >>linux\n" -"defcfg=\"floppy\"<<.\n" +" * se trova un settore di boot di grub o LILO, lo sostituisce con uno\n" +"nuovo.\n" "\n" -"(*) Sarà necessario un dischetto formattato con il filesystem FAT: per\n" -"crearne uno sotto GNU/Linux digitate \"mformat a:\"" +"Se DrakX incontra problemi nel decidere dove scrivere il settore di boot,\n" +"vi chiederà di fare una scelta." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -1620,13 +984,8 @@ msgid "" "also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" -"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX will ask you if you have\n" -"a PCI SCSI installed. Clicking \" Yes\" will display a list of SCSI cards\n" -"to choose from. Click \"No\" if you know that you have no SCSI hardware in\n" -"your machine. If you're not sure, you can check the list of hardware\n" -"detected in your machine by selecting \"See hardware info \" and clicking\n" -"the \"Next ->\". Examine the list of hardware and then click on the \"Next\n" -"->\" button to return to the SCSI interface question.\n" +"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" +"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1644,17 +1003,9 @@ msgstr "" "verrà individuato un dispositivo di questo tipo, DrakX installerà\n" "automaticamente il driver appropriato.\n" "\n" -"Dato che il riconoscimento automatico in alcuni casi potrebbe non riuscire\n" -"a individuare una particolare periferica, vi verrà comunque chiesto se\n" -"avete una scheda SCSI PCI diversa da quelle eventualmente identificate.\n" -"Scegliete \"Sì\" se siete sicuri che nel vostro computer è presente\n" -"un'altra scheda SCSI, quindi indicate nella lista il modello installato.\n" -"Scegliete invece \"No\" se non disponete di nessun tipo di hardware SCSI, o\n" -"se siete soddisfatti del riconoscimento automatico. Se non siete sicuri\n" -"potete anche controllare la lista dell'hardware rilevato nella vostra\n" -"macchina selezionando \"Vedi informazioni hardware\" e cliccando su \"Ok\".\n" -"Controllate l'elenco dell'hardware individuato, quindi cliccate sul\n" -"pulsante \"Ok\" per ritornare alla domanda relativa alla scheda SCSI.\n" +"Dato che il riconoscimento automatico non è un'operazione a prova d'errore,\n" +"DrakX potrebbe non riuscire a individuare i vostri dischi rigidi. In tal\n" +"caso dovrete inserire manualmente i dati relativi al vostro hardware.\n" "\n" "Nel caso siate costretti a specificare manualmente il tipo di scheda in\n" "vostro possesso, DrakX vi chiederà se intendete indicare il valore di\n" @@ -1680,8 +1031,8 @@ msgid "" " * Label: this is the name you will have to type at the yaboot prompt to\n" "select this boot option.\n" "\n" -" * Image: this would be the name of the kernel to boot. Typically, vmlinux\n" -"or a variation of vmlinux with an extension.\n" +" * Image: this is the name of the kernel to boot. Typically, vmlinux or a\n" +"variation of vmlinux with an extension.\n" "\n" " * Root: the \"root\" device or ``/'' for your Linux installation.\n" "\n" @@ -1715,57 +1066,828 @@ msgid "" "selectable by pressing ENTER at the yaboot prompt. This entry will also be\n" "highlighted with a ``*'' if you press [Tab] to see the boot selections." msgstr "" -"You can add additional entries for yaboot, either for other operating\n" -"systems, alternate kernels, or for an emergency boot image.\n" +"You can add additional entries in yaboot for other operating systems,\n" +"alternate kernels, or for an emergency boot image.\n" "\n" -"For other OS's, the entry consists only of a label and the root partition.\n" +"For other OSs, the entry consists only of a label and the \"root\"\n" +"partition.\n" "\n" "For Linux, there are a few possible options:\n" "\n" -" * Label: this is simply the name you will have to type at the yaboot\n" -"prompt to select this boot option.\n" +" * Label: this is the name you will have to type at the yaboot prompt to\n" +"select this boot option.\n" "\n" " * Image: this would be the name of the kernel to boot. Typically, vmlinux\n" "or a variation of vmlinux with an extension.\n" "\n" -" * Root: the \"root\" device or \"/\" for your Linux installation.\n" +" * Root: the \"root\" device or ''/'' for your Linux installation.\n" "\n" -" * Append: on Apple hardware, the kernel append option is used quite often\n" -"to assist in initializing video hardware, or to enable keyboard mouse\n" -"button emulation for the often lacking 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock\n" -"Apple mouse. The following are some examples:\n" +" * Append: on Apple hardware, the kernel append option is often used to\n" +"assist in initializing video hardware, or to enable keyboard mouse button\n" +"emulation for the missing 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock Apple mouse.\n" +"The following are some examples:\n" "\n" " video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n" "hda=autotune\n" "\n" " video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n" "\n" -" * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules, before\n" +" * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules before\n" "the boot device is available, or to load a ramdisk image for an emergency\n" "boot situation.\n" "\n" -" * Initrd-size: the default ramdisk size is generally 4,096 bytes. If you\n" -"need to allocate a large ramdisk, this option can be used.\n" +" * Initrd-size: the default ramdisk size is generally 4096 Kbytes. If you\n" +"need to allocate a large ramdisk, this option can be used to specify a\n" +"ramdisk larger than the default.\n" "\n" -" * Read-write: normally the \"root\" partition is initially brought up in\n" -"read-only, to allow a file system check before the system becomes \"live\".\n" -"Here, you can override this option.\n" +" * Read-write: normally the \"root\" partition is initially mounted as\n" +"read-only, to allow a file system check before the system becomes ''live''.\n" +"You can override the default with this option.\n" "\n" " * NoVideo: should the Apple video hardware prove to be exceptionally\n" -"problematic, you can select this option to boot in \"novideo\" mode, with\n" +"problematic, you can select this option to boot in ''novideo'' mode, with\n" "native frame buffer support.\n" "\n" " * Default: selects this entry as being the default Linux selection,\n" -"selectable by just pressing ENTER at the yaboot prompt. This entry will\n" -"also be highlighted with a \"*\", if you press [Tab] to see the boot\n" -"selections." +"selectable by pressing ENTER at the yaboot prompt. This entry will also be\n" +"highlighted with a ''*'' if you press [Tab] to see the boot selections." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"Your choice of preferred language will affect the language of the\n" +"documentation, the installer and the system in general. Select first the\n" +"region you are located in, and then the language you speak.\n" +"\n" +"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n" +"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n" +"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if you will\n" +"host users from Spain on your machine, select English as the default\n" +"language in the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n" +"\n" +"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n" +"may choose several ones, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\"\n" +"box. Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell\n" +"checkers, etc. for that language will be installed. Additionally, the\n" +"\"%s\" checkbox allows you to force the system to use unicode (UTF-8). Note\n" +"however that this is an experimental feature. If you select different\n" +"languages requiring different encoding the unicode support will be\n" +"installed anyway.\n" +"\n" +"To switch between the various languages installed on the system, you can\n" +"launch the \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the\n" +"language used by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user\n" +"will only change the language settings for that particular user." +msgstr "" +"Il primo passo è scegliere la lingua che preferite.\n" +"\n" +"La lingua che sceglierete a questo punto verrà utilizzata per il resto\n" +"dell'installazione e sarà la lingua del sistema e della documentazione. Per\n" +"prima cosa selezionate l'area geografica in cui vivete, poi la lingua che\n" +"parlate.\n" +"\n" +"Cliccando sul pulsante \"%s\" potrete scegliere altre lingue da installare\n" +"sul vostro computer. La selezione di altre lingue comporta l'installazione\n" +"dei file relativi alla documentazione e alle applicazioni per ciascuna di\n" +"esse. Ad esempio, se il vostro computer dovrà essere usato anche da persone\n" +"di madre lingua spagnola, potete scegliere l'italiano come lingua\n" +"principale nella struttura ad albero e, nella sezione \"%s\", selezionare\n" +"anche \"%s\".\n" +"\n" +"È interessante notare che non dovete necessariamente limitarvi a un'unica\n" +"lingua supplementare: potete installare i file per più lingue, e persino\n" +"installarle tutte grazie all'opzione \"%s\". L'opzione \"%s\", inoltre,\n" +"obbliga il sistema a utilizzare il sistema Unicode (UTF-8). Si noti,\n" +"tuttavia, che questa è ancora una caratteristica sperimentale. In ogni\n" +"caso, se selezionate lingue che richiedono tipi differenti di codifica, il\n" +"supporto per Unicode verrà comunque installato.\n" +"\n" +"Per passare da una lingua all'altra potete utilizzare il comando\n" +"\"/usr/sbin/localedrake\": come \"root\" per cambiare la lingua utilizzata\n" +"in tutto il sistema, o come utente normale per cambiare solamente la lingua\n" +"usata da quell'utente." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n" +"If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is actually\n" +"present on your system, you can click on the button and choose another\n" +"driver." +msgstr "" +"\"%s\": se sul vostro sistema è stata individuata una scheda audio, verrà\n" +"mostrata qui. Se notate che la scheda audio mostrata qui non è quella\n" +"effettivamente presente sul vostro sistema, potete cliccare sul pulsante e\n" +"scegliere il driver appropriato." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of\n" +"boot options that will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n" +"\n" +"If there are other operating systems installed on your machine they will\n" +"automatically be added to the boot menu. You can fine-tune the existing\n" +"options by clicking \"%s\" to create a new entry; selecting an entry and\n" +"clicking \"%s\" or \"%s\" to modify or remove it. \"%s\" validates your\n" +"changes.\n" +"\n" +"You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to\n" +"anyone who goes to the console and reboots the machine. You can delete the\n" +"corresponding entries for the operating systems to remove them from the\n" +"bootloader menu, but you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other\n" +"operating systems!" +msgstr "" +"Dopo aver configurato i parametri generali del bootloader, verrà mostrata\n" +"la lista delle opzioni che saranno disponibili al momento dell'avvio del\n" +"sistema.\n" +"\n" +"Se sulla vostra macchina è installato un altro sistema operativo, verrà\n" +"automaticamente aggiunto al menu di avvio. Qui potete scegliere una\n" +"configurazione più precisa delle opzioni disponibili: cliccate su una delle\n" +"voci e poi su \"%s\" per modificarla o rimuoverla; \"%s\" crea una nuova\n" +"voce; cliccando su \"%s\" passerete alla fase successiva.\n" +"\n" +"Potreste anche non voler dare l'accesso a questi sistemi operativi a\n" +"chiunque potrebbe riavviare la macchina. Se questo è il caso, potete\n" +"cancellare le voci corrispondenti ai sistemi operativi che desiderate\n" +"rimuovere dal menu del bootloader, ma così facendo, per caricarli, avrete\n" +"bisogno di un boot disk!" + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data present on this partition\n" +"will be lost and will not be recoverable!" +msgstr "" +"Scegliete il disco rigido che volete cancellare per poter installare la\n" +"nuova partizione per Mandrake Linux. Attenzione! tutti i dati presenti\n" +"andranno perduti e non saranno più recuperabili!" + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n" +"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n" +"information on how to setup a new printer. The interface presented there is\n" +"similar to the one used during installation." +msgstr "" +"\"%s\": cliccando sul pulsante \"%s\" verrà lanciato l'assistente di\n" +"configurazione della stampante. Consultate il relativo capitolo della\n" +"''Guida introduttiva'' per avere maggiori informazioni su come configurare\n" +"una nuova stampante. L'interfaccia descritta in tale sede è simile a quella\n" +"utilizzata nel corso dell'installazione." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"Options\n" +"\n" +" Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n" +"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n" +"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n" +"in getting the display configured." +msgstr "" +"Options\n" +"\n" +" Qui potete scegliere di avviare automaticamente l'interfaccia grafica\n" +"subito dopo il boot. Ovviamente è opportuno rispondere \"%s\" nel caso in\n" +"cui la vostra macchina svolga le funzioni di server, oppure se non siete\n" +"riuscite a configurare il server grafico." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n" +"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux." +msgstr "" +"Scegliete la porta appropriata. La porta \"COM1\" sotto Windows, ad\n" +"esempio, è chiamata \"ttyS0\" sotto GNU/Linux." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level desired\n" +"for the machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n" +"higher if the machine will contain crucial data, or if it will be a machine\n" +"directly exposed to the Internet. The trade-off of a higher security level\n" +"is generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n" +"\n" +"If you do not know what to choose, stay with the default option." +msgstr "" +"Ora è il momento di scegliere il livello di sicurezza desiderato per il\n" +"vostro sistema. Come regola generale, quanto più la macchina è esposta a\n" +"Internet e quanto più sono importanti i dati che contiene, tanto più alto\n" +"dovrebbe essere il livello di sicurezza. Tenete presente, tuttavia, che un\n" +"livello di sicurezza molto alto in genere viene ottenuto a spese della\n" +"facilità d'uso.\n" +"\n" +"Se non sapete cosa scegliere, mantenete l'opzione predefinita." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has about your\n" +"system. Depending on your installed hardware, you may have some or all of\n" +"the following entries. Each entry is made up of the configuration item to\n" +"be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current configuration.\n" +"Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to change that.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change that if\n" +"necessary.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n" +"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n" +"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n" +"country list.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": By default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n" +"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n" +"correct.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button to\n" +"change it if necessary.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n" +"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n" +"Guide'' for more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface\n" +"presented there is similar to the one used during installation.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n" +"here. If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is\n" +"actually present on your system, you can click on the button and choose\n" +"another driver.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n" +"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n" +"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n" +"If you have a TV card and it is not detected, click on \"%s\" to try to\n" +"configure it manually.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it will be displayed\n" +"here. You can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with the\n" +"card.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": If you want to configure your Internet or local network access\n" +"now.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n" +"previous step ().\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n" +"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n" +"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n" +"firewall settings.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click that\n" +"button. This should be reserved to advanced users.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": here you'll be able to fine control which services will be run\n" +"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n" +"idea to review this setup." +msgstr "" +"A questo punto DrakX vi mostrerà un riassunto di varie informazioni che ha\n" +"raccolto riguardo il vostro sistema. In base all'hardware installato,\n" +"potrebbero essere visualizzate solo alcune o tutte le voci che descriveremo\n" +"tra poco. Ogni entrata consiste dell'elemento che può essere configurato,\n" +"con accanto una breve sintesi della configurazione attuale. Cliccate sul\n" +"pulsante \"%s\" corrispondente per cambiarla.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": controllate l'attuale impostazione della tastiera, e cambiatela\n" +"se necessario.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": controllate la selezione attuale della nazione. Se non\n" +"corrisponde a quella in cui vivete, cliccate sul pulsante \"%s\" e indicate\n" +"quella corretta. Se la vostra nazione non è nella prima lista che verrà\n" +"mostrata, cliccate su \"%s\" per avere la lista completa.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": il fuso orario è dedotto dalla lingua che avete scelto. Ma anche\n" +"in questo caso, come per la tastiera, potreste non trovarvi nella nazione\n" +"cui corrisponde la lingua che avete scelto; in tal caso sarà potete\n" +"cliccare su \"%s\" per configurare il fuso orario in base a quello\n" +"dell'area geografica in cui vivete.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": controllate la configurazione attuale del mouse, e cliccate sul\n" +"pulsante per cambiarla, se necessario.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": cliccando sul pulsante \"%s\" verrà lanciato l'assistente di\n" +"configurazione della stampante. Consultate il relativo capitolo della\n" +"''Guida introduttiva'' per avere maggiori informazioni su come configurare\n" +"una nuova stampante. L'interfaccia descritta in tale sede è simile a quella\n" +"utilizzata nel corso dell'installazione.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": se sul vostro sistema è stata individuata una scheda audio,\n" +"verrà mostrata qui. Se notate che la scheda audio mostrata qui non è quella\n" +"effettivamente presente sul vostro sistema, potete cliccare sul pulsante e\n" +"scegliere il driver appropriato.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": come opzione predefinita, DrakX configura la vostra interfaccia\n" +"grafica impostando una risoluzione di \"800x600\" o \"1024x768\". Se questa\n" +"scelta non vi soddisfa, cliccate su \"%s\" per riconfigurare la vostra\n" +"interfaccia grafica.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": se sul vostro sistema è stata individuata una scheda TV, verrà\n" +"mostrata qui. Se disponete di una scheda TV che non è stata individuata,\n" +"cliccate sul pulsante per cercare di configurarla a mano.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": se sul vostro sistema è stata individuata una scheda ISDN, verrà\n" +"mostrata qui. Potete cliccare sul pulsante \"%s\" per cambiarne i\n" +"parametri.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": nel caso desideriate configurare adesso l'accesso a Internet o a\n" +"una rete locale.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": questa voce vi permette di ridefinire il livello di sicurezza\n" +"configurato nel passo precedente ().\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": se avete in mente di connettere il vostro computer a Internet, è\n" +"una buona idea proteggerlo contro eventuali intrusioni configurando un\n" +"firewall. Consultate la relativa sezione della ''Guida introduttiva'' per\n" +"saperne di più riguardo la configurazione di un firewall.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": cliccate sul pulsante relativo per cambiare la configurazione\n" +"del bootloader. Questa opzione dovrebbe essere utilizzata dagli utenti più\n" +"esperti.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": qui potrete stabilire in dettaglio quali servizi verranno\n" +"eseguiti sul vostro sistema. Se pensate di utilizzare questa macchina come\n" +"server è senz'altro una buona idea controllare le impostazioni dei servizi." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n" +"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n" +"suits your needs." +msgstr "" +"Se per la vostra scheda è disponibile più di un server grafico, con o senza\n" +"accelerazione 3D, vi verrà chiesto di scegliere il server che meglio si\n" +"adatta ai vostri bisogni." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n" +"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n" +"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n" +"two-button mouse can be ``pressed'' by simultaneously clicking the left and\n" +"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n" +"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n" +"\n" +"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n" +"from the list provided.\n" +"\n" +"If you choose a mouse other than the default, a test screen will be\n" +"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n" +"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n" +"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and to\n" +"go back to the list of choices.\n" +"\n" +"Wheel mice are occasionally not detected automatically, so you will need to\n" +"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n" +"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n" +"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image is displayed on-screen. Scroll\n" +"the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activated correctly. Once you see the\n" +"on-screen scroll wheel moving as you scroll your mouse wheel, test the\n" +"buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you move your\n" +"mouse." +msgstr "" +"In genere DrakX individua automaticamente il numero di pulsanti presenti\n" +"sul vostro mouse, in caso contrario conclude che il vostro è un mouse a due\n" +"tasti e lo imposta in modo da emulare il terzo tasto. DrakX, inoltre,\n" +"riconosce automaticamente se si tratta di un mouse PS/2, seriale o USB.\n" +"\n" +"Se volete specificare un diverso tipo di mouse, scegliete il vostro modello\n" +"dall'elenco che vi viene proposto.\n" +"\n" +"Se scegliete un mouse diverso dal tipo suggerito vi verrà mostrata una\n" +"finestra dove potrete provarlo. Provate sia i pulsanti che l'eventuale\n" +"rotellina per controllare che la configurazione sia corretta. Se il mouse\n" +"non funziona correttamente, premete la barra spaziatrice o il tasto [Invio]\n" +"per uscire dal test e tornare alla lista dei mouse.\n" +"\n" +"Talvolta i mouse con rotellina centrale potrebbero non essere individuati\n" +"automaticamente. In tal caso, dovrete selezionarli personalmente usando la\n" +"lista. Assicuratevi di indicare correttamente la porta alla quale il mouse\n" +"è collegato. Premete il pulsante \"%s\", e comparirà l'immagine di un\n" +"mouse. Fate scorrere la rotellina per attivarla correttamente, quindi\n" +"provate i pulsanti e spostate il mouse in modo da accertarvi che tutto sia\n" +"a posto." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"You will now set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to\n" +"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"%s\".\n" +"Mandrake Linux will attempt to autodetect network devices and modems. If\n" +"this detection fails, uncheck the \"%s\" box. You may also choose not to\n" +"configure the network, or to do it later, in which case clicking the \"%s\"\n" +"button will take you to the next step.\n" +"\n" +"When configuring your network, the available connections options are:\n" +"traditional modem, ISDN modem, ADSL connection, cable modem, and finally a\n" +"simple LAN connection (Ethernet).\n" +"\n" +"We will not detail each configuration option - just make sure that you have\n" +"all the parameters, such as IP address, default gateway, DNS servers, etc.\n" +"from your Internet Service Provider or system administrator.\n" +"\n" +"You can consult the ``Starter Guide'' chapter about Internet connections\n" +"for details about the configuration, or simply wait until your system is\n" +"installed and use the program described there to configure your connection." +msgstr "" +"A questo punto potete configurare la vostra connessione di rete. Se\n" +"desiderate connettere il vostro computer a Internet o a una rete locale,\n" +"cliccate su \"%s\". Mandrake Linux cercherà di individuare automaticamente\n" +"dispositivi di rete e modem (accendete eventuali periferiche esterne prima\n" +"di continuare). Se questa ricerca fallisce, levate il segno di spunta dalla\n" +"casella \"%s\". Potete anche decidere di non configurare la rete, o di\n" +"farlo in seguito, nel qual caso cliccando sul pulsante \"%s\" passerete\n" +"alla fase successiva.\n" +"\n" +"Le connessioni disponibili sono: modem tradizionale, modem ISDN,\n" +"connessione ADSL, cable modem, e infine una semplice connessione a una LAN\n" +"(Ethernet).\n" +"\n" +"Non possiamo descrivere in dettaglio le caratteristiche di ogni\n" +"configurazione. In ogni caso, accertatevi di avere a portata di mano tutti\n" +"i parametri indicati dal vostro fornitore di servizi Internet o dal vostro\n" +"amministratore di sistema.\n" +"\n" +"Per maggiori dettagli riguardo la configurazione della connessione a\n" +"Internet potete consultare il relativo capitolo della ''Guida\n" +"introduttiva''; in alternativa, potete attendere di aver portato a termine\n" +"l'installazione e usare poi il programma descritto in tale capitolo per\n" +"configurare la connessione." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n" +"covers the entire Mandrake Linux distribution. If you do agree with all the\n" +"terms in it, check the \"%s\" box. If not, simply turn off your computer." +msgstr "" +"Prima di proseguire dovreste leggere con attenzione le condizioni d'uso che\n" +"riguardano l'intera distribuzione Mandrake Linux. Se siete d'accordo con\n" +"tutti i termini della licenza cliccate sul pulsante \"%s\". In caso\n" +"contrario, semplicemente spegnere il computer per interrompere\n" +"l'installazione." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"Graphic Card\n" +"\n" +" The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n" +"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n" +"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n" +"\n" +" In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n" +"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n" +"suits your needs." +msgstr "" +"Scheda Grafica\n" +"\n" +" Il programma di installazione normalmente è perfettamente in grado di\n" +"identificare e configurare automaticamente la scheda grafica installata sul\n" +"vostro computer. In caso contrario, potete scegliere in questa lista la\n" +"scheda di cui disponete.\n" +"\n" +" Se per la vostra scheda è disponibile più di un server grafico, con o\n" +"senza accelerazione 3D, vi verrà chiesto di scegliere il server che meglio\n" +"si adatta ai vostri bisogni." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"This dialog is used to choose which services you wish to start at boot\n" +"time.\n" +"\n" +"DrakX will list all the services available on the current installation.\n" +"Review each one carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n" +"time.\n" +"\n" +"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n" +"selected. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n" +"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n" +"\n" +"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n" +"server: you will probably not want to start any services that you do not\n" +"need. Please remember that several services can be dangerous if they are\n" +"enabled on a server. In general, select only the services you really need.\n" +"!!" +msgstr "" +"A questo punto potete scegliere i servizi da lanciare automaticamente\n" +"all'avvio del sistema.\n" +"\n" +"DrakX elencherà tutti i servizi disponibili con l'installazione attuale.\n" +"Esaminateli attentamente e disabilitate quelli che non sono sempre\n" +"necessari all'avvio.\n" +"\n" +"Selezionando un servizio comparirà un breve testo di aiuto che ne spiega le\n" +"caratteristiche. Se non siete realmente sicuri dell'utilità o meno di un\n" +"servizio, è più prudente non modificare le impostazioni predefinite.\n" +"\n" +"!! In questa fase dell'installazione dovete fare le vostre scelte con\n" +"particolare attenzione nel caso intendiate usare il vostro computer come\n" +"server: probabilmente non volete che siano abilitati servizi di cui non\n" +"avete bisogno. Ricordate che numerosi servizi sono potenzialmente\n" +"pericolosi se attivi su un server. Come regola generale, selezionate\n" +"soltanto quelli di cui avete effettivamente bisogno. !!" + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"Monitor\n" +"\n" +" The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n" +"monitor connected to your machine. If it is correct, you can choose from\n" +"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer." +msgstr "" +"Monitor\n" +"\n" +" Il programma di installazione provvede anche a identificare e\n" +"configurare automaticamente il monitor connesso al vostro computer. Se così\n" +"non fosse, anche in questo caso potete scegliere da una lista il tipo di\n" +"monitor in vostro possesso." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n" +"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n" +"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n" +"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n" +"hardware clock are in the same timezone. This is useful when the machine\n" +"also hosts another operating system like Windows.\n" +"\n" +"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the clock by connecting to a\n" +"remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to work, you must have\n" +"a working Internet connection. It is best to choose a time server located\n" +"near you. This option actually installs a time server that can used by\n" +"other machines on your local network as well." +msgstr "" +"GNU/Linux gestisce il tempo in base al GMT (''Greenwich Mean Time'') e lo\n" +"traduce nell'ora locale secondo il fuso orario selezionato. Tuttavia è\n" +"possibile disabilitare questa opzione togliendo il segno di spunta alla\n" +"casella \"%s\", in modo che l'orologio hardware coincida con quello di\n" +"sistema. Questa scelta può tornare utile nel caso sulla macchina sia\n" +"installato un altro sistema operativo, ad esempio Windows.\n" +"\n" +"L'opzione \"%s\" provvederà a gestire l'ora grazie alla connessione via\n" +"Internet con un server di orario remoto. Scegliete un server vicino a voi\n" +"nella lista che vi verrà mostrata. Perché questa opzione funzioni,\n" +"naturalmente, dovete disporre di una connessione a Internet funzionante.\n" +"Sulla vostra macchina verrà installato un server del tempo che potrà essere\n" +"usato anche per altre macchine che si trovano sulla vostra rete locale." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" +"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" +"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" +"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n" +"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n" +"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n" +"\n" +"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" +"\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" +"\n" +"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\n" +"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" +"hard drives:\n" +"\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +"\n" +"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." +msgstr "" +"In alto potete vedere l'elenco delle partizioni Linux individuate sul\n" +"vostro disco rigido. Potete attenervi alle scelte fatte dall'assistente,\n" +"vanno bene per la maggior parte delle installazioni. Se fate dei\n" +"cambiamenti, ricordate che dovete definire per lo meno una partizione root\n" +"(''radice'') (\"/\"). Non sceglietela troppo piccola, altrimenti non sarete\n" +"in grado di installare parte del software. Se poi volete archiviare i\n" +"vostri dati su una partizione separata, dovrete assegnare una partizione\n" +"anche a \"/home\" (ciò è possibile soltanto se avete a disposizione più\n" +"partizioni Linux).\n" +"\n" +"Ogni partizione è elencata in base a queste caratteristiche: \"Nome\",\n" +"\"Capacità\".\n" +"\n" +"Il \"Nome\" è strutturato in: \"tipo di disco rigido\", \"numero del\n" +"disco\", \"numero della partizione\" (ad esempio, \"hda1\").\n" +"\n" +"Il \"tipo di disco rigido\" è \"hd\" se il vostro disco è di tipo IDE, e\n" +"\"sd\" se, invece, è un disco SCSI.\n" +"\n" +"Il \"numero del disco\" è sempre una lettera che segue \"hd\" o \"sd\". Per\n" +"i dischi IDE:\n" +"\n" +" * \"a\" significa \"disco rigido master sul controller IDE primario\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"b\" significa \"disco rigido slave sul controller IDE primario\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"c\" significa \"disco rigido master sul controller IDE secondario\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"d\" significa \"disco rigido slave sul controller IDE secondario\".\n" +"\n" +"Per i dischi rigidi di tipo SCSI, invece, una \"a\" significa \"ID SCSI più\n" +"basso\", una \"b\" significa \"ID SCSI immediatamente successivo ad a\",\n" +"etc." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n" +"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n" +"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n" +"country list." +msgstr "" +"\"%s\": controllate la selezione attuale della nazione. Se non corrisponde\n" +"a quella in cui vivete, cliccate sul pulsante \"%s\" e indicate quella\n" +"corretta. Se la vostra nazione non è nella prima lista che verrà mostrata,\n" +"cliccate su \"%s\" per avere la lista completa." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use\n" +"(formatting means creating a file system).\n" +"\n" +"At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to\n" +"erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those\n" +"partitions as well.\n" +"\n" +"Please note that it is not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n" +"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n" +"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to\n" +"reformat partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically\n" +"\"/home\").\n" +"\n" +"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on\n" +"the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n" +"it.\n" +"\n" +"Click on \"%s\" when you are ready to format partitions.\n" +"\n" +"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n" +"Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n" +"\n" +"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked for\n" +"bad blocks on the disk." +msgstr "" +"Qualsiasi partizione appena definita deve essere formattata prima di poter\n" +"essere usata (formattare significa creare un filesystem).\n" +"\n" +"Potreste anche voler riformattare alcune partizioni preesistenti, per\n" +"cancellare i dati che contengono. Se desiderate farlo, scegliete qui le\n" +"partizioni che intendete formattare.\n" +"\n" +"Tenete presente che non è necessario riformattare tutte le partizioni\n" +"preesistenti. La formattazione è necessaria per le partizioni che\n" +"contengono il sistema operativo (come \"/\", \"/usr\" o \"/var\"), ma\n" +"potete evitare di riformattare quelle che contengono dati che desiderate\n" +"conservare (tipicamente \"/home\").\n" +"\n" +"Fate molta attenzione nella scelta delle partizioni, dopo la formattazione\n" +"tutti i dati saranno cancellati e non potrete recuperarli.\n" +"\n" +"Cliccate su \"%s\" quando siete pronti a formattare le partizioni.\n" +"\n" +"Cliccate su \"%s\" se desiderate scegliere altre partizioni sulle quali\n" +"installare il vostro nuovo sistema operativo Mandrake Linux.\n" +"\n" +"Cliccate su \"%s\" se desiderate che le partizioni selezionate vengano\n" +"controllate per accertare la presenza di eventuali blocchi danneggiati." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"Depending on the default language you chose in Section , DrakX will\n" +"automatically select a particular type of keyboard configuration. However,\n" +"you may not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your language: for\n" +"example, if you are an English speaking Swiss person, you may have a Swiss\n" +"keyboard. Or if you speak English but are located in Quebec, you may find\n" +"yourself in the same situation where your native language and keyboard do\n" +"not match. In either case, this installation step will allow you to select\n" +"an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n" +"\n" +"Click on the \"%s\" button to be presented with the complete list of\n" +"supported keyboards.\n" +"\n" +"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n" +"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding that will switch the\n" +"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts." +msgstr "" +"Normalmente DrakX provvederà a individuare automaticamente la tastiera\n" +"corretta in base alla lingua che avete scelto. Tuttavia, potreste avere una\n" +"tastiera che non corrisponde esattamente alla vostra lingua: se siete un\n" +"francese che parla italiano, ad esempio, potreste comunque preferire una\n" +"tastiera francese. Oppure, se parlate italiano ma vivete nel Québec,\n" +"potreste trovarvi nella stessa situazione. In entrambi i casi, questo passo\n" +"dell'installazione vi permette di selezionare una tastiera appropriata\n" +"dalla lista.\n" +"\n" +"Cliccate sul pulsante \"%s\" per vedere una lista completa delle tastiere\n" +"supportate.\n" +"\n" +"Se scegliete una mappa di tastiera basata su di un alfabeto non latino,\n" +"nella finestra di dialogo successiva vi verrà chiesto di scegliere una\n" +"scorciatoia da tastiera che vi permetterà in seguito di passare dalla mappa\n" +"latina a quella non latina e viceversa." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n" +"ready to use. Just click \"%s\" to reboot the system. The first thing you\n" +"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n" +"bootloader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n" +"\n" +"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": to create an installation floppy disk that will automatically\n" +"perform a whole installation without the help of an operator, similar to\n" +"the installation you just configured.\n" +"\n" +" Note that two different options are available after clicking the button:\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n" +"step is the only interactive procedure.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n" +"rewritten, all data is lost.\n" +"\n" +" This feature is very handy when installing a number of similar machines.\n" +"See the Auto install section on our web site for more information.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n" +"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n" +"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key and type >>linux\n" +"defcfg=\"floppy\" <<.\n" +"\n" +"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy (to create one under GNU/Linux, type\n" +"\"mformat a:\")" +msgstr "" +"Ecco fatto: l'installazione è terminata, e il vostro sistema GNU/Linux è\n" +"pronto per essere usato. Dovete soltanto cliccare sul pulsante \"%s\" per\n" +"riavviare il sistema. La prima cosa che vedrete, non appena il computer\n" +"avrà terminato di effettuare i test prima del boot, è il menu del\n" +"bootloader, che vi permetterà di scegliere il sistema operativo da avviare.\n" +"\n" +"Cliccando sul pulsante \"%s\" (solo in modalità Esperto) avrete altri due\n" +"pulsanti a vostra disposizione:\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": per creare un floppy di installazione che permette di eseguire\n" +"automaticamente un' installazione completa, del tutto simile a quella che\n" +"avete appena finito di configurare, senza che sia necessario l'intervento\n" +"di un operatore.\n" +"\n" +" Si noti che, dopo aver cliccato sul pulsante, saranno disponibili due\n" +"opzioni diverse:\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": questa è un'installazione automatizzata solo in parte, in\n" +"quanto la fase di partizionamento del disco (e solo quella) resta\n" +"interattiva.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": l'installazione è completamente automatizzata: il disco\n" +"rigido viene riscritto per intero, tutti tutti i dati che contiene andranno\n" +"persi.\n" +"\n" +" Questa caratteristica è molto utile quando si deve installare il sistema\n" +"su un gran numero di macchine dalle caratteristiche simili. Si veda la\n" +"sezione Installazione automatica sul nostro sito web.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\" (*): salva la selezione dei pacchetti effettuata in precedenza.\n" +"Al momento di effettuare un'altra installazione, potrete inserire il\n" +"dischetto nel lettore e installare il sistema richiamando la schermata di\n" +"aiuto (premendo [F1]) e digitando >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<<.\n" +"\n" +"(*) Sarà necessario un dischetto formattato con il filesystem FAT: per\n" +"crearne uno sotto GNU/Linux digitate \"mformat a:\"" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mandrake Linux system. If partitions have already been\n" -"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or from another\n" +"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" "partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" @@ -1775,43 +1897,40 @@ msgid "" "\n" "To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"Clear all\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard\n" -"drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" "\n" -" * \"Auto allocate\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3\n" -"and swap partitions in free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" "\n" -"\"More\": gives access to additional features:\n" +"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" -" * \"Save partition table\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful\n" -"for later partition-table recovery, if necessary. It is strongly\n" -"recommended that you perform this step.\n" +" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n" +"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n" +"perform this step.\n" "\n" -" * \"Restore partition table\": allows you to restore a previously saved\n" -"partition table from a floppy disk.\n" +" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n" +"floppy disk.\n" "\n" -" * \"Rescue partition table\": if your partition table is damaged, you can\n" -"try to recover it using this option. Please be careful and remember that it\n" -"doesn't always work.\n" +" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n" +"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it doesn't always\n" +"work.\n" "\n" -" * \"Reload partition table\": discards all changes and reloads the\n" -"partition table that was originally on the hard drive.\n" +" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" +"originally on the hard drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"Removable media automounting\": unchecking this option will force\n" -"users to manually mount and unmount removable medias such as floppies and\n" -"CD-ROMs.\n" +" * \"%s\": unchecking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" +"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" -" * \"Wizard\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition\n" -"your hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good\n" -"understanding of partitioning.\n" +" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" +"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"partitioning.\n" "\n" -" * \"Undo\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" +" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" -" * \"Toggle to normal/expert mode\": allows additional actions on\n" -"partitions (type, options, format) and gives more information about the\n" -"hard drive.\n" +" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" +"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"Done\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -1851,48 +1970,48 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Per partizionare il disco selezionato potete scegliere fra queste opzioni:\n" "\n" -" * \"Cancella tutto\": questa opzione cancella tutte le partizioni presenti\n" -"sul disco selezionato.\n" +" * \"%s\": questa opzione cancella tutte le partizioni presenti sul disco\n" +"selezionato.\n" "\n" -" * \"Alloca automaticamente\": questa opzione vi permette di creare\n" -"automaticamente partizioni ext3 e di swap nello spazio libero presente sul\n" -"vostro disco rigido.\n" +" * \"%s\": questa opzione vi permette di creare automaticamente partizioni\n" +"ext3 e di swap nello spazio libero presente sul vostro disco rigido.\n" "\n" -"\"Ancora\": permette di accedere ad ulteriori funzionalità:\n" +"\"%s\": permette di accedere ad ulteriori funzionalità:\n" "\n" -" * \"Salva tabella delle partizioni\": salva la tabella delle partizioni su\n" -"un floppy. Utile per recuperarla in un secondo momento, se necessario. Vi\n" -"raccomandiamo caldamente di effettuare questa operazione.\n" +" * \"%s\": salva la tabella delle partizioni su un floppy. Utile per\n" +"recuperarla in un secondo momento, se necessario. Vi raccomandiamo\n" +"caldamente di effettuare questa operazione.\n" "\n" -" * \"Ripristina tabella delle partizioni\": permette di ripristinare una\n" -"tabella delle partizioni precedentemente salvata su floppy disk.\n" +" * \"%s\": permette di ripristinare una tabella delle partizioni\n" +"precedentemente salvata su floppy disk.\n" "\n" -" * \"Recupera tabella delle partizioni\": se la vostra tabella delle\n" -"partizioni è danneggiata potete provare a recuperarla grazie a questa\n" -"opzione. Procedete con attenzione, e ricordate che potrebbe non avere\n" -"successo.\n" +" * \"%s\": se la vostra tabella delle partizioni è danneggiata potete\n" +"provare a recuperarla grazie a questa opzione. Procedete con attenzione, e\n" +"ricordate che potrebbe non avere successo.\n" "\n" -" * \"Ricarica tabella delle partizioni\": annulla tutte le modifiche e\n" -"ricarica la tabella delle partizioni originaria.\n" +" * \"%s\": annulla tutte le modifiche e ricarica la tabella delle\n" +"partizioni originaria.\n" "\n" -" * \"Automounting di media rimovibili\": se disabilitate questa opzione gli\n" -"utenti saranno costretti a montare e smontare manualmente i filesystem dei\n" -"dispositivi rimovibili, come lettori floppy e CD-ROM.\n" +" * \"%s\": se disabilitate questa opzione gli utenti saranno costretti a\n" +"montare e smontare manualmente i filesystem dei dispositivi rimovibili,\n" +"come lettori floppy e CD-ROM.\n" "\n" -" * \"Assistente\": usate questa opzione per effettuare il partizionamento\n" -"del disco con l'aiuto di un assistente. Altamente raccomandata se non avete\n" -"una buona conoscenza del partizionamento.\n" +" * \"%s\": usate questa opzione per effettuare il partizionamento del disco\n" +"con l'aiuto di un assistente. Altamente raccomandata se non avete una buona\n" +"conoscenza del partizionamento.\n" "\n" -" * \"Un passo indietro\": con questa opzione le modifiche apportate\n" -"verranno annullate.\n" +" * \"%s\": con questa opzione le modifiche apportate verranno annullate.\n" "\n" -" * \"Passa a modo Esperto\": permette di effettuare ulteriori azioni sulle\n" -"partizioni (scelta del tipo, opzioni, formattazione) e offre più\n" -"informazioni.\n" +" * \"%s\": permette di effettuare ulteriori azioni sulle partizioni (scelta\n" +"del tipo, opzioni, formattazione) e offre più informazioni.\n" "\n" -" * \"Fatto\": quando avrete finito il partizionamento del disco cliccate su\n" +" * \"%s\": quando avrete finito il partizionamento del disco cliccate su\n" "questa opzione, le vostre modifiche verranno salvate sul disco.\n" "\n" +"Quando state specificando le dimensioni di una partizione, potete\n" +"utilizzare i tasti freccia della tastiera per impostare con precisione i\n" +"valori desiderati.\n" +"\n" "Si noti che è possibile raggiungere ogni opzione usando la tastiera. Per\n" "spostarvi fra le partizioni usate i tasti [Tab] e le frecce [Sù/Giù].\n" "\n" diff --git a/perl-install/share/po/help-ru.pot b/perl-install/share/po/help-ru.pot index a5c0e51b5..060387c99 100644 --- a/perl-install/share/po/help-ru.pot +++ b/perl-install/share/po/help-ru.pot @@ -1,3 +1,6 @@ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=KOI8-R\n" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -18,114 +21,110 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Depending on your hard drive configuration, several options are available:\n" "\n" -" * \"Use free space\": this option will perform an automatic partitioning\n" -"of your blank drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further\n" -"prompts.\n" -"\n" -" * \"Use existing partition\": the wizard has detected one or more existing\n" -"Linux partitions on your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this\n" -"option. You will then be asked to choose the mount points associated with\n" -"each of the partitions. The legacy mount points are selected by default,\n" -"and for the most part it's a good idea to keep them.\n" -"\n" -" * \"Use the free space on the Windows partition\": if Microsoft Windows is\n" -"installed on your hard drive and takes all the space available on it, you\n" -"have to create free space for Linux data. To do so, you can delete your\n" -"Microsoft Windows partition and data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution)\n" -"or resize your Microsoft Windows FAT partition. Resizing can be performed\n" -"without the loss of any data, provided you previously defragment the\n" -"Windows partition and that it uses the FAT format. Backing up your data is\n" -"strongly recommended.. Using this option is recommended if you want to use\n" -"both Mandrake Linux and Microsoft Windows on the same computer.\n" +" * \"%s\": this option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" +"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": the wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" +"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" +"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" +"a good idea to keep them.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": if Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" +"Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and data\n" +"(see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows FAT\n" +"partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any data, provided\n" +"you have previously defragmented the Windows partition and that it uses the\n" +"FAT format. Backing up your data is strongly recommended.. Using this\n" +"option is recommended if you want to use both Mandrake Linux and Microsoft\n" +"Windows on the same computer.\n" "\n" " Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n" "procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n" "then when you started. You will have less free space under Microsoft\n" "Windows to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" -" * \"Erase entire disk\": if you want to delete all data and all partitions\n" -"present on your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandrake Linux\n" -"system, choose this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to\n" -"undo your choice after you confirm.\n" +" * \"%s\": if you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" +"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandrake Linux system,\n" +"choose this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo your\n" +"choice after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"Remove Windows\": this will simply erase everything on the drive and\n" -"begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch. All data on your disk\n" -"will be lost.\n" +" * \"%s\": this will simply erase everything on the drive and begin fresh,\n" +"partitioning everything from scratch. All data on your disk will be lost.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"Custom disk partitioning\": choose this option if you want to manually\n" -"partition your hard drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous\n" -"choice and you can very easily lose all your data. That's why this option\n" -"is really only recommended if you have done something like this before and\n" -"have some experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake\n" -"utility, refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions '' section in the\n" -"``Starter Guide''." +" * \"%s\": choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n" +"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n" +"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n" +"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n" +"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n" +"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions '' section in the ``Starter\n" +"Guide''." msgstr "" -"�� ���� ���� ��� ��������� ������ ���� �� ������ ���������� ������������\n" +"�� ���� ���� ��� ��������� ������, ���� �� ������ ���������� ������������\n" "������� Mandrake Linux �� ����� ������� �����. ���� ��� ������� ���� ����\n" "��� ������������ ������������ ������� �� ��� �������� ��� ��������\n" "������������, ��� ��������� ���� ����������� (partition). ���������� �����\n" "� �������� ������� � ���, ����� ��������� �������� �� ��� ���������\n" "������������ ��� ��������� ����� ����� ������� Mandrake Linux.\n" "\n" -"��������� ���������� ����� ������ ����������� �������, � ����� �������� �\n" -"������ ������, ���� �� ����� ��� ���� ������������� ������������ �������,\n" +"��������� ���������� ����� ��� ������ ����������� ������� � ����� ��������\n" +"� ������ ������, ���� �� ����� ��� ���� ������������� ������������ �������,\n" "�� ��� ����������� ������������ ��� ��������� ����������� � ��������\n" "������. � �������, � DrakX ���������� ������, ���������� ���� �������.\n" -"���������� ������������������� � ������������ ����� ������� � ��\n" +"����������, ������������������� � ������������ ����� ������� � ��\n" "����������.\n" "\n" "� ����������� �� ������������ ������ �������� �����, �������� ���������\n" "����������:\n" "\n" -" * \"������������ ��������� �����\": ��� ����� �������� ��������������\n" -"���������� ������� �����(��). ���� �� ��������� ��� �����, �� �����\n" -"�������� ���������� �� �����;\n" -"\n" -" * \"������������ ������������ �������\": ������ ��������� �������\n" -"������������ �������� Linux �� ����� ������� �����. ���� �� ����������� ��\n" -"������������, �������� ��� �����. ��� �������� ������� ����� ������������\n" -"��� ������� �������. �� ��������� ���������� ���������� ����� ������������\n" -"� �� ������ ������ �� �� ������.\n" -"\n" -" * \" ������������ ��������� ����� �� ������� Windows\": ���� �� �����\n" -"������� ����� ����������� � �������� ��� ��������� ����� Microsoft Windows,\n" -"��� ����� ����� ������� ��������� ����� ��� ������ Linux. ����� ���\n" -"�������, �� ������ ������� ��� Microsoft Windows ������ � ������ (��.\n" -"������� `` �������� ���� ����'') ��� �������� ������ ������� FAT Microsoft\n" -"Windows. ��������� ������� ����� ����������� ��� ������ ������, ��������\n" -"���� �� �������������� ������� �������������� ������ Windows � ���\n" -"������������ ������ FAT. ��������� ����������� ����� ������ ����������\n" -"�������������. . ����������� ������� ��� �����, ���� �� �����������\n" -"������������ Mandrake Linux � Microsoft Windows �� ����� ����������.\n" +" * \"%s\": ��� ����� �������� �������������� ���������� ������� �����(��).\n" +"���� �� ��������� ��� �����, �� ����� �������� ���������� �� �����;\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": ������ ��������� ������� ������������ �������� Linux �� �����\n" +"������� �����. ���� �� ����������� �� ������������, �������� ��� �����. ���\n" +"�������� ������� ����� ������������ ��� ������� �������. �� ���������\n" +"���������� ���������� ����� ������������ � �� ������ ������ �� �� ������.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": ���� �� ����� ������� ����� ����������� � �������� ��� ���������\n" +"����� Microsoft Windows, ��� ����� ����� ������� ��������� ����� ��� ������\n" +"Linux. ����� ��� �������, �� ������ ������� ��� Microsoft Windows ������ �\n" +"������ (��. ������� `` �������� ���� ����'') ��� �������� ������ �������\n" +"FAT Microsoft Windows. ��������� ������� ����� ����������� ��� ������\n" +"������, �������� ���� �� �������������� ������� �������������� �������\n" +"Windows � ��� ������������ ������ FAT. ��������� ����������� ����� ������\n" +"���������� �������������. . ����������� ������� ��� �����, ���� ��\n" +"����������� ������������ Mandrake Linux � Microsoft Windows �� �����\n" +"����������.\n" "\n" " ����� ���, ��� ������� ��� �����, �� ������ ��������, ��� ������ ������\n" -"������� Microsoft Windows ������ ������, ��� ������. � ��� ����� ������\n" +"������� Microsoft Windows ������ ������, ��� ���. � ��� ����� ������\n" "���������� ����� ��� Microsoft Windows ��� �������� ������ � �����������\n" "����� ��������;\n" "\n" -" * \"�������� ���� ����\" �������� ��� �����, ���� �� ������ ������� ���\n" -"������ �� ���� �������� ������ �������� ����� � �������� �� ����� ��������\n" -"Mandrake Linux. ������ ��������� � ���� �������, ������ ��� �����\n" -"�������������, �� �� ������� ������� ��� ��� ���� �����;\n" +" * \"%s\" �������� ��� �����, ���� �� ������ ������� ��� ������ �� ����\n" +"�������� ������ �������� ����� � �������� �� ����� �������� Mandrake Linux.\n" +"������ ��������� � ���� �������, ������ ��� ����� ������������� �� ��\n" +"������� ������� ������� ��� ��� ����;\n" "\n" " !! ���� �� ��������� ��� �����, ��� ������ �� ����� ������� ����� �����\n" "�������. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"������� Windows\": ��� ����� �������� ������ ������� ��� ���������� ��\n" -"����� � ������ �������� �������� ����� �� ������ �����. ��� ���������� ��\n" -"����� ����� ����� �������.\n" +" * \"%s\": ��� ����� �������� ������ ������� ��� ���������� �� ����� �\n" +"������ �������� �������� ����� �� ������ �����. ��� ���������� �� �����\n" +"����� ����� �������.\n" "\n" " !! ���� �� �������� ��� �����, ��� ������ �� ����� ����� ����� ��������.\n" "!!\n" "\n" -" * \"������ �������� �����\": �������� ��� �����, ���� �� ������� �������\n" -"��� ���� �������. ������ ���������, ��� ������ � ������������ �������\n" -"�����������. �� �������� ������ �������� ��� ������. ������� ����� ����\n" -"����� ������������� ������ ���� �� ��� ������ ��� ���� �������� � ������\n" +" * \"%s\": �������� ��� �����, ���� �� ������� ������� ��� ���� �������.\n" +"������ ���������, ��� ������ � ������������ ������� �����������. ��\n" +"�������� ������ �������� ��� ������. ������� ����� ���� ����� �������������\n" +"������ � ������, ���� �� ��� ������ ��� ���� �������� ������ � ������\n" "��������� ����. ����� ������, ��� ������������ ������� DiskDrake,\n" "���������� � ������� ``���������� ��������� ����� '' ����� ``���������\n" "����������� ������������''." @@ -135,9 +134,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Resolution\n" "\n" -" You can choose here resolutions and color depth between those available\n" -"for your hardware. Choose the one that best suit your needs (you will be\n" -"able to change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n" +" Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n" +"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n" +"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n" "configuration is shown in the monitor." msgstr "" "����������\n" @@ -150,43 +149,42 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system, meaning each user can have their own\n" +"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system, meaning each user may have their own\n" "preferences, their own files and so on. You can read the ``Starter Guide''\n" -"to learn more about multi-user systems. But unlike \"root\", which is the\n" +"to learn more about multi-user systems. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n" "system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be\n" "authorized to change anything except their own files and their own\n" -"configuration, protecting the system from unintentional or malicious\n" -"changes that impact the system as a whole. You will have to create at least\n" -"one regular user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use\n" -"for routine, day-to-day use. Although it is very easy to log in as \"root\"\n" -"to do anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A mistake\n" -"could mean that your system would not work any more. If you make a serious\n" -"mistake as a regular user, the worst that will happen is that you will lose\n" -"some information, but not affect the entire system.\n" +"configurations, protecting the system from unintentional or malicious\n" +"changes that impact on the system as a whole. You will have to create at\n" +"least one regular user for yourself -- this is the account which you should\n" +"use for routine, day-to-day use. Although it is very easy to log in as\n" +"\"root\" to do anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A\n" +"very simple mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If\n" +"you make a serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that will happen is\n" +"that you will lose some information, but not affect the entire system.\n" "\n" "The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n" "-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n" -"you typed in and copy it to the \"User name\" field, which is the name this\n" -"user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override the\n" -"default and change the username. The next step is to enter a password. From\n" -"a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is not\n" -"as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that is no reason to neglect it by\n" -"making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones at\n" -"risk.\n" -"\n" -"Once you click on \"Accept user\", you can add other users. Add a user for\n" -"each one of your friends: your father or your sister, for example. Click\n" -"\"Next ->\" when you have finished adding users.\n" -"\n" -"Clicking the \"Advanced\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\"\n" -"for that user (bash by default).\n" -"\n" -"When you are finished adding all users, you will be asked to choose a user\n" +"you typed in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" field, which is the name\n" +"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n" +"the default and change the username. The next step is to enter a password.\n" +"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n" +"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that is no reason to neglect\n" +"it by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the\n" +"ones at risk.\n" +"\n" +"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n" +"of your friends: your father or your sister, for example. Click \"%s\" when\n" +"you have finished adding users.\n" +"\n" +"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n" +"that user (bash by default).\n" +"\n" +"When you have finished adding users, you will be asked to choose a user\n" "that can automatically log into the system when the computer boots up. If\n" "you are interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n" -"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click \"Next\n" -"->\". If you are not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"Do you want\n" -"to use this feature?\" box." +"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click \"%s\".\n" +"If you are not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box." msgstr "" "GNU/Linux ��� ��������������������� �������, � ��� ������, ��� ������\n" "������������ ����� ����� ���� ����������� ������������, ����� � ��� �����.\n" @@ -203,27 +201,27 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "� ������ ���� �� ������ ������ ���� �������� ���. ���, �������, ��\n" "����������� -, ��� ��� �� ������� ������ ������ ��� ��� ������. DrakX\n" -"���������� ������ �����, ������� �� ����� � ���� � ��������� ��� ��� \"���\n" -"������������\". ��� ��� ������� ������������ ���������� ��� ����� �\n" -"�������. �� ������ �������� ���. ����� ��� ����� ������ ������. � �����\n" -"������ ������������ ������ ��-������������������ (��������) ������������ ��\n" -"��� ��������, ��� ������ \"root\", �� ��� ������ ������������ ��: � �����\n" +"���������� ������ �����, ������� �� ����� � ���� � ��������� ��� ���\n" +"\"%s\". ��� ��� ������� ������������ ���������� ��� ����� � �������. ��\n" +"������ �������� ���. ����� ��� ����� ������ ������. � ����� ������\n" +"������������ ������ ��-������������������ (��������) ������������ �� ���\n" +"��������, ��� ������ \"root\", �� ��� ������ ������������ ��: � �����\n" "������, �� �������� ������ �������.\n" "\n" -"����� �� ������� \"������� ������������\", �� ������� �������� ��� �������\n" -"��������. �������� ������������ ��� ������� �� ����� ������, ��� ���� ���\n" -"������, ��������. ����� �� ��������� ���������� �������������, �������\n" -"\"����� ->\"\n" +"����� �� ������� \"%s\", �� ������� �������� ��� ������� ������\n" +"�������������. �������� ������������ ��� ������� �� ����� ������, ��� ����\n" +"��� ������, ��������. ����� �� ��������� ���������� �������������, �������\n" +"\"%s\".\n" "\n" -"������� ������ \"�������������\" �������� �������� \"shell\" �� ���������\n" -"��� ����� ������������ (�� ��������� ��� bash).\n" +"������� ������ \"%s\" �������� �������� \"shell\" �� ��������� ��� �����\n" +"������������ (�� ��������� ��� bash).\n" "\n" "����� ����, ��� ��� ������������ ����� ���������, ��� ��������� �������\n" "������������, ��� ������� ����� ����� ������������� ������� � ������� �����\n" "��������. ���� ��� ���������� ��� ����������� (� ��� �� ������� ���������\n" -"������������), �������� �������� ������������ ������������ � �������\n" -"��������, ����� ������� \"����� ->\". ���� ��� �� ����� ��� �����������,\n" -"������� ������� � ������ \"������ ������������ ��� �����������?\"" +"������������), �������� ������������ ������������ � ������� ��������, �����\n" +"������� \"%s\". ���� ��� �� ����� ��� �����������, ������� ����� � ������\n" +"\"%s\"" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -247,8 +245,8 @@ msgid "" "choose between CD, OF boot, MacOS or Linux;\n" "\n" " * Kernel Boot Timeout: this timeout is similar to the LILO boot delay.\n" -"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second before your\n" -"default kernel description is selected;\n" +"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second increments\n" +"before your default kernel description is selected;\n" "\n" " * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``C'' for CD\n" "at the first boot prompt.\n" @@ -265,26 +263,19 @@ msgstr "" "����������. ���� ��� �� ���, �� ������ ������� �������� ����� �� ����\n" "������. ������ ����������� ��� ������ ���������� ����������.\n" "\n" -"Yaboot �������� ��������� ����������� ��� ������������ NewWorld\n" -"MacIntosh.\n\" \"�� � ��������� ��������� GNU/Linux, MacOS ��� MacOSX, ����\n" -"������� �������\n\" \"�� ����� ����������. ������ ��� ������������ �������\n" -"��������� ������������\n\" \"� ���������������. ���� ��� �� ���, �� ������\n" -"������� �������� ����� ��\n\" \"���� ������. ������ ����������� ��� ������\n" -"���������� ����������.\n" -"\n" "�������� ����� Yaboot:\n" "\n" " * Init Message: ������� �����, ������������ ����� ������������ ��������.\n" "\n" -" * Boot Device: ����������, ���� �� ������ ��������� ����������,\n" -"����������� ��� �������� GNU/Linux. ������ ������� �� �������������� ������\n" -"bootstrap, ���������� ��� ����������.\n" +" * Boot Device: ����������, ���� �� ������ ��������� ����������, ���������\n" +"��� �������� GNU/Linux. ������ ������� �� �������������� ������ bootstrap,\n" +"���������� ��� ����������.\n" "\n" -" * Open Firmware Delay: � ������� �� LILO � yaboot ������� ��� �����.\n" +" * Open Firmware Delay: � ������� �� LILO, � yaboot ������� ��� �����.\n" "������ ����� ���������� � ��������, � �� ���� ����� �� ������ CD, OF boot,\n" -"MacOS or Linux;\n" +"MacOS ��� Linux;\n" "\n" -" * Kernel Boot Timeout: ���� ������� ����� �� ����� �������� LILO \"�����\n" +" * Kernel Boot Timeout: ���� ������� ����� �� ����� �������� LILO. �����\n" "������ Linux � ��� ����� ����� � 0.1 ������� ����� ���, ��� ����� �������\n" "���� �������� ���� �� ���������.\n" "\n" @@ -306,13 +297,12 @@ msgid "" "DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new install or an upgrade\n" "of an existing Mandrake Linux system:\n" "\n" -" * \"Install\": For the most part, this completely wipes out the old\n" -"system. If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or\n" -"change the file system, you should use this option. However, depending on\n" -"your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of your existing data from\n" -"being over- written.\n" +" * \"%s\": For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system. If\n" +"you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or change the file\n" +"system, you should use this option. However, depending on your partitioning\n" +"scheme, you can prevent some of your existing data from being over-written.\n" "\n" -" * \"Upgrade\": this installation class allows you to update the packages\n" +" * \"%s\": this installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mandrake Linux system. Your current\n" "partitioning scheme and user data is not altered. Most of other\n" "configuration steps remain available, similar to a standard installation.\n" @@ -324,18 +314,18 @@ msgstr "" "���� ��� ���������� ������ ���� �� ����� ������ ������ ������ ������\n" "GNU/Linux.\n" "\n" -"DrakX ������ ������ ������ ������ �� �� �������� ����� ��������� ���\n" +"DrakX ������ ������ ������, ������ �� �� �������� ����� ��������� ���\n" "���������� ������������ ������� Mandrake Linux:\n" "\n" -" * \"���������\": � ����������� ������� ���� ������� �������� � �����������\n" -"������ �������. ���� �� ������� �������� ������� ������ �������� �����, ���\n" +" * \"%s\": � ����������� ������� ���� ������� �������� � ����������� ������\n" +"�������. ���� �� ������� �������� ������� ������ �������� ����� ���\n" "�������� �������� �������, �� ������ ������� ���� �����. ������, �\n" "����������� �� ����, ��� ������ ��� ����, �� �������� ������� ��������� ��\n" "���������� ��������� ���� ������.\n" "\n" -" * \"����������\": ���� ����� ��������� �������� ��� �������� ������,\n" -"������������� � ����� ������� Mandrake Linux. ������� ����� �������� �����\n" -"� ���������������� ������ ��������� �����������. ����������� ������ �����\n" +" * \"%s\": ���� ����� ��������� �������� ��� �������� ������, �������������\n" +"� ����� ������� Mandrake Linux. ������� ����� �������� ����� �\n" +"���������������� ������ ��������� �����������. ����������� ������ �����\n" "����� ��������, ��� � ��� ����������� ���������.\n" "\n" "����� �������� ``����������'' ����� ������� �������� �� �������� Mandrake\n" @@ -348,92 +338,86 @@ msgid "" "At the time you are installing Mandrake Linux, it is likely that some\n" "packages have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been\n" "fixed, security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these\n" -"updates, you are now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"Yes\"\n" -"if you have a working Internet connection, or \"No\" if you prefer to\n" +"updates, you are now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\"\n" +"if you have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to\n" "install updated packages later.\n" "\n" -"Choosing \"Yes\" will display a list of places from which updates can be\n" -"retrieved. Choose the one nearest you. A package-selection tree will\n" -"appear: review the selection, and press \"Install\" to retrieve and install\n" -"the selected package(s), or \"Cancel\" to abort." +"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of places from which updates can be\n" +"retrieved. You should choose one nearer to you. A package-selection tree\n" +"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n" +"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort." msgstr "" "� ������ ������ ��������� Mandrake Linux ���� �� ������� �������� ���������\n" "������ �� ��������� ������. ��������� ���� ����� ���� ���������� � ������\n" "�������� ������������. ����� ������� ������ �� ���� ����������, ������ ��\n" -"������ ��������� �� �� ��������. ������� \"��\", ���� � ��� ���� ����������\n" -"���������� � ��������, ��� \"���\", ���� �� ������ �� �������� ������\n" -"�����.\n" +"������ ��������� �� �� ��������. ������� \"%s\", ���� � ��� ���� ����������\n" +"���������� � ��������, ��� \"%s\", ���� �� ������ �� �������� ������ �����.\n" "\n" -"��� ������ \"��\" �������� ������ ����, �� ������� ����� ��������\n" +"��� ������ \"%s\" �������� ������ ����, �� ������� ����� ��������\n" "����������. �������� ��������� � ��� ������. ����� �������� ������ ������\n" -"�������: ����������� ������ � ������� \"����������\" ��� ��������� �\n" -"��������� ��������� �������, ��� \"������\" ��� ������." +"�������: ����������� ������ � ������� \"%s\" ��� ��������� � ���������\n" +"��������� �������, ��� \"%s\" ��� ������." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"This dialog allows to finely tune your bootloader:\n" +"This dialog allows you to fine tune your bootloader:\n" "\n" -" * \"Bootloader to use\": there are three choices for your bootloader:\n" +" * \"%s\": there are three choices for your bootloader:\n" "\n" -" * \"GRUB\": if you prefer grub (text menu).\n" +" * \"%s\": if you prefer grub (text menu).\n" "\n" -" * \"LILO with text menu\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu\n" -"interface.\n" +" * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu interface.\n" "\n" -" * \"LILO with graphical menu\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical\n" -"interface.\n" +" * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical interface.\n" "\n" -" * \"Boot device\": in most cases, you will not change the default\n" -"(\"/dev/hda\"), but if you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the\n" -"second hard drive (\"/dev/hdb\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"/dev/fd0\");\n" +" * \"%s\": in most cases, you will not change the default (\"%s\"), but if\n" +"you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the second hard drive\n" +"(\"%s\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"%s\");\n" "\n" -" * \"Delay before booting the default image\": after a boot or a reboot of\n" -"the computer, this is the delay given to the user at the console to select\n" -"a boot entry other than the default.\n" +" * \"%s\": after a boot or a reboot of the computer, this is the delay\n" +"given to the user at the console to select a boot entry other than the\n" +"default.\n" "\n" "!! Beware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting\n" -"\"Skip\"), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake Linux\n" -"system! Be sure you know what you do before changing any of the options. !!\n" +"\"%s\"), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake Linux\n" +"system! Be sure you know what you are doing before changing any of the\n" +"options. !!\n" "\n" -"Clicking the \"Advanced\" button in this dialog will offer advanced options\n" -"that are reserved for the expert user." +"Clicking the \"%s\" button in this dialog will offer advanced options which\n" +"are normally reserved for the expert user." msgstr "" -"���� ������ ��������� ��������� ��������� ��� ��������� ���������:\n" +"���� ������ ��������� ����� ��������� ��� ��������� ���������:\n" "\n" -" * \"������������ ��������� ���������\": ���������� ��� �������� ����������\n" -"����������:\n" +" * \"%s\": ���������� ��� �������� ���������� ����������:\n" "\n" -" * \"GRUB\": ���� �� ������������� grub (��������� ����).\n" +" * \"%s\": ���� �� ������������� grub (��������� ����).\n" "\n" -" * \"LILO � ��������� ����\": ���� �� ������������� LILO � ���������\n" -"����������� ����\n" +" * \"%s\": ���� �� ������������� LILO � ��������� ����������� ����.\n" "\n" -" * \"LILO � ����������� ����\": ���� �� ������������� LILO � �����������\n" -"�����������\n" +" * \"%s\": ���� �� ������������� LILO � ����������� �����������.\n" "\n" -" * \"����������� ����������\": � ����������� ������� ��� �� ���������\n" -"������ �������� �� ��������� (\"/dev/hda\"), �� ���� �� �������, ���������\n" -"��������� ����� ���� ���������� �� ������ ������� ���� (\"/dev/hdb\"), ���\n" -"���� �� ������� (\"/dev/fd0\");\n" +" * \"%s\": � ����������� ������� ��� �� ��������� ������ �������� ��\n" +"��������� (\"%s\"), �� ���� �� �������, ��������� ��������� ����� ����\n" +"���������� �� ������ ������� ���� (\"%s\"), ��� ���� �� ������� (\"%s\");\n" "\n" -" * \"����� ����� ��������� ������ �� ���������\": �� ����� �������� ���\n" -"������������ ���������� ������������ ��������������� ����������� ������� �\n" -"���� ���������� �������� �� ��������� ������� ��������.\n" +" * \"%s\": �� ����� �������� ��� ������������ ���������� ������������\n" +"��������������� ����������� ������� � ���� ���������� �������� �� ���������\n" +"������� ��������.\n" "\n" "!! ������ ��������� ��� ������ ����������� ���������� ���������� (�������\n" -"����� \"����������\" ����� � �����), ������ ��� � ��� ������ �������� ����\n" +"����� ������ \"%s\" ����� � �����), ������ ��� � ��� ������ �������� ����\n" "�� ���� ������ ��������� ���� ������� Mandrake Linux! ����� ��������� �\n" "���, ��� �� ������ ��� �������, ����� ��������� �����-���� ��������. !!\n" "\n" -"��� ������� �� ������ \"�������������\" �������� ������ �� ���������� �����\n" -"��� ����������� �������������." +"��� ������� �� ������ \"%s\" �������� ������ �� ���������� ����� ���\n" +"����������� �������������." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" -"Please choose the one you want to resize in order to install your new\n" +"Please choose which one you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mandrake Linux operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" @@ -463,28 +447,27 @@ msgid "" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" "�� ����� ������ ����� ����� ���� ���������� ����� ������ ������� Microsoft.\n" -"�������� ����������� ������ ��� ��������� ��� ������� ��� ��������� �����\n" -"����� ������������ ������� Mandrake Linux.\n" +"�������� ����������� ������ ��� ��������� ��� ������� � ����� ���������\n" +"����� ����� ������������ ������� Mandrake Linux.\n" "\n" -"������ ������ ���������� ���: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" -"\"Capacity\".\n" +"������ ������ ���������� ���: \"Linux ���\", \"Windows ���\" \"������\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" ��������� ��: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" -"\"partition number\" (��������, \"hda1\").\n" +"\"Linux ���\" ��������� ��: \"��� �������� �����\", \"����� ��������\n" +"�����\", \"����� �������\" (��������, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" ��� \"hd\" ���� ��� ������� ���� IDE � \"sd\" ����\n" +"\"��� �������� �����\" ��� \"hd\" ���� ��� ������� ���� IDE � \"sd\" ����\n" "SCSI.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" ������ ����� ����� \"hd\" ��� \"sd\". ��� �������\n" +"\"����� �������� �����\" ������ ����� ����� \"hd\" ��� \"sd\". ��� �������\n" "������ IDE:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" �������� \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" �������� \"master ������� ���� �� ��������� IDE �����������\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" �������� \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" �������� \"slave ������� ���� �� ��������� IDE �����������\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" �������� \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" �������� \"master ������� ���� �� ��������� IDE �����������\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" �������� \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" �������� \"slave ������� ���� �� ��������� IDE �����������\".\n" "\n" "��� ������� ������ SCSI \"a\" �������� \"lowest SCSI ID\", \"b\" ��������\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", � �.�.\n" @@ -499,32 +482,32 @@ msgid "" "on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n" "WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandrake Linux rely upon.\n" "\n" -"You will be presented the list of different parameters to change to get an\n" -"optimal graphical display: Graphic Card\n" +"You will be presented with a list of different parameters to change to get\n" +"an optimal graphical display: Graphic Card\n" "\n" -" The installer can normally automatically detect and configure the\n" +" The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n" "graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n" -"choose in this list the card you actually own.\n" +"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n" "\n" " In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n" -"without 3D acceleration, you are then proposed to choose the server that\n" -"best suits your needs.\n" +"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n" +"suits your needs.\n" "\n" "\n" "\n" "Monitor\n" "\n" -" The installer can normally automatically detect and configure the\n" -"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not the case, you can choose in\n" -"this list the monitor you actually own.\n" +" The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n" +"monitor connected to your machine. If it is correct, you can choose from\n" +"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer.\n" "\n" "\n" "\n" "Resolution\n" "\n" -" You can choose here resolutions and color depth between those available\n" -"for your hardware. Choose the one that best suit your needs (you will be\n" -"able to change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n" +" Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n" +"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n" +"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n" "configuration is shown in the monitor.\n" "\n" "\n" @@ -532,7 +515,7 @@ msgid "" "Test\n" "\n" " the system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n" -"resolution. If you can see the message during the test and answer \"Yes\",\n" +"resolution. If you can see the message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n" "then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you cannot see the message, it\n" "means that some part of the autodetected configuration was incorrect and\n" "the test will automatically end after 12 seconds, bringing you back to the\n" @@ -542,13 +525,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Options\n" "\n" -" You can here choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n" +" Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n" "switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n" -"\"No\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n" +"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n" "in getting the display configured." msgstr "" -"X (��� ������� X Window) ��� ������ ������������ ���������� GNU/Linux, ��\n" -"������� ���������� ��� ����������� ����� (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n" +"X (��� ������� X Window) ��� ������ ������������ ���������� GNU/Linux, ��\n" +"���� �������� �������� ��� ����������� ����� (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n" "WindowMaker, � �.�..), �������� � Mandrake Linux.\n" "\n" "��� ����� ����������� ������ ��������� ���������� ��� ���������\n" @@ -559,7 +542,7 @@ msgstr "" "������ �����, ������� � ��� ������������� �����������.\n" "\n" " � ������, ����� ��� ����� ����� �������� ��������� �������, � 3D\n" -"���������� � ���, ��� ��������� ������� ����� ������ ������ �������������\n" +"���������� � ���, ��� ��������� �������, ����� ������ ������ �������������\n" "����� ������������.\n" "\n" "\n" @@ -583,8 +566,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "���������\n" "\n" -" ������� ���������� ������� ����������� ����� � ��������� ����������.\n" -"���� �� ������� ������� ��������� �� ����� �������� � �������� \"��\",\n" +" ������� ���������� ������� ����������� ����� � ��������� ����������.\n" +"���� �� ������� ������� ��������� �� ����� �������� � �������� \"%s\",\n" "����� DrakX �������� � ���������� ����. ���� �� �� ������� ���������, ���\n" "������, ��� ����� ������������ ������������� ������������ ���� ������� �\n" "�������� ������������� ���������� ����� 12 ������, ������ ��� � ����.\n" @@ -596,31 +579,31 @@ msgstr "" "���������\n" "\n" " ����� �� ������ ��������� ���� ������ �� �������������� �������� �\n" -"����������� ����������. ��������, ��� ��� ������� ������� \"���\", ����\n" -"���� ������ ����� �������� � �������� ������� ��� ��� �� ������� ���������\n" +"����������� ����������. ��������, ��� ��� ������� ������� \"%s\", ���� ����\n" +"������ ����� �������� � �������� ������� ��� ��� �� ������� ���������\n" "����������� �����." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other OSs may\n" -"offer you one, but Mandrake Linux offers two. Each of the printing systems\n" -"is best for a particular type of configuration.\n" +"offer you one, but Mandrake Linux offers two. Each of the printing system\n" +"is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n" "\n" -" * \"pdq\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, don't queue'', is the choice\n" +" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, don't queue'', is the choice\n" "if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n" -"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"pdq\n" -"\" will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when\n" -"used with networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n" -"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n" +"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n" +"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n" +"with networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your first\n" +"experience with GNU/Linux.\n" "\n" -" * \"CUPS\" - `` Common Unix Printing System'', is an excellent choice for\n" +" * \"%s\" - `` Common Unix Printing System'', is an excellent choice for\n" "printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the planet. It is\n" "simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for the ancient\n" "\"lpd \" printing system, so it compatible with older operating systems\n" -"that may still need print services. While quite powerful, the basic setup\n" +"which may still need print services. While quite powerful, the basic setup\n" "is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to emulate a \"lpd\" server, make\n" -"sure to turn on the \"cups-lpd \" daemon. \"CUPS\" includes graphical\n" +"sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd \" daemon. \"%s\" includes graphical\n" "front-ends for printing or choosing printer options and for managing the\n" "printer.\n" "\n" @@ -632,21 +615,21 @@ msgstr "" "����� ���������� ��� ����, � Mandrake Linux ���������� ���. ������ ��\n" "������ �������� ������ ��� ������������ ������������.\n" "\n" -" * \"pdq\" -- ��� �������� ``��������, �� ������� � �������'' - ���\n" +" * \"%s\" -- ��� �������� ``��������, �� ������� � �������'' - ��� �������\n" "�������, ���� �� �������� ���������� � ������ ��������, �� ������ ��������\n" -"������� � ������������ ������, � � ��� ��� ������� ���������. (\"pdq \"\n" +"������� � ������������ ������, � � ��� ��� ������� ���������. (\"%s\"\n" "������ c��������� ������ � ����� �������� ������������ ����� � �������� ���\n" "��� �������� ���������.) ������������� ������������ \"pdq \" � ������, ����\n" "�� ������ ��������� ���� ���� � GNU/Linux.\n" "\n" -" * \"CUPS\" - `` Common Unix Printing System'' (����� ������� ������ Unix),\n" +" * \"%s\" - `` Common Unix Printing System'' (����� ������� ������ Unix),\n" "��� ������������ ������ �� ����� ��������� ��������, � ����� �� ��������\n" "���� �������. ��� ������ � ��������� � ����� ��������� � �������� �������\n" "��� ������� ��� ������� ������ ������ \"lpd \", ������� ��� ���������� �\n" -"����� ����������� ��������� ������� �������� ��� ��������� ������� ������.\n" +"����� ����������� ���������, ������� �������� ��� ��������� ������� ������.\n" "�������� �� ��� ���� ����, ������� ��������� � ��� ����� ��� � \"pdq\".\n" "���� ��� ����� ����������� \"lpd\", �� ������ �������� ����� \"cups-lpd \".\n" -"\"CUPS\" ����� ����������� ��������� ��� ������ ��� ������ ����������\n" +"\"%s\" ����� ����������� ��������� ��� ������ ��� ������ ����������\n" "�������� � ��� ���������� ���������.\n" "\n" "���� �� �������� ���� ����� ������, � ����� ����������, ��� ������� ������\n" @@ -664,47 +647,45 @@ msgid "" "Packages are sorted into groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n" "machine. Mandrake Linux has four predefined installations available. You\n" "can think of these installation classes as containers for various packages.\n" -"You can mix and match applications from the various containers, so a\n" +"You can mix and match applications from the various groups, so a\n" "``Workstation'' installation can still have applications from the\n" -"``Development'' container installed.\n" +"``Development'' group installed.\n" "\n" -" * \"Workstation\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation,\n" -"select one or more of the applications that are in the workstation\n" -"container.\n" +" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n" +"more of the applications that are in the workstation group.\n" "\n" -" * \"Development\": if plan on using your machine for programming, choose\n" -"the appropriate packages from the container.\n" +" * \"%s\": if plan on using your machine for programming, choose the\n" +"appropriate packages from that group.\n" "\n" -" * \"Server\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of\n" -"the more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n" +" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n" +"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n" "\n" -" * \"Graphical Environment\": this is where you will choose your preferred\n" -"graphical environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a\n" -"graphical interface available.\n" +" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n" +"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n" +"interface available.\n" "\n" "Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n" "text about that group. If you unselect all groups when performing a regular\n" "installation (as opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n" "different options for a minimal installation:\n" "\n" -" * \"With X\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n" +" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n" "working graphical desktop.\n" "\n" -" * \"With basic documentation\": installs the base system plus basic\n" -"utilities and their documentation. This installation is suitable for\n" -"setting up a server.\n" +" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n" +"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n" "\n" -" * \"Truly minimal install\": will install the absolute minimum number of\n" -"packages necessary to get a working Linux system. With this installation\n" -"you will only have a command line interface. The total size of this\n" -"installation is 65 megabytes.\n" +" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n" +"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n" +"command line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n" +"megabytes.\n" "\n" -"You can check the \"Individual package selection\" box, which is useful if\n" -"you are familiar with the packages being offered or if you want to have\n" -"total control over what will be installed.\n" +"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you are familiar with the\n" +"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n" +"be installed.\n" "\n" -"If you started the installation in \"Upgrade\" mode, you can unselect all\n" -"groups to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n" +"If you started the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can unselect all groups\n" +"to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n" "updating an existing system." msgstr "" "������ ������� ����� ����������, ����� ��������� �� ������ ���������� ��\n" @@ -714,47 +695,45 @@ msgstr "" "������ ����������� �� �������, ������� ������������� ���������\n" "������������� ����� ������. � Mandrake Linux ������� ������\n" "���������������� �������� ���������. �� ������ ������������� ��� ��������\n" -"��������� ��� ������ ��������� �������. �� ������ ���������� ���������� ��\n" -"��������� �������, �������� � �������� ��������� ``������� �������'' �����\n" -"���� ��������� ���������� �� ������ ``����������''.\n" +"��������� ��� ������ ������ ��������� �������. �� ������ ����������\n" +"���������� �� ��������� �������, �������� � �������� ��������� ``�������\n" +"�������'' ����� ���� ��������� ���������� �� ������ ``����������''.\n" "\n" -" * \"������� �������\": ���� �� ����������� ������������ ������ ��� �������\n" -"�������, �������� ���� ��� ��������� ��������������� ����� �� ������\n" +" * \"%s\": ���� �� ����������� ������������ ������ � �������� �������\n" +"�������, �������� ���� ��� ��������� ��������������� ����� �� ������\n" "������� �������.\n" "\n" -" * \"����������\": ���� �� ����������� �������� �����������������, ��������\n" +" * \"%s\": ���� �� ����������� �������� �����������������, ��������\n" "��������������� ������ �� ������.\n" "\n" -" * \"������\": ���� ���� ������ ����� �������� ��������, �������� �����\n" -"������� ���������� �� ���.\n" +" * \"%s\": ���� ���� ������ ����� �������� ��������, �������� ����� �������\n" +"���������� �� ���.\n" "\n" -" * \"����������� �����\": ����� ��� ����� ������� ��������������\n" -"����������� �����. ���� �� ���� �� ��� ������ ���� �������, ���� �� ������\n" -"�������� � ����������� ����������.\n" +" * \"%s\": ����� ��� ����� ������� �������������� ����������� �����. ����\n" +"�� ���� �� ��� ������ ���� �������, ���� �� ������ �������� � �����������\n" +"����������.\n" "\n" "��� ��������� ������� ���� �� ��� ������ ����� ������������ ��������\n" -"��������� � ������ ������. ���� �� �� �������� �� ����� ������ � ��������\n" +"��������� � ������ ������. ���� �� �� �������� �� ����� ������ � ��������\n" "���������� ������� ����������� (� ����������������� upgrade), ��������\n" "������ � ���������� ������� ��� ����������� �����������:\n" "\n" -" * \"������ � �\": �������������� ����������� ����� �������, �����������\n" -"��� ������ ������������ �������� �����.\n" +" * \"%s\": �������������� ����������� ����� �������, ����������� ��� ������\n" +"������������ �������� �����.\n" "\n" -" * \"� �������� �������������\": ���������� �������� ������� ���� �������\n" -"������� � ������������ � ���. ��� ����������� �������� ��� ���������\n" -"�������.\n" +" * \"%s\": ���������� �������� ������� ���� ������� ������� � ������������\n" +"� ���. ��� ����������� �������� ��� ��������� �������.\n" "\n" -" * \"������������� ����������� ���������\": ����� ���������� �����\n" -"����������� ������� ������� ��� ������ Linux �������. � ��� �������� ��\n" -"������� �������� ������ � ������ ��������� ������. ����� ������ ����\n" -"��������� �������� 65 ��������.\n" +" * \"%s\": ����� ���������� ����� ����������� ������� ������� ��� ������\n" +"Linux �������. � ��� �������� �� ������� �������� ������ � ������ ���������\n" +"������. ����� ������ ���� ��������� �������� 65 ��������.\n" "\n" -"�� ������ �������� ����� \"����� ��������� �������\", ������� ����� �������\n" -"���� �� ������ ������ ������������ ������ ��� ���� �� ������ ����� ������\n" -"�������� ��� ���, ��� ����� ���������������.\n" +"�� ������ �������� ����� \"%s\", ������� ����� �������, ���� �� ������\n" +"������ ������������ ������, ��� ���� �� ������ ����� ������ �������� ���\n" +"���, ��� ����� ���������������.\n" "\n" -"���� �� ������ ����������� � ������ \"Upgrade\", �� ������ ������ �����\n" -"���� �����, ����� ������������� ����������� ������-���� ������ ������. ���\n" +"���� �� ������ ����������� � ������ \"%s\", �� ������ ������ ����� ����\n" +"�����, ����� ������������� ����������� ������-���� ������ ������. ���\n" "������� � ������ �������������� ��� ���������� ������������ �������." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: @@ -773,19 +752,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n" "system: you have to enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n" -"administrator and is the only one authorized to make updates, add users,\n" +"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n" "change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n" "do everything! That is why you must choose a password that is difficult to\n" "guess - DrakX will tell you if the password that you chose too easy. As you\n" "can see, you are not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise you\n" -"against. GNU/Linux is as prone to operator error as any other operating\n" -"system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and unintentionally\n" -"erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the partitions\n" -"themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become \"root\".\n" +"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n" +"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n" +"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n" +"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n" +"\"root\".\n" "\n" "The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n" -"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it too\n" -"easy to compromise a system.\n" +"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n" +"too easy to compromise a system.\n" "\n" "One caveat -- do not make the password too long or complicated because you\n" "must be able to remember it!\n" @@ -793,24 +773,25 @@ msgid "" "The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it in. To reduce\n" "the chance of a blind typing error you will need to enter the password\n" "twice. If you do happen to make the same typing error twice, this\n" -"``incorrect'' password will have to be used the first time you connect.\n" +"``incorrect'' password will be the one you will have use the first time you\n" +"connect.\n" "\n" "If you wish access to this computer to be controlled by an authentication\n" -"server, click the \"Advanced\" button.\n" +"server, click the \"%s\" button.\n" "\n" "If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n" -"services, select the appropriate one as \"authentication\". If you do not\n" -"know which to use, ask your network administrator.\n" +"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n" +"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n" "\n" -"If you happen to have problems with reminding passwords, you can choose to\n" -"have \"No password\", if your computer won't be connected to the Internet,\n" -"and if you trust anybody having access to it." +"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, if your computer\n" +"will never be connected to the internet or that you absolutely trust\n" +"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"." msgstr "" "��� ����� ������ ������� � ���� ������������ ����� ������� GNU/Linux: ��\n" "������ ������ ������ \"root\". \"Root\" �������� ��������������� ������� �\n" "������ �� ����� ����� ����������� ����������, ��������� �������������,\n" "�������� ������������ ������� � ��� �����. ������ ������, \"root\" �����\n" -"���! ��� ������� �� ������ ��������� ������, ������� ������ ��������� -.\n" +"���! ��� ������� �� ������ ��������� ������, ������� ������ ���������.\n" "DrakX ������� ���, ���� ������ ������� �����. ��� �� ������, ����� ������\n" "�� ������� ������, �� �� �������� �������� ��� ����� �� ������ �� �����\n" "������� �������: �� �������, ��� ���� �� ��������� GNU/Linux, �� ����\n" @@ -823,8 +804,8 @@ msgstr "" "�� ����� 8 ��������. ������� �� ����������� ������ \"root\" -: ��� ������\n" "����� ������ ����������� ����������������� �������.\n" "\n" -"������, ���������� �� ������� ������ ������� ������� ��� ������� �������,\n" -"������ ��� �� ������ ��� ��� ������ ������ ���������.\n" +"� ������ �������, ����������, �� ������� ������ ������� ������� ��� �������\n" +"�������, ������ ��� �� ������ ��� ��� ������ ������ ���������.\n" "\n" "������ �� ����� ������������ �� ������ ��� ��, ��� �� ��� �������. �����\n" "����, ��� ��������� ��������� ���� ������, ����� ������������ �����������\n" @@ -832,34 +813,34 @@ msgstr "" "``��������'' ������ ��������� ������������ ��� ������ ��������.\n" "\n" "���� �� �������, ����� ������ � ����� ���������� ��������������� ��������\n" -"��������������, ������� �� ������ \"�������������\".\n" +"��������������, ������� �� ������ \"%s\".\n" "\n" "���� ���� ���� ���������� LDAP, NIS, ��� PDC Windows Domain �������\n" -"��������������, �������� ��������������� ��� \"��������������\". ���� ��\n" -"������, �������� ������ �������������� ����.\n" +"��������������, �������� ��������������� ��� \"%s\". ���� �� ������,\n" +"�������� ������ �������������� ����.\n" "\n" "���� � ��� �������� �������� � ������������ �������, �� ������ �������\n" -"����� \"��� ������\", ���� ��� ��������� �� ����� ������������ � �������� �\n" -"���� �� ��������� ���� ������ � ������." +"����� \"%s\", ���� ��� ��������� �� ����� ������������ � �������� � ���� ��\n" +"��������� ���� ������ � ������." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Click on \"Next ->\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present\n" -"on this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"Next ->\", you will not\n" -"be able to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive,\n" -"including any Windows data.\n" +"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" +"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"any Windows data.\n" "\n" -"Click on \"<- Previous\" to stop this operation without losing any data and\n" +"Click on \"%s\" to stop this operation without losing any data and\n" "partitions present on this hard drive." msgstr "" -"������� \"����� ->\", ���� �� ������ ������� ��� ������ � ������� �� ������\n" -"������� �����. ������ ���������, ������ ��� ����� ������� \"����� ->\" ��\n" -"�� ������� ������������ ������ � ������� �� ���� �����, ������� ������\n" +"������� \"%s\", ���� �� ������ ������� ��� ������ � ������� �� ������\n" +"������� �����. ������ ���������, ������ ��� ����� ������� \"%s\" �� ��\n" +"������� ������������ ������ � ������� �� ���� �����, ������� ������\n" "Windows.\n" "\n" -"������� \"<- �����\" ��� ������ ���� �������� ��� ������ ������ � ��������\n" -"�� ������ ������� �����." +"������� \"%s\" ��� ������ ���� �������� ��� ������ ������ � �������� ��\n" +"������ ������� �����." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -878,17 +859,17 @@ msgid "" "installed. By default Mandrake Linux will automatically start any installed\n" "services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n" "the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that that\n" -"security holes are discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was\n" +"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was\n" "finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do\n" -"or why it is being installed, then click \"No\". Clicking \"Yes \" will\n" +"or why it is being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will\n" "install the listed services and they will be started automatically by\n" "default during boot. !!\n" "\n" -"The \"Automatic dependencies\" option is used to disable the warning dialog\n" -"which appears whenever the installer automatically selects a package to\n" -"resolve a dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each\n" -"other such that installation of a package requires that some other program\n" -"is already installed. The installer can determine which packages are\n" +"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n" +"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n" +"dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each other such\n" +"that installation of a package requires that some other program is also\n" +"rerquired to be installed. The installer can determine which packages are\n" "required to satisfy a dependency to successfully complete the installation.\n" "\n" "The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n" @@ -898,9 +879,9 @@ msgid "" "end of another installation. See the second tip of last step on how to\n" "create such a floppy." msgstr "" -"���� �� �������� ������������, ��� �� ������ ������� �������� ������, ��\n" +"���� �� �������� ������������, ��� �� ������ ������� ������ ��������, ��\n" "������� ��� ������, ���������� ��� ������, ����������� �� ������� �\n" -"����������. �� ����� ��������� ������, �� ������ �������� ������ ���������,\n" +"����������. �� ����� ��������� ������ �� ������ �������� ������ ���������,\n" "��������� ��� ��������� ������.\n" "\n" "����� �� ��������� ����� � ������, ������ ���������� ��� ��������, �����\n" @@ -913,15 +894,15 @@ msgstr "" "����� ��������� ������� �� ������ ������� ������������, � ��� ����� ����\n" "���������� ���� � ������������ ����� ������� ������ ������ Mandrake Linux.\n" "���� �� �� ������, ����� ����� ������ ������ � ��� �� ������, �������\n" -"\"���\". ���� �� ������� \"��\", ����� ��� ������� �� ������ �����\n" +"\"%s\". ���� �� ������� \"%s\", ����� ��� ������� �� ������ �����\n" "����������� � ������������� �������� ��� ��������. !!\n" "\n" -"����� \"�������������� �����������\" ��������� ����� �������\n" -"��������������, ������� ���������� ��� �������������� ������ �������\n" -"�������������. ��������� ������ ����� ����������� ���� � ������, �������\n" -"������������ ����� ������������� ���������� ��������� ������ ���������.\n" -"����������� ��� ��������� ����� ������ ����� ��� ��������������\n" -"������������, ����� ������� ��������� ���������.\n" +"����� \"%s\" ��������� ����� ������� ��������������, ������� ���������� ���\n" +"�������������� ������ ������� �������������. ��������� ������ �����\n" +"����������� ���� � ������, ������� ������������ ����� �������������\n" +"���������� ��������� �������������� ���������. ����������� ��� ���������,\n" +"����� ������ ����� ��� �������������� ������������, ����� ������� ���������\n" +"���������.\n" "\n" "��������� ������ ������� ����� ��� ������� ��������� ��������� ��������� �\n" "���������� �� ����� ���������� ����������� ������ �������. ���� �� �������\n" @@ -946,22 +927,17 @@ msgid "" "If it cannot make a determination, DrakX will ask you where to place the\n" "bootloader." msgstr "" -"LILO � grub ��� ���������� GNU/Linux. ���� ��� ������ ���������\n" +"LILO � grub ��� ��������� ���������� GNU/Linux. ���� ��� ������ ���������\n" "���������������. DrakX �������������� ����������� (boot) ������ ����� �\n" "����� ����������� �������� ����, ��� �� ��� ������:\n" "\n" " * ���� ������ ����������� ������ Windows, �� ������� ��� �� �����������\n" -"������ grub/LILO. �������������, �� ������� ��������� � GNU/Linux ���\n" -"������ OS;\n" +"������ grub/LILO. �������������, �� ������� ��������� � GNU/Linux � ������\n" +"OS;\n" "\n" " * ���� ������ boot ������ grub ��� LILO, �� ������� ��� �� �����.\n" "\n" -"���� ��������� ��������, DrakX ������� ��� ���� ���������� ���������.\n" -"\n" -"\"����������� ����������\": � ����������� ������� ��� �� ����� ������\n" -"��������� �� ��������� ����� (\"������ ������ ����� (MBR)\"), �� ���� ��\n" -"�������, ��������� ����� ���� ���������� �� ������ ������� ����\n" -"(\"/dev/hdb\"), ��� ���� �� ������� (����� \"�� �������\")." +"���� ��������� ��������, DrakX ������� ��� ���� ���������� ���������." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -971,7 +947,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, You'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -984,20 +960,20 @@ msgid "" "configure the driver." msgstr "" "������� DrakX ��������� ����� IDE ����������, �������������� � �����\n" -"�������. ����� �� ����� ��������� �� ������� ����� ��� ������ PCI SCSI ����\n" -"� �������. ���� ����� ������� SCSI �����, DrakX ������������� ���������\n" +"�������. ����� �� �������� ������� ����� ��� ������ PCI SCSI ���� �\n" +"�������. ���� ����� ������� SCSI �����, DrakX ������������� ���������\n" "��������������� �������.\n" "\n" "��� ��� ����������� ����������� ����������� �� ������ ���������������,\n" "DrakX ����� �� ���������� � ������������ ����� ������� ������. ���� ���\n" "���, ����� ��� ��������� ������� ������� ��� ������������.\n" "\n" -"\"���� ��� �������� ������� ������� PCI SCSI �������, DrakX ������� ���,\n" +"���� ��� �������� ������� ������� PCI SCSI �������, DrakX ������� ���,\n" "������ �� �� ��������� ��� ���������. �� ������ ��������� DrakX ���������\n" "������������� ��� ����� �����, ������� ����� ��� ������������� ��������.\n" "������ DrakX �������� ���� ��� ��� �������.\n" "\n" -"���� DrakX �� � ��������� ������������� ���������� ����� ��������� �����\n" +"���� DrakX �� � ��������� ������������� ����������, ����� ��������� �����\n" "������������, ��� ��������� ������� ��������� �������." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: @@ -1014,8 +990,8 @@ msgid "" " * Label: this is the name you will have to type at the yaboot prompt to\n" "select this boot option.\n" "\n" -" * Image: this would be the name of the kernel to boot. Typically, vmlinux\n" -"or a variation of vmlinux with an extension.\n" +" * Image: this is the name of the kernel to boot. Typically, vmlinux or a\n" +"variation of vmlinux with an extension.\n" "\n" " * Root: the \"root\" device or ``/'' for your Linux installation.\n" "\n" @@ -1059,7 +1035,7 @@ msgstr "" " * �����: ��� ������ ��������, ������� �� ������ ������ ������ � ������\n" "����������� yaboot, ����� ������� ���� ������� ��������;\n" "\n" -" * �����: ��� ����� ��� ������������ ����. ������ vmlinux ��� �������\n" +" * �����: ��� �������� ������������ ����. ������ ��� vmlinux ��� �������\n" "vmlinux � �����������.\n" "\n" " * Root: ���������� \"root\" ��� ``/'' ��� ��������� ������ Linux;\n" @@ -1067,7 +1043,7 @@ msgstr "" " * ����������: �� ������������ Apple ����� ���������� ���� �������� �����\n" "������������ ����� ������ ��� ������������� ����������������� ��� �����\n" "�������� �� ���������� �������� ������ ���� ��� ����� ������������� ��\n" -"����������� ����� Apple 2� � 3� ������. ��� ��������� ��������:\n" +"����������� ����� Apple 2-� � 3-� ������. ��� ��������� ��������:\n" "\n" " video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n" "hda=autotune\n" @@ -1090,8 +1066,8 @@ msgstr "" "��������������, �� ������ ������� ��� ����� ��� �������� � ������\n" "``novideo'' � ������ ���������� frame buffer.\n" "\n" -" * �� ���������: �������� ���� ����� ��� ����� Linux �� ���������,\n" -"���������� ������� �������� �� ENTER � ������ ����������� yaboot. ����\n" +" * �� ���������: ��������� ���� ����� ��� ����� Linux �� ���������, �������\n" +"���������� ������� �������� �� ENTER � ������ ����������� yaboot. ����\n" "����� ����� ����� ������� ``*'', ���� �� ������� [Tab], ����� �������\n" "�������� ��������." @@ -1102,21 +1078,20 @@ msgid "" "documentation, the installer and the system in general. Select first the\n" "region you are located in, and then the language you speak.\n" "\n" -"Clicking on the \"Advanced\" button will allow you to select other\n" -"languages to be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the\n" -"language-specific files for system documentation and applications. For\n" -"example, if you will host users from Spain on your machine, select English\n" -"as the default language in the tree view and \"Espanol\" in the Advanced\n" -"section.\n" +"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n" +"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n" +"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if you will\n" +"host users from Spain on your machine, select English as the default\n" +"language in the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n" "\n" "Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n" -"may choose several ones, or even install them all by selecting the \"All\n" -"languages\" box. Selecting support for a language means translations,\n" -"fonts, spell checkers, etc. for that language will be installed.\n" -"Additionally, the \"Use Unicode by default\" checkbox allows to force the\n" -"system to use unicode (UTF-8). Note however that this is an experimental\n" -"feature. If you select different languages requiring different encoding the\n" -"unicode support will be installed anyway.\n" +"may choose several ones, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\"\n" +"box. Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell\n" +"checkers, etc. for that language will be installed. Additionally, the\n" +"\"%s\" checkbox allows you to force the system to use unicode (UTF-8). Note\n" +"however that this is an experimental feature. If you select different\n" +"languages requiring different encoding the unicode support will be\n" +"installed anyway.\n" "\n" "To switch between the various languages installed on the system, you can\n" "launch the \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the\n" @@ -1127,21 +1102,20 @@ msgstr "" "����������� � ������� � �����. �������� ������� ������, � ������� ��\n" "����������, ����� ���� �� ������� �� ��������.\n" "\n" -"�� ������� �� ������ \"�������������\" �� ������� ������� ������ �����,\n" -"������� ����� ���������� �� ����� ������� �������, ��������� ����� �������\n" +"�� ������� �� ������ \"%s\" �� ������� ������� ������ �����, ������� �����\n" +"���������� �� ����� ������� �������. ����� ������� ����� �����������\n" "������� ��������� � ����� ����� ��������� ������������ � ����������.\n" "��������, ���� � ��� � ������� ����� �������� ������������ �� �������,\n" -"�������� � ������ English ��� ��������, � \"Espa�ol\" � ��������������\n" -"�������.\n" +"�������� � ������ English ��� ��������, � \"%s\" � �������������� �������.\n" "\n" "�������, ��� �� �� ���������� � ������ �������������� ������. �� ������\n" "������� ������� ������ �������������� ������, ���� ���������� ��� �����,\n" -"������� ����� \"��� �����\". ����� ��������� ����� �������� �������\n" -"���������, �������, �������� ���������� � �.�. ��� ������������� ������.\n" -"����� ����, �� ������ ������� ����� \"������������ �� ��������� Unicode\",\n" -"������� �������� ������� ������������ ������ (UTF-8). ������, ������ � ����\n" -"��� ��� ����������������� �����������. ���� �� �������� ������ ����,\n" -"��������� ������ ���������, ��������� ������ ����� ��� ����� �����������.\n" +"������� ����� \"%s\". ����� ��������� ����� �������� ������� ���������,\n" +"�������, �������� ���������� � �.�. ��� ������������� ������. ����� ����,\n" +"�� ������ ������� ����� \"%s\", ������� �������� ������� ������������\n" +"������ (UTF-8). ������ ������ � ����, ��� ��� �����������������\n" +"�����������. ���� �� �������� ������ ����, ��������� ������ ���������,\n" +"��������� ������ ����� ��� ����� �����������.\n" "\n" "��� ������������ ����� ���������� �������������� ������� � ����� ������� ��\n" "������ ��������� ������� \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" � ������� \"root\",\n" @@ -1152,14 +1126,14 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"\"Sound card\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n" -"here. If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is\n" -"actually present on your system, you can click on the button and choose\n" -"another driver." +"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n" +"If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is actually\n" +"present on your system, you can click on the button and choose another\n" +"driver." msgstr "" -"\"�������� �����\": ���� � ����� ������� ������� �������� �����, ����� ���\n" -"����� ��������. ���� �� �������, ��� ���������� �������� ����� ��\n" -"������������� ����, ��� � ��� ���� � �������, �� ������ ������ �� ������ �\n" +"\"%s\": ���� � ����� ������� ������� �������� �����, ����� ��� �����\n" +"��������. ���� �� �������, ��� ���������� �������� ����� �� �������������\n" +"����, ��� � ��� ������� ���� � �������, �� ������ ������ �� ������ �\n" "������� ������ �������." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: @@ -1170,9 +1144,9 @@ msgid "" "\n" "If there are other operating systems installed on your machine they will\n" "automatically be added to the boot menu. You can fine-tune the existing\n" -"options by clicking \"Add\" to create a new entry; selecting an entry and\n" -"clicking \"Modify\" or \"Remove\" to modify or remove it. \"OK\" validates\n" -"your changes.\n" +"options by clicking \"%s\" to create a new entry; selecting an entry and\n" +"clicking \"%s\" or \"%s\" to modify or remove it. \"%s\" validates your\n" +"changes.\n" "\n" "You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to\n" "anyone who goes to the console and reboots the machine. You can delete the\n" @@ -1180,15 +1154,15 @@ msgid "" "bootloader menu, but you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other\n" "operating systems!" msgstr "" -"����� ����, ��� �� ��������� ��������� �������� ���������� ����������, ��\n" +"����� ����, ��� �� ��������� ��������� �������� ���������� ����������, ��\n" "������ �������� ������ ���������� ��������, ������� ����� �������� �� �����\n" "������.\n" "\n" "���� �� ����� ������ ����������� ������ ������������ �������, ���\n" "������������� ����� ��������� � ���� ��������. ����� �� ������ �������\n" -"�������������� ��������� ������������ ����������, ������ \"��������\" ���\n" -"�������� ������ ������; ������� ����� � ������ \"��������\" ��� \"�������\"\n" -"��� ��������� ��� ��������. ������ \"OK\" ���������� ���� ���������.\n" +"�������������� ��������� ������������ ����������, ������ \"%s\" ���\n" +"�������� ������ ������; ������ ����� � ����� \"%s\" ��� \"%s\" ���\n" +"��������� ��� ��������. ������ \"%s\" ���������� ���� ���������.\n" "\n" "�� ������ ������� ���, ����� ����� ������ �� ��� �������� ������� �\n" "��������� ������������ ��������. � ����� ������ �� ������ �������\n" @@ -1199,8 +1173,8 @@ msgstr "" # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" -"Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data present on it will be lost\n" -"and will not be recoverable!" +"Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data present on this partition\n" +"will be lost and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" "�������� ������� ����, ������� ����� �������� ��� ����������� ������ ������\n" "������� Mandrake Linux. ������ ���������, ��� ������ �� ��� ����� ��������\n" @@ -1209,30 +1183,31 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"\"Printer\": clicking on the \"Configure\" button will open the printer\n" -"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n" -"Guide'' for more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface\n" -"presented there is similar to the one used during installation." +"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n" +"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n" +"information on how to setup a new printer. The interface presented there is\n" +"similar to the one used during installation." msgstr "" -"\"�������\": �� ������� �� ������ \"���������\" ��������� ������ ���������\n" -"��������. ���������� ��������������� ����� � ����� ``��������� �����������\n" +"\"%s\": �� ������� �� ������ \"%s\" ��������� ������ ��������� ��������.\n" +"���������� ��������������� ����� � ����� ``��������� �����������\n" "������������'', ����� ������ ��� ���������� ����� �������. ��������������\n" "��� ��������� ������� ������������� � �������� ���������." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Finally, you will be asked whether you want to see the graphical interface\n" -"at boot. Note this question will be asked even if you chose not to test the\n" -"configuration. Obviously, you want to answer \"No\" if your machine is to\n" -"act as a server, or if you were not successful in getting the display\n" -"configured." +"Options\n" +"\n" +" Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n" +"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n" +"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n" +"in getting the display configured." msgstr "" "���������\n" "\n" " ����� �� ������ ��������� ���� ������ �� �������������� �������� �\n" -"����������� ����������. ��������, ��� ��� ������� ������� \"���\", ����\n" -"���� ������ ����� �������� � �������� ������� ��� ��� �� ������� ���������\n" +"����������� ����������. ��������, ��� ��� ������� ������� \"%s\", ���� ����\n" +"������ ����� �������� � �������� ������� ��� ��� �� ������� ���������\n" "����������� �����." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: @@ -1241,7 +1216,7 @@ msgid "" "Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n" "Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux." msgstr "" -"����������, �������� ���������� ���� ��������, ���� \"COM1\" ��� Windows\n" +"����������, �������� ���������� ����. ��������, ���� \"COM1\" ��� Windows\n" "���������� \"ttyS0\" ��� GNU/Linux." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: @@ -1253,12 +1228,12 @@ msgid "" "directly exposed to the Internet. The trade-off of a higher security level\n" "is generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n" "\n" -"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option." +"If you do not know what to choose, stay with the default option." msgstr "" "�� ���� ����� DrakX �������� ��� ������� ��� ������ �������� �������\n" "������������. ��� �������, ������� ������������ ������ ���� ����, ���� ��\n" "������ ���������� ����������� ������ ��� ������ ��������������� ����������\n" -"� ��������. ������, ����� ������� ������� ������������ � ����� ������\n" +"� ��������. ������, ����� ������� ������� ������������, � ����� ������,\n" "����������� � ����� �� �������� �������������.\n" "\n" "���� �� �� ������ ��� �������, �������� ����� �� ���������." @@ -1266,141 +1241,139 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of various information it has\n" -"about your system. Depending on your installed hardware, you may have some\n" -"or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the configuration\n" -"item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n" -"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"Configure\" button to change\n" -"that.\n" +"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has about your\n" +"system. Depending on your installed hardware, you may have some or all of\n" +"the following entries. Each entry is made up of the configuration item to\n" +"be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current configuration.\n" +"Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to change that.\n" "\n" -" * \"Keyboard\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change\n" -"that if necessary.\n" +" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change that if\n" +"necessary.\n" "\n" -" * \"Country\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n" -"country, click on the \"Configure\" button and choose another one. If your\n" -"country is not in the first list shown, click the \"More\" button to get\n" -"the complete country list.\n" +" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n" +"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n" +"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n" +"country list.\n" "\n" -" * \"Timezone\": By default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the\n" -"country you have chosen. You can click on the \"Configure\" button here if\n" -"this is not correct.\n" +" * \"%s\": By default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n" +"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n" +"correct.\n" "\n" -" * \"Mouse\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n" -"to change it if necessary.\n" +" * \"%s\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button to\n" +"change it if necessary.\n" "\n" -" * \"Printer\": clicking on the \"Configure\" button will open the printer\n" +" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n" "configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n" "Guide'' for more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface\n" "presented there is similar to the one used during installation.\n" "\n" -" * \"Sound card\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is\n" -"displayed here. If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that\n" -"is actually present on your system, you can click on the button and choose\n" +" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n" +"here. If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is\n" +"actually present on your system, you can click on the button and choose\n" "another driver.\n" "\n" -" * \"Graphical Interface\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical\n" -"interface in \"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suits\n" -"you, click on \"Configure\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n" +" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n" +"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n" +"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n" "\n" -" * \"TV card\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n" -"here. If you have a TV card and it is not detected, click on \"Configure\"\n" -"to try to configure it manually.\n" +" * \"%s\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n" +"If you have a TV card and it is not detected, click on \"%s\" to try to\n" +"configure it manually.\n" "\n" -" * \"ISDN card\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it will be\n" -"displayed here. You can click on \"Configure\" to change the parameters\n" -"associated with the card.\n" +" * \"%s\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it will be displayed\n" +"here. You can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with the\n" +"card.\n" "\n" -" * \"Network\": If you want to configure your Internet or local network\n" -"access now.\n" +" * \"%s\": If you want to configure your Internet or local network access\n" +"now.\n" "\n" -" * \"Security Level\": this entry offers you to redefine the security level\n" -"as set in a previous step ().\n" +" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n" +"previous step ().\n" "\n" -" * \"Firewall\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's\n" -"a good idea to protect you from intrusions by setting up a firewall.\n" -"Consult the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details\n" -"about firewall settings.\n" +" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n" +"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n" +"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n" +"firewall settings.\n" "\n" -" * \"Bootloader\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration,\n" -"click that button. This should be reserved to advanced users.\n" +" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click that\n" +"button. This should be reserved to advanced users.\n" "\n" -" * \"Services\": you'll be able here to control finely which services will\n" -"be run on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a\n" -"good idea to review this setup." +" * \"%s\": here you'll be able to fine control which services will be run\n" +"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n" +"idea to review this setup." msgstr "" "� �������� ������ DrakX ���������� ������ ��������� � ���� ���������\n" "���������� � ����� �������. � ����������� �� �������������� � ���\n" -"������������ �� ������ ������� ��� ��� ��������� �� ��������� �������.\n" +"������������, �� ������ ������� ��� ��� ��������� �� ��������� �������.\n" "������ ����� ������� �� ���������������� ��������� ��� ���������,\n" "�������������� ��������� ������� � ������� ������������. ������� ��\n" -"��������������� ������ \"���������\", ����� �������� ���������.\n" +"��������������� ������ \"%s\", ����� �������� ���������.\n" "\n" -" * \"����������\": ��������� ������� ��������� ��������� ���������� �\n" -"�������� �������� ���� ����������.\n" +" * \"%s\": ��������� ������� ��������� ��������� ���������� � ��������\n" +"�������� ���� ����������.\n" "\n" -" * \"������\": ��������� ������� ����� ������ ���� �� ���������� �� � ����\n" -"������, ������� �� ������ \"���������\" � �������� ������. ���� ���� ������\n" -"�� ������������ � ������ ���������� ������, ������� ������ \"������\",\n" -"����� ������� ������ ������.\n" +" * \"%s\": ��������� ������� ����� ������ ���� �� ���������� �� � ����\n" +"������, ������� �� ������ \"%s\" � �������� ������. ���� ���� ������ ��\n" +"������������ � ������ ���������� ������, ������� ������ \"%s\", �����\n" +"������� ������ ������.\n" "\n" -" * \"������� ����\": �� ���������, DrakX �������� ������� ����, �����������\n" -"�� ��������� ���� ������. �� ������ ����� ������ �� ������ \"���������\",\n" -"���� ��������� �������.\n" +" * \"%s\": �� ���������, DrakX �������� ������� ����, ����������� ��\n" +"��������� ���� ������. �� ������ ����� ������ �� ������ \"%s\", ����\n" +"��������� �������.\n" "\n" -" * \"����\": ��������� ������� ������������ ���� � ������� �� ������ ����\n" +" * \"%s\": ��������� ������� ������������ ���� � ������� �� ������, ����\n" "���������� ���-���� ��������.\n" "\n" -" * \"�������\": �� ������� �� ������ \"���������\" ��������� ������\n" -"��������� ��������. ���������� ��������������� ����� � ����� ``���������\n" -"����������� ������������'', ����� ������ ��� ���������� ����� �������.\n" -"�������������� ��� ��������� ������� ������������� � �������� ���������.\n" +" * \"%s\": �� ������� �� ������ \"%s\" ��������� ������ ��������� ��������.\n" +"���������� ��������������� ����� � ����� ``��������� �����������\n" +"������������'', ����� ������ ��� ���������� ����� �������. ��������������\n" +"��� ��������� ������� ������������� � �������� ���������.\n" "\n" -" * \"�������� �����\": ���� � ����� ������� ������� �������� �����, �����\n" -"��� ����� ��������. ���� �� �������, ��� ���������� �������� ����� ��\n" -"������������� ����, ��� � ��� ���� � �������, �� ������ ������ �� ������ �\n" +" * \"%s\": ���� � ����� ������� ������� �������� �����, ����� ��� �����\n" +"��������. ���� �� �������, ��� ���������� �������� ����� �� �������������\n" +"����, ��� � ��� ������� ���� � �������, �� ������ ������ �� ������ �\n" "������� ������ �������.\n" "\n" -" * \"����������� ���������\": �� ���������, DrakX ����������� ���\n" -"����������� ��������� �� ���������� \"800x600\" ��� \"1024x768\". ���� ���\n" -"��� �� ����������, ������� \"���������\" ��� ������������� ������\n" -"������������ ����������.\n" +" * \"%s\": �� ��������� DrakX ����������� ��� ����������� ��������� ��\n" +"���������� \"800x600\" ��� \"1024x768\". ���� ��� ��� �� ����������,\n" +"������� \"%s\" ��� �������� ��������� � ������������ ������ ������������\n" +"����������.\n" "\n" -" * \"TV �����\": ���� � ����� ������� ���� ���������� TV �����, ��� �����\n" -"����� ��������. ���� � ��� ���� TV �����, �� ��� �� ���� ����������,\n" -"������� �� ������ \"���������\" � ���������� ��������� �� �������.\n" +" * \"%s\": ���� � ����� ������� ���� ���������� TV �����, ��� ����� �����\n" +"��������. ���� � ��� ���� TV �����, �� ��� �� ���� ����������, ������� ��\n" +"������ \"%s\" � ���������� ��������� �� �������.\n" "\n" -" * \"ISDN-�����\": ���� � ����� ������� ���������� ISDN-�����, ��� �����\n" -"����� ��������. �� ������ ������ �� ������ \"���������\" ��� ���������\n" -"��������� � ��� ����������.\n" +" * \"%s\": ���� � ����� ������� ���������� ISDN-�����, ��� ����� �����\n" +"��������. �� ������ ������ �� ������ \"%s\" ��� ��������� ��������� � ���\n" +"����������.\n" "\n" -" * \"����\": ���� �� ������ ��������� ������ � �������� ��� ��������� ����\n" +" * \"%s\": ���� �� ������ ��������� ������ � �������� ��� ��������� ����\n" "����� ������, �� ������ ������� ���, ����� �� ��� ������.\n" "\n" -" * \"������� ������������\": ���� ����� ���������� ��� ��������������\n" -"������� ������������, ��� ��� �������� �� ���������� ���� ().\n" +" * \"%s\": ���� ����� ���������� ��� �������������� ������� ������������,\n" +"��� ��� �������� �� ���������� ���� ().\n" "\n" -" * \"��������\": ���� �� ����������� ���������� ���� ������ � ��������,\n" -"�������� ����� ����� �������� ���� �� ��������� �����, ��������� ��������.\n" +" * \"%s\": ���� �� ����������� ���������� ���� ������ � ��������, ��������\n" +"����� ����� �������� ���� �� ��������� �����, ��������� ��������.\n" "���������� ��������������� ������ ����� ``��������� �����������\n" "������������'', ��� ������� ������ ��������� ���������.\n" "\n" -" * \"��������� ���������\": ���� �� ������� �������� ������������\n" -"���������� ����������, ������� ��� ������. ��� ����� ������������� ���\n" -"������� �������������.\n" +" * \"%s\": ���� �� ������� �������� ������������ ���������� ����������,\n" +"������� ��� ������. ��� ����� ������������� ��� ������� �������������.\n" "\n" -" * \"�������\": ����� �� ������� ����������������� ����� ������� �����\n" -"�������� �� ����� ������. ���� ���� ������ ����� ��������, ��� �����\n" -"��������� ��� ���������." +" * \"%s\": ����� �� ������� ����������������� ����� ������� ����� ��������\n" +"�� ����� ������. ���� ���� ������ ����� ��������, ��� ����� ��������� ���\n" +"���������." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n" -"without 3D acceleration, you are then proposed to choose the server that\n" -"best suits your needs." +"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n" +"suits your needs." msgstr "" "� ������, ����� ��� ����� ����� �������� ��������� �������, � 3D ����������\n" -"� ���, ��� ��������� ������� ����� ������ ������ ������������� �����\n" +"� ���, ��� ��������� �������, ����� ������ ������ ������������� �����\n" "������������." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: @@ -1414,7 +1387,7 @@ msgid "" "a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n" "\n" "If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n" -"from the provided list.\n" +"from the list provided.\n" "\n" "If you choose a mouse other than the default, a test screen will be\n" "displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n" @@ -1425,18 +1398,18 @@ msgid "" "Wheel mice are occasionally not detected automatically, so you will need to\n" "select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n" "the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n" -"pressing the \"Next ->\" button, a mouse image is displayed on-screen.\n" -"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activated correctly. Once you\n" -"see the on-screen scroll wheel moving as you scroll your mouse wheel, test\n" -"the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you move\n" -"your mouse." +"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image is displayed on-screen. Scroll\n" +"the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activated correctly. Once you see the\n" +"on-screen scroll wheel moving as you scroll your mouse wheel, test the\n" +"buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you move your\n" +"mouse." msgstr "" "������ � DrakX �� ��������� ������� � ������������ ���������� ������ �����\n" -"����. ���� ���-���� ��� �� ����������, ����� �� ������������� ���� ���� ���\n" -"����-��������� � �������� �������� ���� ������. ������ ������ �������������\n" -"���� ����� ���� ``������'' ������������� �������� �� ����� � ������ ������.\n" -"DrakX ������������� ������ ����� ��������� ���������� ���� ����: PS/2,\n" -"serial ��� USB.\n" +"����. ���� ���-���� ��� �� ����������, ����� �� ����� ������������� ����\n" +"���� ��� ����-��������� � �������� �������� ���� ������. ������ ������\n" +"������������� ���� ����� ���� ``������'' ������������� �������� �� ����� �\n" +"������ ������. DrakX ������������� ������, ����� ��������� ���������� ����\n" +"����: PS/2, serial ��� USB.\n" "\n" "���� �� �����-���� �������� �� ������� ������� ������ ��� ����, ��������\n" "������ �� ���������������� ������.\n" @@ -1447,24 +1420,24 @@ msgstr "" "���� �������, ������� ������ ��� ������� [Return], ����� ��������\n" "������������ � ��������� � ������ �����.\n" "\n" -"���� � ���������� ������ ������������� �� ������������. � ���� ������ ���\n" +"���� � ���������� ������ ������������� �� ������������. � ���� ������ ���\n" "��������� ������� ���� ���� �� ������. ���������, ��� �� ��������� �������\n" -"���� ����������� ����. ����� ����� ������� ���� � ������ ������ \"�����\n" -"->\", �������� �������� � ������������ ����. ��������� �������� ���� ���\n" -"�������� ����, ��� ��� �������� ���������. ��� ������ �� �������, ���\n" -"�������� �� ������ �������� ��������� � ���������� ���������� ��������,\n" -"��������� ������ ������ � �������� �������, ������� ������ ��������� ��\n" -"������ �������������� ����� ������������ ����." +"���� ����������� ����. ����� ����� ������� ���� � ������ ������ \"%s\",\n" +"�������� �������� � ������������ ����. ��������� �������� ���� ��� ��������\n" +"����, ��� ��� �������� ���������. ��� ������ �� �������, ��� �������� ��\n" +"������ �������� ��������� � ���������� ���������� ��������, ���������\n" +"������ ������ � �������� �������, ������� ������ ��������� �� ������\n" +"�������������� ����� ������������ ����." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "You will now set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to\n" -"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"Next\n" -"->\". Mandrake Linux will attempt to autodetect network devices and modems.\n" -"If this detection fails, uncheck the \"Use auto detection\" box. You may\n" -"also choose not to configure the network, or to do it later, in which case\n" -"clicking the \"Cancel\" button will take you to the next step.\n" +"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"%s\".\n" +"Mandrake Linux will attempt to autodetect network devices and modems. If\n" +"this detection fails, uncheck the \"%s\" box. You may also choose not to\n" +"configure the network, or to do it later, in which case clicking the \"%s\"\n" +"button will take you to the next step.\n" "\n" "When configuring your network, the available connections options are:\n" "traditional modem, ISDN modem, ADSL connection, cable modem, and finally a\n" @@ -1480,11 +1453,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "������ � ��� ���� ����������� ��������� ���� ���������� ��������/����. ����\n" "�� ������ ���������� ��� ��������� � �������� ��� ��������� ����, �������\n" -"\"����� ->\". Mandrake Linux ���������� ������������� ���������� �������\n" +"\"%s\". Mandrake Linux ���������� ������������� ���������� �������\n" "���������� � ������. ���� ��������������� �� �������, ������� ����� � �����\n" -"\"������������ ���������������\". ����� ����, �� ������ �� ��������\n" -"��������� ���� ��� ������� ��� �����. � ���� ������ ������ ������� ������\n" -"\"������\", ����� ������� � ���������� ����.\n" +"\"%s\". ����� ����, �� ������ �� �������� ��������� ���� ��� ������� ���\n" +"�����. � ���� ������ ������ ������� ������ \"%s\", ����� ������� �\n" +"���������� ����.\n" "\n" "��� ��������� ���� ��� �������� ��������� ����� ����������: ������������\n" "�����, ISDN �����, ADSL ����������, ��������� �����, � ,�������, ������ LAN\n" @@ -1496,8 +1469,8 @@ msgstr "" "����� �������� (Internet Service Provider) ��� ��������� ���������������.\n" "\n" "�� ������ ������������ � �������� ��������� � ����� � ����������� ��������\n" -"� ``��������� ����������� ������������'', ��� ������ ���������, ���� ����\n" -"������� ����� ����������� � ������������ ��������� � ���� �����������\n" +"� ����� ``��������� ����������� ������������'', ��� ������ ���������, ����\n" +"���� ������� ����� ����������� � ������������ ��������� � ���� �����������\n" "��������� ��� ��������� ����������." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: @@ -1505,26 +1478,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n" "covers the entire Mandrake Linux distribution. If you do agree with all the\n" -"terms in it, check the \"Accept\" box. If not, simply turn off your\n" -"computer." +"terms in it, check the \"%s\" box. If not, simply turn off your computer." msgstr "" "������ ��� ����������, �� ������ ����������� ��������� ������� ��������.\n" "�������� ���������������� �� ���� ����������� Mandrake Linux. ���� ��\n" -"�������� �� ����� ��������� ��������, �������� ����� \"�������\". ���� ���\n" -"- ������ ��������� ���� ���������." +"�������� �� ����� ��������� ��������, �������� ����� \"%s\". ���� ��� -\n" +"������ ��������� ���� ���������." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "Graphic Card\n" "\n" -" The installer can normally automatically detect and configure the\n" +" The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n" "graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n" -"choose in this list the card you actually own.\n" +"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n" "\n" " In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n" -"without 3D acceleration, you are then proposed to choose the server that\n" -"best suits your needs." +"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n" +"suits your needs." msgstr "" "����������\n" "\n" @@ -1533,7 +1505,7 @@ msgstr "" "������ �����, ������� � ��� ������������� �����������.\n" "\n" " � ������, ����� ��� ����� ����� �������� ��������� �������, � 3D\n" -"���������� � ���, ��� ��������� ������� ����� ������ ������ �������������\n" +"���������� � ���, ��� ��������� �������, ����� ������ ������ �������������\n" "����� ������������." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: @@ -1543,8 +1515,8 @@ msgid "" "time.\n" "\n" "DrakX will list all the services available on the current installation.\n" -"Review each one carefully and uncheck those which are not always needed at\n" -"boot time.\n" +"Review each one carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n" +"time.\n" "\n" "A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n" "selected. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n" @@ -1577,9 +1549,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Monitor\n" "\n" -" The installer can normally automatically detect and configure the\n" -"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not the case, you can choose in\n" -"this list the monitor you actually own." +" The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n" +"monitor connected to your machine. If it is correct, you can choose from\n" +"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer." msgstr "" "�������\n" "\n" @@ -1593,35 +1565,34 @@ msgid "" "GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n" "local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n" "motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n" -"\"Hardware clock set to GMT \", which will let GNU/Linux know that the\n" -"system clock and the hardware clock are in the same timezone. This is\n" -"useful when the machine also hosts another operating system like Windows.\n" -"\n" -"The \"Automatic time synchronization \" option will automatically regulate\n" -"the clock by connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this\n" -"feature to work, you must have a working Internet connection. It is best to\n" -"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n" -"server that can used by other machines on your local network." +"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n" +"hardware clock are in the same timezone. This is useful when the machine\n" +"also hosts another operating system like Windows.\n" +"\n" +"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the clock by connecting to a\n" +"remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to work, you must have\n" +"a working Internet connection. It is best to choose a time server located\n" +"near you. This option actually installs a time server that can used by\n" +"other machines on your local network as well." msgstr "" "GNU/Linux ��������� �������� � GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) � ����������� ���\n" "� ��������� �������� ���������� ���� �������� �����. ���� ���� �� �����\n" "����������� ����� ����������� � ��������� �����, �� ������ ��������������\n" -"���, ����� ����� \"���������� ���� ���������� �� GMT\", ��� ��������\n" -"GNU/Linux �������, ��� ��������� ���� � ���������� ���� ����������� ������\n" -"������� ������. ��� ������� � ������, ����� �� ������ ��������� ������\n" -"������������ ������� ���� Windows.\n" -"\n" -"����� \"�������������� ������������� �������\" ����� �������������\n" -"������������ ����, ���������� � ��������� �������� � ��������. �����������,\n" -"����� ��� ��������, ��� ���������� ���������� � ��������. ����� �����\n" -"������� ��������� � ��� ������ �������. ��� ����� ������������� �� ����\n" -"������ ������ �������, ������� ����������� ����� �������������� �������\n" -"�������� � ����� ��������� ����." +"���, ����� ����� \"%s\", ��� �������� GNU/Linux �������, ��� ��������� ����\n" +"� ���������� ���� ����������� ������ ������� ������. ��� ������� � ������,\n" +"����� �� ������ ��������� ������ ������������ ������� ���� Windows.\n" +"\n" +"����� \"%s\" �������� ������������� ������������ ����, ���������� �\n" +"��������� �������� � ��������. �����������, ����� ��� ��������, ���\n" +"���������� ���������� � ��������. ����� ����� ������� ��������� � ���\n" +"������ �������. ��� ����� ������������� �� ���� ������ ������ �������,\n" +"������� ����������� ����� �������������� ������� �������� � ����� ���������\n" +"����." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Here are Listed the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -1656,29 +1627,28 @@ msgstr "" "������ ��� ��� ������ �������� ��� ����������� ������� �����������. ���� ��\n" "������� �����-���� ���������, �� ������ ���������� ��� ������� ������ root\n" "(\"/\"). �� ������� ��� ������� ���������, ����� �� �� �������\n" -"�������������� ���������� ������������ �����������. ���� �� ������ �������\n" -"������ �� ������ �������, ��� ����� ��������� ������� ������ \"/home\"\n" -"(�������� ������ ��� ������� ����� ��� ������ ������� Linux).\n" +"�������������� ����������� ���������� ������������ �����������. ���� ��\n" +"������ ������� ������ �� ������ �������, ��� ����� ��������� ������� ������\n" +"\"/home\" (�������� ������ ��� ������� ����� ��� ������ ������� Linux).\n" "\n" -"������ ������ ���������� ��������� �������: : \"Name\"(��������),\n" -"\"Capacity\"(������).\n" +"������ ������ ���������� ��������� �������: : \"��������\", \"������\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" ����������� ��: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" -"\"partition number\" (��������, \"hda1\").\n" +"\"��������\" ����������� ��: \"��� �������� �����\", \"����� ��������\n" +"�����\", \"����� �������\" (��������, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" "\"Hard drive type\" ��� \"hd\", ���� ��� ������� ���� IDE � \"sd\", ���� ��\n" "SCSI.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" ��� ������ ����� ����� \"hd\" ��� \"sd\". ��� �������\n" -"������ IDE:\n" +"\"����� �������� �����\" ������ �������� ������ ����� \"hd\" ��� \"sd\".\n" +"��� ������� ������ IDE:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" �������� \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" �������� \"master ������� ���� �� ��������� IDE �����������\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" �������� \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" �������� \"slave ������� ���� �� ��������� IDE �����������\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" �������� \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" �������� \"master ������� ���� �� ��������� IDE �����������\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" �������� \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" �������� \"slave ������� ���� �� ��������� IDE �����������\".\n" "\n" "��� ������� ������ SCSI, \"a\" �������� \"lowest SCSI ID\", � \"b\"\n" "�������� \"second lowest SCSI ID\", � �.�." @@ -1686,15 +1656,15 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"\"Country\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n" -"country, click on the \"Configure\" button and choose another one. If your\n" -"country is not in the first list shown, click the \"More\" button to get\n" -"the complete country list." +"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n" +"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n" +"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n" +"country list." msgstr "" -"\"������\": ��������� ������� ����� ������ ���� �� ���������� �� � ����\n" -"������, ������� �� ������ \"���������\" � �������� ������. ���� ���� ������\n" -"�� ������������ � ������ ���������� ������, ������� ������ \"������\",\n" -"����� ������� ������ ������." +"\"%s\": ��������� ������� ����� ������ ���� �� ���������� �� � ���� ������,\n" +"������� �� ������ \"%s\" � �������� ������. ���� ���� ������ ��\n" +"������������ � ������ ���������� ������, ������� ������ \"%s\", �����\n" +"������� ������ ������." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -1716,51 +1686,52 @@ msgid "" "the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n" "it.\n" "\n" -"Click on \"Next ->\" when you are ready to format partitions.\n" +"Click on \"%s\" when you are ready to format partitions.\n" "\n" -"Click on \"<- Previous\" if you want to choose another partition for your\n" -"new Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n" +"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n" +"Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n" "\n" -"Click on \"Advanced\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked\n" -"for bad blocks on the disk." +"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked for\n" +"bad blocks on the disk." msgstr "" "��� ����� ��������� ������� ������ ���� ��������������� ��� ����, ����� ��\n" -"������������ (�������������� �������� �������� �������� �������).\n" +"����� ���� ������������ (�������������� �������� �������� ��������\n" +"�������).\n" "\n" "�� ���� ����� � ��� ���� ����������� ����������������� ��� ������������\n" "�������, ����� ������� ��� ������, ������� ��� ��������. ���� ��� ���\n" "�����, ����� �������� � ��� �������.\n" "\n" -"���������� ������ � ����, ��� ��� ������������� ����������������� ���\n" +"����������, ������ � ����, ��� ��� ������������� ����������������� ���\n" "�������������� ����� �������. �� ������ ����������������� �������,\n" "���������� ������������ ������� (����� ��� \"/\", \"/usr\" ��� \"/var\"),\n" -"�� �� �� ����������������� �������, �� ������� ���������� ������, �������\n" -"�� ������ �� ��������� (������ ��� \"/home\").\n" +"�� ��� �� ����������� ������������� �������, �� ������� ���������� ������,\n" +"������� �� ������ �� ��������� (������ ��� \"/home\").\n" "\n" "����������, ������ ��������� ��� ������ ��������. ����� �������������� ���\n" "������ �� ��������� �������� ����� ������� � �� �� ������� �� ������������.\n" "\n" -"������� \"����� ->\" ����� ������ ������ ������ ��������������.\n" +"������� \"%s\", ����� ������ ������ ������ ��������������.\n" "\n" -"������� \"<- �����\", ���� �� ������ ������� ������ ������ ��� �����������\n" +"������� \"%s\", ���� �� ������ ������� ������ ������ ��� �����������\n" "Mandrake Linux.\n" "\n" -"������� \"�������������\", ���� ������ ������� �������, ������� �������\n" -"��������� �� ������� ����� (bad blocks)." +"������� \"%s\", ���� ������ ������� �������, ������� ������� ��������� ��\n" +"������� ����� (bad blocks)." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "Depending on the default language you chose in Section , DrakX will\n" "automatically select a particular type of keyboard configuration. However,\n" -"you might not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your language:\n" -"for example, if you are an English speaking Swiss person, you may have a\n" -"Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English but are located in Quebec, you may\n" -"find yourself in the same situation where your native language and keyboard\n" -"do not match. In either case, this installation step will allow you to\n" -"select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n" -"\n" -"Click on the \"More \" button to be presented with the complete list of\n" +"you may not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your language: for\n" +"example, if you are an English speaking Swiss person, you may have a Swiss\n" +"keyboard. Or if you speak English but are located in Quebec, you may find\n" +"yourself in the same situation where your native language and keyboard do\n" +"not match. In either case, this installation step will allow you to select\n" +"an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n" +"\n" +"Click on the \"%s\" button to be presented with the complete list of\n" "supported keyboards.\n" "\n" "If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n" @@ -1770,13 +1741,13 @@ msgstr "" "� ����������� �� ����� �� ���������, ������� �� ������� � ������� , DrakX\n" "������������� �������� ������������ ������������ ����������. ������, � ���\n" "����� � �� ���� ����������, ������� ����� ������������� ������ �����:\n" -"��������, ���� ���������, ��������� ��-���������, � ��� ����� ����\n" +"��������, ���� �� ���������, ��������� ��-���������, � ��� ����� ����\n" "����������� ����������. ��� �� �������� ��-���������, �� ������ � �������,\n" -"�� ������ ������� � �������� � ��������, ����� ��� ������ ���� � ����������\n" -"�� ���������. � ����� ������, ���� ��� ��������� �������� ��� �������\n" -"���������� ���������� �� ������.\n" +"����� �� ������ ������� � �������� � ��������, ����� ��� ������ ���� �\n" +"���������� �� ���������. � ����� ������, ���� ��� ��������� �������� ���\n" +"������� ���������� ���������� �� ������.\n" "\n" -"������� ������ \"������\" ����� �������� ������ ������ ��������������\n" +"������� ������ \"%s\" ����� �������� ������ ������ ��������������\n" "���������.\n" "\n" "���� �� ��������� ��������� ����������, ���������� �� ��-���������\n" @@ -1787,65 +1758,64 @@ msgstr "" # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n" -"ready to use. Just click \"Reboot\" to reboot the system. The first thing\n" -"you should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is\n" -"the bootloader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to\n" -"start.\n" +"ready to use. Just click \"%s\" to reboot the system. The first thing you\n" +"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n" +"bootloader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n" "\n" -"The \"Advanced\" button shows two more buttons to:\n" +"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n" "\n" -" * \"generate auto-install floppy\": to create an installation floppy disk\n" -"that will automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an\n" -"operator, similar to the installation you just configured.\n" +" * \"%s\": to create an installation floppy disk that will automatically\n" +"perform a whole installation without the help of an operator, similar to\n" +"the installation you just configured.\n" "\n" " Note that two different options are available after clicking the button:\n" "\n" -" * \"Replay\". This is a partially automated installation. The\n" -"partitioning step is the only interactive procedure.\n" +" * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n" +"step is the only interactive procedure.\n" "\n" -" * \"Automated\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is\n" -"completely rewritten, all data is lost.\n" +" * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n" +"rewritten, all data is lost.\n" "\n" " This feature is very handy when installing a number of similar machines.\n" "See the Auto install section on our web site for more information.\n" "\n" -" * \"Save packages selection\"(*): saves a list of the package selected in\n" -"this installation. To use this selection with another installation, insert\n" -"the floppy and start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key\n" -"and type >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\" <<.\n" +" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n" +"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n" +"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key and type >>linux\n" +"defcfg=\"floppy\" <<.\n" "\n" "(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy (to create one under GNU/Linux, type\n" "\"mformat a:\")" msgstr "" -"� ��� �� �����. ����������� ������ ��������� � ���� ������� GNU/Linux\n" -"������ � �������������. ������ ������� \"����� ->\", ����� �������������\n" -"�������. ������, ��� �� ������� ����� ����, ��� ��� ��������� ��������\n" -"������������ ������������, ��� ���� ���������� ����������, ���������������\n" -"��� ����� ����� ������������ ������� ���������.\n" +"� ��� �� �����. ����������� ��������� � ���� ������� GNU/Linux ������ �\n" +"�������������. ������ ������� \"%s\", ����� ������������� �������. ������,\n" +"��� �� ������� ����� ����, ��� ��� ��������� �������� ������������\n" +"������������, ��� ���� ���������� ����������, ��������������� ��� �����\n" +"����� ������������ ������� ���������.\n" "\n" -"������ \"�������������\" ������� ��� ��� ������:\n" +"������ \"%s\" ������� ��� ��� ������:\n" "\n" -" * \"������� ������� �������������� ���������\": ����� �������\n" -"��������������� �������, � ������� ������� ����� ������������� ��������\n" -"�����������, �������� ������ ��� �����������, ��� ������� ���������.\n" +" * \"%s\": ����� ������� ��������������� �������, � ������� ������� �����\n" +"������������� �������� �����������, �������� ������ ��� �����������, ���\n" +"������� ���������.\n" "\n" " �������� ��������, ��� ����� ������� �� ������ �������� ��� ���������\n" "��������:\n" "\n" -" * \"���������\". ��� �������� ������������������ �����������, � �������\n" -"������ ��� ��������� ����� (� ������ �� ����) ������� �������.\n" +" * \"%s\". ��� �������� ������������������ �����������, � ������� ������\n" +"��� �������� ����� (� ������ �� ����) ������� �������.\n" "\n" -" * \"��������������\". ��������� �������������� �����������: �������\n" -"���� ��������� ���������������� � ��� ������ �������� .\n" +" * \"%s\". ��������� �������������� �����������: ������� ���� ���������\n" +"���������������� � ��� ������ �������� .\n" "\n" " ��� ����������� ����� ������, ����� ����� ��������� ����������� ��\n" "������� ����� ���������� �����. �������� ������ Auto install �� ����� web\n" "�����, ����� �������� ������ ����������.\n" "\n" -" * \"��������� ����� �������\" (*): ��������� ����� �������, ��������� �\n" -"������ �����������. ��� ������������� ����� ������ � ������ ���������,\n" -"�������� ������� � �������� � ��������� ���������. � ����������� �������\n" -"[F1] � �������� >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<<.\n" +" * \"%s\" (*): ��������� ����� �������, ��������� � ������ �����������. ���\n" +"������������� ����� ������� ������� ��� ������ ���������, �������� �������\n" +"� �������� � ��������� ���������. � ����������� ������� [F1] � ��������\n" +">>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<<.\n" "\n" "(*) ��� ����������� ��������������� � FAT ������� (��� �������� ����� ���\n" "GNU/Linux �������� \"mformat a:\")" @@ -1855,7 +1825,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mandrake Linux system. If partitions have already been\n" -"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or from another\n" +"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" "partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" @@ -1865,43 +1835,40 @@ msgid "" "\n" "To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"Clear all\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard\n" -"drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" "\n" -" * \"Auto allocate\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3\n" -"and swap partitions in free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" "\n" -"\"More\": gives access to additional features:\n" +"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" -" * \"Save partition table\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful\n" -"for later partition-table recovery, if necessary. It is strongly\n" -"recommended that you perform this step.\n" +" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n" +"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n" +"perform this step.\n" "\n" -" * \"Restore partition table\": allows you to restore a previously saved\n" -"partition table from a floppy disk.\n" +" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n" +"floppy disk.\n" "\n" -" * \"Rescue partition table\": if your partition table is damaged, you can\n" -"try to recover it using this option. Please be careful and remember that it\n" -"doesn't always work.\n" +" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n" +"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it doesn't always\n" +"work.\n" "\n" -" * \"Reload partition table\": discards all changes and reloads the\n" -"partition table that was originally on the hard drive.\n" +" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" +"originally on the hard drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"Removable media automounting\": unchecking this option will force\n" -"users to manually mount and unmount removable medias such as floppies and\n" -"CD-ROMs.\n" +" * \"%s\": unchecking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" +"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" -" * \"Wizard\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition\n" -"your hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good\n" -"understanding of partitioning.\n" +" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" +"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"partitioning.\n" "\n" -" * \"Undo\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" +" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" -" * \"Toggle to normal/expert mode\": allows additional actions on\n" -"partitions (type, options, format) and gives more information about the\n" -"hard drive.\n" +" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" +"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"Done\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -1927,7 +1894,7 @@ msgid "" "may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" "emergency boot situations." msgstr "" -"����� ��� ��������� ������� ����� ������� ����� �������������� ���\n" +"����� ��� ��������� �������, ����� ������� ����� �������������� ���\n" "��������� ����� ������� Mandrake Linux. ���� ������� ���� ��� ����������\n" "�����, �������� ���������� ������������ GNU/Linux ��� ������ ��������\n" "��������� ������, �� ������ ��������������� ������������� ���������. �\n" @@ -1937,47 +1904,44 @@ msgstr "" "������ ``hda'' ��� ������� IDE ����������, ``hdb'' ��� �������, ``sda'' ���\n" "������� SCSI ���������� � ��� �����.\n" "\n" -"��� ��������� ���������� �������� ����� �� ������ ������������ ���������\n" +"��� �������� ���������� �������� ����� �� ������ ������������ ���������\n" "�����:\n" "\n" -" * \"�������� ���\": ��� ����� ������� ��� ������� �� ��������� �������\n" -"�����\n" +" * \"%s\": ��� ����� ������� ��� ������� �� ��������� ������� �����;\n" "\n" -" * \"���������� �������������\": ��� ����� ��������� ������������� �������\n" -"ext3 � swap ������� �� ��������� ������������ ������ �������� �����\n" +" * \"%s\": ��� ����� ��������� ������������� ������� ext3 � swap ������� ��\n" +"��������� ������������ ������ �������� �����.\n" "\n" -"\"������\": ���� ������ � �������������� ������������:\n" +"\"%s\": ��������� ������ � �������������� ������������:\n" "\n" -" * \"��������� ������� ��������\": ��������� ������� �������� �� �������.\n" -"������� ��� �������������� ������� �������� � �������. ����� �������������\n" -"���������� ���� ���\n" +" * \"%s\": ��������� ������� �������� �� �������. ������� ���\n" +"�������������� ������� �������� � �������. ����� ������������� ����������\n" +"���� ���.\n" "\n" -" * \"������������ ������� ��������\": ��������� ������������ �������\n" -"��������, ����� ����������� �� �������\n" +" * \"%s\": ��������� ������������ ������� ��������, ����� ����������� ��\n" +"�������.\n" "\n" -" * \"������ ������� ��������\": ���� ���� ������� �������� ���������, ��\n" -"������ ���������� �� ������������, ��������� ��� �����. ����������, ������\n" -"��������� � �������, ��� ��� ����� � �� ����������\n" +" * \"%s\": ���� ���� ������� �������� ���������, �� ������ ���������� ��\n" +"������������, ��������� ��� �����. ����������, ������ ��������� � �������,\n" +"��� ��� ����� � �� ����������.\n" "\n" -" * \"������������� ������� ��������\": �������� ��� ��������� � ���������\n" -"�������� ������� ��������\n" +" * \"%s\": �������� ��� ��������� � ��������� �������� ������� ��������.\n" "\n" -" * \"���������������� ������� ���������\": ���� �� ������� ��� �����, ��\n" -"������������ ����� ��������� ������� ����������� � �������������� �������\n" -"�������� ���� ������ � CD-ROM��.\n" +" * \"%s\": ���� �� ������� ��� �����, �� ������������ ����� ���������\n" +"������� ����������� � �������������� ������� �������� ���� ������ �\n" +"CD-ROM��.\n" "\n" -" * \"������\": ����������� ��� ����� ���� �� ������� �������� ���������\n" -"����� � ������� �������. ��� ������������� ���, ��� �� ����� ������������\n" -"����� � ��������� ������\n" +" * \"%s\": ����������� ��� �����, ���� �� ������� �������� �������� ����� �\n" +"������� �������. ��� ������������� ���, ��� �� ����� ������������ ����� �\n" +"��������� ������.\n" "\n" -" * \"�������� ��������\": ����������� ��� ����� ��� ������ ����� ���������\n" +" * \"%s\": ����������� ��� ����� ��� ������ ����� ���������.\n" "\n" -" * \"������������� � ����������/�������� �����\": ��������� �����������\n" -"�������������� �������� ��� ��������� (���, �����, ������) � ���� ������\n" -"���������� � ������� �����.\n" +" * \"%s\": ��������� ����������� �������������� �������� ��� ���������\n" +"(���, �����, ������) � ������������� ������ ���������� � ������� �����.\n" "\n" -" * \"������\": ����� �� ��������� ��������� ������ �������� �����, �������\n" -"���� ����� ��������� ��������� �� ����.\n" +" * \"%s\": ����� �� ��������� �������� ������ �������� �����, ������� ����\n" +"����� ��������� ��������� �� ����.\n" "\n" "��� ����������� ������� ������� �� ������ ���������� ������ �������,\n" "��������� ������� �� ��������� �� ����� ����������.\n" @@ -1987,14 +1951,14 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "����� ������ ������, �� ������ ������������:\n" "\n" -" * Ctrl-c ��� �������� ������ ������� (����� ������ ������ ������) ;\n" +" * Ctrl-c ��� �������� ������ ������� (����� ������ ������ ������);\n" "\n" " * Ctrl-d ��� �������� �������;\n" "\n" " * Ctrl-m ��� ��������� ����� ������������.\n" "\n" "����� �������� ���������� � ��������� ��������� �������� ��������,\n" -"���������� ��������� ����� ext2FS �� ``���������� �����������''.\n" +"���������� ��������� ����� ext2FS �� ����� ``���������� �����������''.\n" "\n" "���� �� ����������� ����������� �� PPC ������, ��� ����������� �������\n" "��������� HFS ``bootstrap'' ������, �� ������ 1MB, ������� �����\n" diff --git a/perl-install/share/po/help_xml2pm.pl b/perl-install/share/po/help_xml2pm.pl index 8efb5695c..7a152a867 100755 --- a/perl-install/share/po/help_xml2pm.pl +++ b/perl-install/share/po/help_xml2pm.pl @@ -4,7 +4,6 @@ use XML::Parser; use MDK::Common; use utf8; -my $help; my $dir = "doc/manualB/modules"; my $xsltproc = "/usr/bin/xsltproc"; @@ -34,51 +33,57 @@ save_help($base); foreach my $lang (keys %helps) { print "Now transforming: $lang\n"; - local *F; my ($charset) = cat_("$lang.po") =~ /charset=([^\\]+)/ or die "missing charset in $lang.po\n"; - open F, ">:encoding($charset)", "help-$lang.pot"; - print F "\n"; + open(my $F, ">:encoding($charset)", "help-$lang.pot"); + print $F <<EOF; +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=$charset\\n" + +EOF foreach my $id (keys %{$helps{$lang}}) { +# warn "Writing id=$id in lang=$lang\n"; $base->{$id} or warn "$lang:$id doesn't exist in english\n", next; - print F qq(# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:\n# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/$dir/$lang/drakx-chapter.xml\n); - print F qq(msgid ""\n"); - print F join(qq(\\n"\n"), split "\n", to_ascii($base->{$id})); - print F qq("\nmsgstr ""\n"); - print F join(qq(\\n"\n"), split "\n", $helps{$lang}{$id}); - print F qq("\n\n); + print $F qq(# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:\n# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/$dir/$lang/drakx-chapter.xml\n); + print_in_PO($F, to_ascii($base->{$id}[0]), $helps{$lang}{$id}[0]); } } unlink(".memdump"); +sub print_in_PO { + my ($F, $msgid, $msgstr) = @_; + + print $F qq(msgid ""\n"); + print $F join(qq(\\n"\n"), split "\n", $msgid); + print $F qq("\nmsgstr ""\n"); + print $F join(qq(\\n"\n"), split "\n", $msgstr); + print $F qq("\n\n); +} + sub save_help { - my ($help) = @_; - - #- HACK, don't let this one disappear - $help->{configureXxdm} = -'Finally, you will be asked whether you want to see the graphical interface -at boot. Note this question will be asked even if you chose not to test the -configuration. Obviously, you want to answer \"No\" if your machine is to -act as a server, or if you were not successful in getting the display -configured.'; - - local *F; - open F, ">:encoding(ascii)", "../../help.pm"; - print F q{package help; + my ($help, $inside_strings) = @_; + + open(my $F, ">:encoding(ascii)", "../../help.pm"); + print $F <<'EOF'; +package help; use common; # IMPORTANT: Don't edit this File - It is automatically generated # from the manuals !!! # Write a mail to <documentation@mandrakesoft.com> if # you want it changed. - -our %steps = ( -}; +EOF foreach (sort keys %$help) { - my $s = to_ascii($help->{$_}); + my ($main, @inside) = map { '"' . to_ascii($_) . '"' } @{$help->{$_}}; + my $s = join(', ', $main, map { qq(N($_)) } @inside); print STDERR "Writing id=$_\n"; - print F qq(\n$_ => \nN_("$s"),\n); + print $F <<EOF; +sub $_ { + N($s); +} +EOF + my @nb = $main =~ /\%s/g; @nb == @inside or die "bad \%s in $_\n"; } - print F ");\n"; } # i don't like the default tree format given by XML::Parser, @@ -119,6 +124,7 @@ sub find_tag { } } +my $help; sub rewrite2 { my ($tree, $lang) = @_; our $i18ned_open_text_quote = $ {{ @@ -147,11 +153,19 @@ sub rewrite2 { $help; } +my @inside_strings; sub rewrite2_ { my ($tree, @parents) = @_; ref($tree) or return $tree; !$tree->{attr}{condition} || $tree->{attr}{condition} !~ /no-inline-help/ or return ''; + my @prev_inside_strings; + my ($id) = $tree->{attr}{id} ? $tree->{attr}{id} =~ /drakxid-(.+)/ : (); + if ($id) { + @prev_inside_strings = @inside_strings; + @inside_strings = (); + } + my $text = do { my @l = map { rewrite2_($_, $tree, @parents) } @{$tree->{children}}; my $text = ""; @@ -164,8 +178,7 @@ sub rewrite2_ { $text; }; - if ($tree->{attr}{id} && $tree->{attr}{id} =~ /drakxid-(.+)/) { - my $id = $1; + if ($id) { my $t = $text; $t =~ s/^\s+//; @@ -174,7 +187,8 @@ sub rewrite2_ { $s =~ s/^\s+//; "(*) $s"; } find_tag('footnote', $tree); - $help->{$id} = aerate($t . join('', @footnotes)); + $help->{$id} = [ aerate($t . join('', @footnotes)), @inside_strings ]; + unshift @inside_strings, @prev_inside_strings; } if (0) { @@ -186,8 +200,12 @@ sub rewrite2_ { } elsif (member($tree->{tag}, 'quote', 'citetitle', 'foreignphrase')) { $text =~ s/^\Q$i18ned_open_label_quote\E(.*)\Q$i18ned_close_label_quote\E$/$1/ if $i18ned_open_label_quote; ($i18ned_open_text_quote || "``") . $text . ($i18ned_close_text_quote || "''"); - } elsif (member($tree->{tag}, 'guilabel', 'guibutton', 'guimenu', 'literal', 'filename')) { + } elsif (member($tree->{tag}, 'literal', 'filename')) { ($i18ned_open_label_quote || "\\\"") . $text . ($i18ned_close_label_quote || "\\\""); + } elsif (member($tree->{tag}, 'guilabel', 'guibutton', 'guimenu')) { + $text =~ s/\s+$//; + push @inside_strings, $text; + ($i18ned_open_label_quote || "\\\"") . "%s" . ($i18ned_close_label_quote || "\\\""); } elsif ($tree->{tag} eq 'command') { ($i18ned_open_command_quote || "\\\"") . $text . ($i18ned_close_command_quote || "\\\""); } elsif ($tree->{tag} eq 'userinput') { |